You are on page 1of 480

06/2012 International Catalogue

International Catalogue
Contacts

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG


Weinhalde 14 -18
72176 Waldachtal
Germany
Phone (0049) 7443 12-0
Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222
E-mail info@fischer.de
www.fischer.de

fischer fixings UK Ltd.


Whitely Road
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Great Britain
Phone (0044) 1491 827900
Fax (0044) 1491 827953
E-mail info@fischer.co.uk
www.fischer.co.uk

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.


150 Kampong Ampat
#04-03 KA Centre
Singapore 368324
Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07
Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10

088220 06/2012 V-MPS/MP Printed in Germany


E-mail sales@fischer.sg

Your dealer:

www.fischer.de
The information in this catalogue is intended for general
guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional
information and advice on specic applications is available from
our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a pre-
cise description of your particular application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our xing
elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of
materials in use.
If no detailed performance specications are given for certain
articles and types, please contact our Technical Service
Department for advice.

scherwerke GmbH & Co. KG


72178 Waldachtal
Germany

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right


to make technical and range modications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
Dear Partners,

fischer is a specialist for secure and economical construction fittings.


Our product spectrum consists of chemical systems and steel anchors
up to plastic fixings. Innovative facade systems, a comprehensive screw
program, special assortments for external thermal insulation composite
systems, sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical installation, adhesives,
sealants and foams: fischer has the right solution for every fixing problem.
We deliver the highest quality, the best security and ease of installation.
We aim at delivering every optimal technical solution for your current
fixing task quickly and flexibly.

fischer caters to customers all around the globe with 35 foreign


subsidiaries and sales partners in over 100 countries. We also develop
and deliver customer-specific solutions on request. We strive to produce
excellent and innovative products as well as provide an excellent range of
services: Qualified field engineers can also be provided at your disposal on
site. Our hotline connects you directly to fischer application engineering
which offers you quick and professional help for all your fixing tasks.
Finally, we also offer internally designed assessment programmes as
well as the technical hand books about special and general applications
in case of earthquake-prone areas, for fire protection or numerous other
fields of application.

The fischer ACADEMY is also one-of-a-kind. In our 4000 square-meter


customer center at our Tumlingen headquarters, we provide ideal
training conditions for practical implementation with our products and
its numerous areas of application. However, we dont offer you the most
modern training in fixing technology just at our company headquarters.
fischer trainers are active worldwide.

Our fixing products catalogue is also a part of our comprehensive


service offer. In 2012 it was revised and completely reworked. The quick
overview at the beginning simplifies searching for the desired products.
The following detailed product selection guide is clearly classified in the
most important parameters: Product types, designs, building materials,
approvals and an application recommendation.

The application selection guide, which is arranged according to instances


of application, is also new. This overview defines the most important
sections with their typical requirements: Instance of application, product,
substrate (building material), type of installation, approval, fire protection
and corrosion.

The individual product pages were overwritten with the main character-
istic features of the products and the text as well as the technical tables
were newly structured. Optimisations are also provided which will help
you to orient to and choose the appropriate product.

Please let us know your thoughts and suggestions about the new concept
of the main fischer catalogue. We look forward to your response and wish
you a lot of success with our products.

Yours, Klaus Fischer

3
Good reasons to choose fischer

A brand and its promise to perform


Whoever chooses fischer receives more than a range of safe With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are
products. The aim is to always develop the best solutions for adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer
our customers across the globe. This does not just mean requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis.
innovative products, but also user-orientated support and a
reliable service.

Always with its finger on the pulse of the times


At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. Be it new production procedures or materials, such as
We are open to new things and are prepared for change renewable raw materials: We are carrying out the research for
always with the aim of offering our customers the greatest your safety and will continue to do so in the future. This gives
possible benefits. Over the years, our own development and us such great flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made
production sites have been developing numerous fixing customer solutions. This power to innovate has seen fischer
solutions for the most wide-ranging applications. become market leader in anchor technology and the fixing
industry.

Safety that connects Decisive quality


The fischer product range is well-positioned in all sectors of 2009 saw a complete range of wooden screws be made
fixing technology Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings. available on the market for the very first time.

4
We take responsibility
Our active environment management policy means that we
are helping to maintain an intact environment for our
generation and for those that follow. We deal responsibly
with energy resources and raw materials. The environment
management policy at the Tumlingen site has been certified
in line with DIN EN ISO 14001. We are a member of the
German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB), and our
products have been successively certified in line with the
guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction and the
Environment (IBU).

Our service to you


We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your side
and address your individual requirements with advice and
actions:
global presence and active sales service in over qualified, technical support and advice regarding
100countries economical fixing solutions, taking the latest building
materials, standards and guidelines into account; we can
training sessions, some with accreditation, at your
even come to your building site if required
premises or in the fischer ACADEMY our company's
own training and customer service centre convenient calculations with modern software

5
Innovations to inspire professionals

Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T


The solid injection mortar for anchorings
in non-cracked concrete, now in a new
cartridge size.
You can nd details on page 83.

High-performance anchor FH II A4
The push-through anchor for xings with
sophisticated design, now also available in
stainless steel.
You can nd details on page 161.

Anchor bolt FBN II A4


The cost-ecient xing for exible
use in non-cracked concrete, now
also available in stainless steel..
You can nd details on page 195.

6
Content
Quick overview
Product selection guide Detailed overview 8 1a

Application selection guide 24 1b

Chemical fixings 41 2

High performance steel anchors 151 3

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 223 4

General fixings 275 5

Cavity fixings 309 6

Electrical fixings 323 7

Sanitary fixings 353 8

Scaffold and eye screw fixings 363 9

Insulation fixings / Faade fixings 373 10

Foams and sealants 395 11

Adhesives 425 12

Drills and bits 431 13

Basic knowledge 450 14

Service 470 15
7
Products - Quick overview

2
Selection guide

Chemical fixings
Page Page

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 128


Highbond-System FHB II 45
UMV multicone dynamic bonded
132
anchor

Highbond anchor FHB II-A S 49 Stand-off installation Thermax 135

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L 53 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 140

Resin anchor R with RG M 57 Remedial wall tie VBS-M 140

Weather facing reconstruction


Resin anchor R with RG MI 63 144
system FWS

Injection mortar FIS EM 67 Can System FCS 146

Injection mortar FIS V 71 fill & fix injection fixing 148

Injection mortar FIS VW 75


High performance steel anchors 3
Injection mortar FIS VS 79
Page
1 Injection mortar FIS VT 83 Bolt anchor FAZ II 154

Injection mortar FIS P 86 Bolt anchor FAZ II GS 158

Injection for cracked concrete High performance anchor


89 161
with FIS A FH II
Injection for cracked concrete ZYKON undercut anchor
94 167
with RG MI FZA
Injection for non-cracked concrete ZYKON undercut anchor
97 173
with FISA FZA-I
Injection for non-cracked concrete ZYKON hammerset anchor
103 176
with RGMI FZEA II

Injection in solid brick masonry 106 Concrete screw FBS 179

Injection in perforated brick masonry 111 Hammerset anchor EA II 182

Push-through installation in masonry 116 Nail anchor FNA II 185

Injection for aerated concrete 119 Ceiling nail FDN 189

Bolt anchor FBN II 193


Rebar connections 123
Bolt anchor FBN II GS 195

Bolt anchor EXA 202

8
Products - Quick overview

Selection guide
General fixings
Page Page

Heavy-duty anchor TA M 206 Universal plug UX 277

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 210 Expansion plug SX 280

Sleeve anchor FSA 212 Expansion plug S 283

Fixing set for diamond drills


214 Metal expansion anchor FMD 286
FDBB

Wall screw MR 216 Expansion plug M-S 288

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 218 Anchor M 290

Brass fixing MS 292


Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 4
Aircrete anchor GB 294
Page

Frame fixing SXR 225 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 296

Universal frame fixing FUR 232 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 298

Frame fixing SXS 237 Brass fixing PA 4 300


1
Hammerfix N 242 Balcony cladding fixing P9K 302

Nail sleeve FNH 246 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 304

Window frame fixing F-S 248 Repair pad FIX.it 305

Metal frame fixing F-M 250 Doorstop TS 306

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 252

Wall tie VB 255


Cavity fixings 6
Adjustable fixing S10J 256 Page

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS 258 Metal cavity fixing HM 310

Gravity- and spring toggle


Universal spacing screw ASL 259 312
K, KD, KDH, KM
Stand-off installation
261 Board fixing PD 315
Thermax 8 / 10
Stand-off installation
264 Plasterboard fixing GK 317
Thermax 12 / 16

Remedial wall tie VBS-M 269 Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 319

Remedial wall tie VBS 8 264

9
Products - Quick overview

7 9
Selection guide

Electrical fixings Scaffold and eye screw fixings


Page Page

ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 324 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 364

ClipFix plus SD 326 Scaffold anchoring FI G 366

Cable clasp KB 328 Eye screw GS 368

Cable harness SHA 330 Ring nut RI 370

Pipe clip RC 332

Pipe clip FC 334


Insulation fixings / Faade fixings 10
Saddle clip SCH 336
Page

Nail clip NS / MNS 338 Insulation support DHK 374

Nail disc NSB 340 Insulation support DHM 376

Spacer pipe clamp AM 342 Render fixing DIPK 378

1 Conduit clip BSM 344 Render fixing FIF-K 380

Impact nail ED 346 Render fixing FIF-S 382

Cable tie BN / UBN 348 Insulation discs 384

Wireclip 350 Holding clamp DVN 386

Retaining disc with screw DHT S 387

Insulation fixing FID 389

Sanitary fixings 8 Insulation disc FATB 391


Page
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 393
Sanitary fixings for board materials 354

Ceramic fixings 356

Wash basin and urinal fixings 358 Foams and sealants 11


Page

One-component gun foam PUP B2 396

One-component gun foam PUP G B2 397

One-component gun foam PUBS B2 398

10
Products - Quick overview

12

Selection guide
Adhesives
Page Page

One-component gun foam PUP B3 399 Assembly adhesive MK 426

One-component gun foam PUFS B1 400 Construction adhesive KK 427

One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 401 All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 428

One-component rapid installation 429


402 PVC adhesive
foam PU1

2-component rapid foam PU2 403

2-component fixing foam 404


Drills and bits 13
Accessories 405 Page

Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 407 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric 432

Sanitary silicone DSSI 408 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 434

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II /


Multi-silicone DMS 409 437
SDS Max IV

Premium high temperature silicone DHS 410 Chisel 439 1


Premium construction silicone DBSA 411 Profi-bit FPB 440

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 412 Diamond bit FDB 443

Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 413 Stainless steel bit FSB 446

Premium B1 silicone DFS 414 Bit holder FBH 448

Premium painting acrylic DMA 415

Acrylic sealant DA 416

Premium structured acrylic DSA 417

Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK 418

Premium all-weather sealant DDK 419

Roof sealing compound DD 420

Accessories 421

Sealant selection matrix 422


and colour boards

11
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Chemical fixings

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

1) steel construction, railings, consoles,


Highbond anchor a)
- b) 2) - machines, staircases, gates, 45
FHB II 3) facades

1) steel constructions, railings,


Resin anchor R with RG M a) 2) - consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 57
3) racks, ladders

Resin anchor R with RG MI - a) 1) - machines, benches, consoles 63

1)
Injection mortar steel constructions, consoles,
a) 2) - 67
FIS EM with FIS A 3) machines, gates

Injection mortar
1 FIS EM with
reinforcement bar
- - - - a) 1) - post installed rebars 123

Injection mortar 1) steel constructions, consoles,


- - a) 2) - 123
FIS EM with FRA machines

1) steel constructions, consoles,


Injection mortar
a) 2) machines, reinforcement bars, 71
FIS V with FIS A 3) gates

Injection mortar
1)
FIS V with - - - - a)
2)
- post installed rebars 123
reinforcement bar

Injection mortar steel constructions, consoles,


- - a) 1) - 123
FIS V with FRA machines, gates

1) steel constructions, railings,


Injection mortar
a) 2) - consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 83
FIS VT with FIS A 3) racks, ladders

1)
Injection mortar steel construction, facades,
a) 2) - 128
FIS P with FIS A 3) cable trays, consoles

Injection mortar a)
Dibt

- - b) 2) - machines, cranes, elevators 132


FIS HB with FHB dyn

1)
Dibt

UMV multicone dynamic a)


2)
- machines, cranes, elevators 132

a)
Remedial wall tie VBS 8 b)
2) - facing masonry 146

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

12
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
High performance fixings / steel anchors

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

Bolt anchor steel construction, facades,


- c) 2) 154
FAZ II cable trays, consoles
Bolt anchor steel construction, facades,
c) 2) 158
FAZ II GS wooden seams
High performance anchor steel construction, machines,
- - c) 2) 161
FH II gates, aircondition, handrails
ZYKON undercut anchor 1) steel construction, facades,
- b) 2) 167
FZA, FZA-D window elements, railings
ZYKON undercut anchor 1)
b) railings, window elements 173
FZA-I 3)

ZYKON hammerset anchor steel construction, consoles,


- b) 1) 176
FZEA II cable trays, sprinkler systems
Concrete screw
FBS
b) 2)
formwork supports, steel construc-
tion, railings 179 1
Hammerset anchor
c) 1) M+E, sprinkler 185
EA II
Nail anchor pipes, fire protection panels,
- c) 2) 189
FNA II suspended ceilings
Ceiling nail
- - - c) 2) suspended ceilings 193
FDN
Bolt anchor 2) steel construction, machines, gates,
- c) 195
FBN II 3) aircondition, handrails
Bolt anchor
c) 2) wooden beams, steel construcion 200
FBN II GS
Bolt anchor
- c) 2) steel construction, facades, railings 202
EXA
Heavy-duty anchor steel construction, consoles,
- - - c) 1) 206
TA M cable trays, gates
Heavy-duty anchor 1) steel construction, consoles,
c) 210
TA M-T 2) cable trays, gates
Sleeve anchor metal shelves, wooden elements,
- - - c) 2) 212
FSA metal sheets
Fixing set for diamond drills 1)
c) core drilling machines 214
FDBB 2)

Wall screw
c) 2) metal sheets, light-steel construction 216
MR
Hollow-ceiling anchor
Dibt

b) 1) pipes, M + E, suspende ceilings 218


FHY
1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation
a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

13
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Frame fixings / stand-off installation

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

b) squared timbers gates,


Frame fixing SXR - - 2) 225
c) kitchen cabines, facade, windows

Universal frame fixing b) fire protection doors, gates, facades,

Dibt
- - 2) 232
FUR c) cabinets

squared timbers gates,


Frame fixing SXS - c) 2) 237
kitchen cabines, facade, windows

Hammerfix sheet metal, cable clips, pipe clamps,


- A2 - c) 2) 242
N squared timbers

Nail sleeve
c) 2) boards, battens 246
FNH

Window frame fixing windows, door frames,


- - - c) 2) 248
F-S squared timbers
1 Metal frame fixing
- - - c) 2)
windows, door frames,
250
F-M squared timbers

Window frame screws fire protection doors, windows,


- - - b) 2) 252
FFSZ and FFS door frames, squared timbers

Wall tie
faced brickwork 255
VB

Adjustable fixing substractures for walls facings and


c) 2) 256
S 10 J bottoms

Self-drilling adjustable substractures for walls facings and


b) 2) 258
screw JUSS bottoms

Universal spacing screw substractures for walls facings and


b) 2) 259
ASL bottoms

Stand-off installation
- - - c) 1) lamps, detectors, mailboxes 261
Thermax 8 / 10

Stand-off installation
Dibt

- - a) 1) awning, french balcony, marquee 264


Thermax 12 / 16

Remedial wall tie a)


Dibt

2) faced masonry 269


VBS M b)

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

14
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
General fixings

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
Type Image Material ETA ICC

Images, lights, skirtings, wall


Universal plug b) cabinets, towel rails, mirror cabinets,
PA 6 (nylon) 1) curtain rails, wash basin fixings, 277
UX c)
TV consoles, plumbing and heating
fixings
Lights, wall cabinets, wardrobes,
Expansion plug 1) letterboxes, TV consoles, trellis, fold- 280
PA 6 (nylon) c) ing shutters, hand-rails, light wells,
SX 2)
bathand toilet installations
Images, lights, skirtings, wall-
Expansion plug mounted shelves, mirror cabinets,
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1) letterboxes, motion sensors, informa- 283
S tion boards, curtain rails, electric
installations
Metal expansion anchor Gas pipes, water pipes, cable and
zinc plated. b) 1) 286
FMD pipeclamps
Hand-rails, folding shutters, trellis,
Expansion plug
M-S
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1) downpipes, stand-off installation,
light wells
288 1
Anchor Machines, protective grilles,
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1) 290
M controlboxes

Brass fixing Cellar shelves, wooden and metal


zinc plated. c) 1) substructures, boilers, aggregates, 292
MS control boxes

Suspended ceilings, Cable trays,


Aircrete anchor pipes, premises, wooden and metal
Dibt

PA 6 (nylon) b) 1) 294
GB faade and roof constructions,
awning consoles, letterboxes, trellis

Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves,


Turbo Aircrete anchor mirror cabinets, letterboxes, boards, 296
PA 6 (nylon) b) 1)
FTP-K motion sensors, cable and pipe
clamps, stand-off installations
Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves,
Turbo Aircrete anchor mirror cabinets, curtain rails, cable
zinc plated.
and pipe clamps, stand-off installa- 298
b) 1)
FTP-M
tions, radiators, TV consoles
Brass fixing Handles, angle brackets,
zinc plated. c) 1) furniturefittings 300
PA 4

Balcony claddings, fittings,


Balcony cladding fixing P9K b) 1) 302
electricswitches

Stair-tread fixing
b) 1) Wooden step treads 304
TB / TBB

Door stop
c) 1) Doorstop with flexible positioning 306
TS

Repair pad To repair over-sized or damaged


drill holes in combination with 305
FIX.it plasticplugs.

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

15
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Cavity fixings

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Gypsum Panel building
plasterboard materials

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

Metal cavity fixing pictures, lamps, detectors, hooks,


- - - b) 1) 310
HM curtain rails

Toggle fixing lamps, curtain rails,


- - - b) 1) 312
K, KD, KDH, KM pictures, detectors, hooks,

Board fixing mirror cabinets, lamps, detectors,


- - - - b) 1) 315
PD pictures, curtain rails

Plasterboard fixing skirting, key boxes, pictures,


- - - - b) 1) 317
GK lamps, detectors

Plasterboard fixing metal key boxes, pictures, lamps,


- - - - b) 1) 319
GKM detectors, skirting

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

16
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Electrical fixings

product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

ClipFix plus
c) conduits, flexible pipes 324
LS ,ZS, ES

ClipFix plus
c) 2) trunking, strips, profiles 326
SD

Cable clasp
c) 2) conduits 328
KB

Cable harness conduits, flexible and rigid plastic


330
SHA pipes

Pipe clip
rigid plastic pipes 332
RC

Pipe clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic


334
FC pipes

Saddle clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic


336
1
SCH pipes

Nail clip
c) conduits 338
NS / MNS

Nail disc
c) cables in wall slots 340
NSB

Spacer pipe clamp metal conduits according to


342
AM DIN 49020

Conduit clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic


344
BSM pipes, metal conduits

Impact nail
c) conduit clips 346
ED

Cable tie conduits, flexible and rigid plastic


348
BN, UBN pipes

for suspension of lighting, trunking,


Wireclip 350
busbar

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

17
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Sanitary fixings

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

Sanitary fixings for board b)


2) Wash basins and urinals 354
materials c)

1)
Ceramic fixings c)
2)
Free-standing toilets 356

Wash basins and urinal 1)


c) Wash basins and urinals 358
fixings 2)

Installation tool Tool for installing stud screws with


354
HED four thread sizes

Accessories Flanged nut and cover cap 354

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page


Approval

Concrete Masonry
Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy

Type Image
A4

ETA ICC

Scaffold anchoring Facade and climbing scaffolds,


c) 1) 364
S 14 ROE + GS 12 Tensioning ropes, Chains

Scaffold anchoring with metric thread M12 for combina- 366


tion with internal-threaded fixings.
FI G

Cover caps Cover cap for closing off remaining


AD drill holes 366

Ring nut connection piece for fixings with


threaded studs 370
RI

Eye screw Climbing scaffolds ,Cables Chains,


Lamps, Clotheslines Hanging flower 368
GS baskets
1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation
a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

18
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Insulation fixings / Facade fixings

Product Material Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
Type Image ETA ICC

material soft and pressure resistant


Insulation support insulating materials, as e.g. for the 374
c) 2)
DHK underside of the ceiling for under-
ground car parks
Insulation support with depth stop, soft insulating
c) 2) 376
DHM materials

Render fixing with plastic nail, plaster facade with


c) 2) 378
DIPK pressure-resistant insulating materials

Render fixing with plastic nail, plaster facade with


c) 2) 380
FIF-K pressure-resistant insulating materials

Render fixing
c) 2) with coated steel nail with plastic nail 382
FIF-S

Insulation discs pressure-resistant insulating materi-


384
DT als, roof sealing sheets for flat roofs 1
material pressure-resistant insulating
Holding clamp DVN b) materials as e.g. polystyrene, 386
PU-expanded plastic slab
Retaining disk with screw material pressure-resistant insulating
b) 2) materials as e.g. polystyrene, PU-ex- 387
DHT-S panded panels, foamglass, rock wool
Insulation fixing
b) 1) lamps, mailboxes, labels, detectors 389
FID

Insulation disc with steel nail, to fix pressure-


c) 2) 391
FATB resistant insulation materials

Fibre cement panel screw


b) 2) fibre cement panels 393
FAFZ-H

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

19
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Foams

Product Application recommendation Page

(general test certificate from building authorities)

(general test certificate from building authorities)

Building material class B3

Tested watertightness
(suitable as mirror adhesive)
thermal conductivity
Building material B1

Building material B2

joint soundproofing

Tested airtightness
1 component

2 component

Tested

Tested

Colour
Type Image

Insulating and filling window connection


joints, around window sills and shutter
One-component gun foam boxes, in roofing work and dry construction,
beige finished elements, wall connections, wall 396
PUP 750 B2
penetrations and cavities, pipe penetrations
and ventilation ducts

Installing and filling component joints,


con- wall connections and wall penetrations,
One-component gun foam inroofing work and dry construction (e.g. in
crete the ceiling area), window connection joints, 397
PUP 500 G B2
grey around window sills and shutter boxes, pipe
penetrations and ventilation ducts

1
Insulating and filling in roofing work and
dry construction, window connection joints,
One-component gun foam around window sills and shutter boxes,
beige finished elements, wall penetrations and 399
PUP 750 B3
cavities, pipe penetrations and ventilation
ducts

As a hardly flammable PU to be used


between massive, mineral or metallic
con- materials, high-efficiency thermal insulation
One-component gun foam
crete on faades, installing and filling in window 400
PUFS 750 B1 connection joints, around window sills
grey and shutter boxes, finished elements,
wallconnections

Bonding expanded polystyrene panels,


con- installing and filling wall penetrations,
One-component gun foam foaming in electrical installations,
crete filling joints and cavities in all internal 401
PUP P 750 G B2
grey constructions, fixing and sealing walls
and ceilings

Bonding and sealing manhole rings,


One-component rapid insulating and filling in roofing work and
dry construction, window connection joints,
installation foam beige around window sills and shutter boxes, 402
PU 1 finished elements, wall connections and
wall penetrations

Installation of door frames, filling and


2-component rapid
light insulating cavities in walls and ceilings,
installation foam foaming in windows, bath tubs and 403
blue showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden
PU 2/402 cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes

Installation of door frames, filling and


2-component rapid
light insulating cavities in walls and ceilings,
installation foam foaming in windows, bath tubs and 403
green showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden
PU 2/403 cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes

Foam guns
Suitable for all standard systems 403
PUP

PU cleaner For the save removal of fresh 403


PUR PU-foam

20
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Sealants and adhesives

Product Page

Free from isocyanate (MDI-free)


Adhesive, even on a damp base

Resistant to chemicals, ageing


Fungus-inhibiting (fungicidal)

Suitable for natural stone /


Frost-resistant up to -15 C

Suitable in the interior and

Suitable for use as mirror


Compatible with bitumen
Odourless / low-odour

Immediately rainproof

Compatible with paint


during transportation

No stress cracks3)

and weathering
Chemical base

exterior area

Solvent-free
Silicon-free

paintable1)

adhesive
marple
Type Picture

Premium sanitary silicone Silicone / 407


DSSA Acetate

Sanitary silicone Silicone / 408


DSSI Acetate

Multi-silicone Silicone / 409


DMS Acetate

Premium high temperature Silicone / 410


silicone DHS Acetate

(only in transparent)
Construction silicone Silicone- / 411


DBSA Alkoxy

Roof and wall silicone


1
Silicone / 412
DBSI Oxim
Premium silicone for
Silicone
naturalstone Oxim
/ 413
DNS
B1 Premium silicone Silicone- / 414
DFS Alkoxy

Premium painting acrylic Dispersio- / 415


DMA nacrylic

Acrylic sealant Dispersio- /



2)
416
DA nacrylic

Premium structured acrylic Dispersio- /



2)
417
DSA nacrylic

Ventilation duct sealant


418
DLK

Premium all-weather sealant MS-Poly- / 419


DDK mer

Roof sealing Synthese- / 420


DD kautschuk

Assembly adhesive Dispersio- /- 2) 426


MK nacrylic

Construction adhesive Polyur- / 1) 427


KK ethan
(not in transparent)

(not in transparent)
(not in black)

All-round adhesive gluing MS-Poly- / 428


and sealing KD mer

PVC +
PVC adhesive Dissolver
/ 429

21
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Drills and bits

Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page

Approval
Concrete Masonry

Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image

A4
ETA ICC

Hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and reinforced


432
SDS Plus IV Quattric concrete

Hammer drill bit


for drilling in solid building materials 434
SDS Plus II Pointer

Hammer drill bit


for drilling in masonry 437
SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

suitable for concrete, natural stone


Chisel 439
and masonry

Profi-bit
suitable for drives 440
FPB

Diamond bits
suitable for drives 443
FDB
1 Stainless steel bit
suitable for drives 446
FSB

Bit holder
suitable for drives 448
FBH

22
fischer hammer drill bits

Selection guide
Unstoppable.

The fischer bit product range


Perfect shape. Optimum drive.

mod
ified

23
Selection guide Application selection guide

Metal construction
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials structure

Stand-off installation
Type

FAZ II
FHB II
FBN II
Balcony railings FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FHB II
FH II
Banisters FIS V / FIS A
FHB II
FAZ II
FBN II
1 Canopies FIS V / FIS A
FHB II
FAZ II
FH II
Consoles FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FBN II
SXR
Heavy doors/ gates FIS V / FIS A
EA II D
EA-N
FDBB
Core drilling devices FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FIS V / FIS A
Thermax
Awnings FUR

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

24
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
154

45

195

71

154

45

161

71

45

154

195
1
71

45

154

161

71

154

195

225

71

185

185

214

71

154

71

264

232

25
Selection guide Application selection guide

Carpentry and roofers


Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense
brick materials structure

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation

Stand-off installation
Type

FAZ II GS
FBN II GS
FIS V / FIS H K
Support beam FUR
FAZ II GS
FBN II GS
R
Threshold anchoring systems FIS V / FIS H K
FAZ II
FBN II
1 R
Threshold anchoring while framing FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FBN II
FH II
Column bases FSA
FIS V / FIS H K
FAZ II GS
FBN II GS
Wooden canopies Thermax
DHK 45
DHK
DHM
Insulation boards in the present facades

SXR
SXS
FUR
Facades N
SXR
FUR
P9K
Balcony claddings Wood screws Refer to fischer's range of screws.

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

26
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
158

200

71

232

158

200

57

71

154

195

57
1
71

154

195

161

212

71

158

200

264

374
374
376

225

237

232

242

225

232

232

27
Selection guide Application selection guide

Sanitary - heating - climate - ventilation (SHKL)


Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense Fittings

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials

Stand-off installation
Type

EA II
FBS
FIS V / FIS E
Pipeline routes EA-N
EA II
FZEA II
FIS V / FIS E
Individual pipes EA-N
EA II
FBS
FIS V / FIS A / FIS E
1 Ventilation ducts EA-N
FIS V / FIS A
FIS P / FIS A
SXR
Sanitary fixings UX
FAZ II
FBN II
FIS V / FIS A
Air conditioning devices FIS P / FIS A
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

28
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
185

179

71

185

185

176

71

185

185

179

71
1
185

71

86

225

277

154

195

71

86

29
Selection guide Application selection guide

Plant construction
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials structure

Stand-off installation
Type

FHB dyn
FAZ II
FH II
Hoist rails FBN II
R
FIS V / FIS A
FH II
Machines FBN II
R
FIS V / FIS A

1 FH II
FBN II




Pumps

R
FHB II
FIS V / FIS A
Containers FBN II
FH II
FSA
FAZ II
Platform lifts FBN II
R
FHB II
FIS V / FIS A
High racks FIS VT
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

30
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
128

154

161

195

57

71

161

195

57

71

161
1
195

57

45

71

195

161

212

154

195

57

45

71

83

31
Selection guide Application selection guide

Concrete construction
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials structure

Stand-off installation
Type

FBS
EA II
EA-N
Formwork and support fixings FBN II
GS 12 + S 14 ROE
FIS V / FIG
Thermax
Scaffold fixings GS 12 / UX 14
FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FBN II
1 Light wells SXR
FIS V
FIS VS
FIS EM
Additional reinforcement connections

EA II D
EA-N
FDBB
Core drilling devices FIS V / FIS-A
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

32
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
179

185

185

195

368

71

135

368

71

154

195
1
225

71

79

67

185

185

214

71

33
Selection guide Application selection guide

Plastered and dry construction


Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials structure

Stand-off installation
Type

HM
UX
PD
Fixings for dry construction GKM
FNA II
FDN
FBS
Underceilings EA II
FIF-A
DIPK
DHT S
1 Insulation board fixings

SXR
SXS
FUR
Faade sub-structures N
GS 12 / S 14 ROE
FIS V / FIG
Thermax
Scaffold fixings GS 12 / UX
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

34
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
310

277

315

319

189

193

179

185

380

378
387
1
225

237

232

242

368

71

264

368

35
Selection guide Application selection guide

Electrical installation
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense
brick materials structure

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation

Stand-off installation
Type

FAZ II
FBN II
EA II
Cable support systems EA-N
FNA II
SXR
UX
Cable ducts SX
FNA II
EA II
1 EA-N
Light strips UX
FIS P
Fill & Fix
HM
Lighting UX
FIS V / FIS A
Thermax
SXR
External lighting UX

SXR
Thermax
FIS V / FIS A
Motion sensors FIS P / FIS A
FIS V / FIS A
FIS P / FIS A
Thermax
Satellite antennas SXR
FIS V
FIS P
SXR
Screen consoles UX
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

36
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
154

195

185

185

189

225

277

280

189

185

185
1
277

86

148

310

277

71

264

225

277

225

264

71

86

71

86

135

225

71

86

225

277

37
Selection guide Application selection guide

Joiners
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
Perforated building dense

Pre-positioned installation

Push-through installation
brick materials structure

Stand-off installation
Type

UX
HM
FIS V / FIS E K
Small wall-mounted shelves SXR
UX
HM
FIS V / FIS E K
Handrails SXR
SXR
UX
SX
1 Skirtings fill & fix
SXR
UX
SX
Room doors PU 2

SXR
UX
HM
Wardrobes FIS V / FIS A
FIS V / FIS A
SXR
Thermax
Jalousies/ folding shutters UX
FFSZ
FFS
F-M
Windows F-S
FIS V / FIS A
FAZ II
FBN II
Store and inn fittings UX
permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

38
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org

Inspection agency:

Outer area
ESR-2948

Inner area
AA-707

Concrete Masonry Concrete

perforated
uncracked

uncracked
solid brick
cracked

cracked
brick

A4
zp
277

310

71

225

277

310

71

225

225

277

280
1
148

225

277

280
403

225

277

310

71

71

225

264

277

252

252

250

248

71

154

195

277

39
40
Chemical xings
Chemical xings
Chemical xings

Highbond-System FHB II ............................................................................................ 45


Highbond anchor FHB II-A S .................................................................................... 49
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L..................................................................................... 53
Resin anchor R with RG M (threaded rod) .......................................................... 57
Resin anchor R with RG MI (internal threaded anchor) ................................. 63
Injection mortar FIS EM ............................................................................................. 67
Injection mortar FIS V ................................................................................................. 71
Injection mortar FIS VW............................................................................................. 75
Injection mortar FIS VS .............................................................................................. 79
Injection mortar FIS VT .............................................................................................. 83
Injection mortar FIS P ................................................................................................. 86
Injection technology for cracked concrete with FIS A (threaded rod) ...... 89
Injection technology for cracked concrete with RG MI .................................. 94
Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with FISA ........................... 97
Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with RGMI ......................... 103
Injection technology in solid brick masonry ....................................................... 106
Injection technology in perforated brick masonry ........................................... 111
Push-through installation in masonry.................................................................... 116
Injection technology for aerated concrete .......................................................... 119
Rebar connections ....................................................................................................... 123
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn ..................................................................... 128
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor ........................................................... 132
Stand-o installation Thermax ................................................................................. 135
Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 140
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 142
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS ..................................................... 144
Can System FCS ........................................................................................................... 146
ll & x injection xing ............................................................................................... 148

41
Chemical xings

Range of chemical xings


For xings in cracked concrete

FIS EM mortar Highbond FHB II System


The powerful injection mortar for cracked concrete The best performance in cracked concrete

from Page 45 on
Page 67 FIS HB mortar

with threaded rod FIS A


The variable xing system for cracked concrete FHB II-P standard version

Page 89
FHB II-PF quick version

with internal threaded anchor RG MI


with FHB II-A S
The xing system with internal threaded anchor
for cracked concrete with the least installation eort

Page 94
with FHB II-A L
for maximum tensile loads

For xings in masonry

FIS V Injection mortar FIS P Injection mortar


The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in The reliable injection mortar for xings in masonry
non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 71
Page 86

FIS VW Injection mortar


The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing with threaded rod FIS A and
time for non-cracked concrete and masonry internal threaded anchor FIS E
The versatile xing system for solid brick masonry
Page 75
Page 106

FIS VS Injection mortar


The versatile injection mortar with extended open time
for non-cracked concrete and masonry
for perforated brick masonry with injection
anchor sleeves
Page 79
The versatile xing system with injection anchor
sleeves

FIS VT Injection mortar Page 111


The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
non-cracked concrete
for push-through installation with FIS H K
Simple push-through installation in masonry
Page 83
Page 116

42
Chemical xings
For xings in non-cracked concrete

Resin anchor R FIS V mortar


The versatile injection mortar for anchorings
in non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 71
with threaded rod RG M
The proven bonded anchor
for non-cracked concrete FIS VW mortar
The versatile injection mortar with reduced
Page 57
curing time for non-cracked concrete and masonry

with internal threaded anchor RG MI Page 75


The proven bonded anchor with internal
threaded anchor for non-cracked concrete
FIS VS mortar
Page 63 The versatile injection mortar with extended open
time for non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 79
For xings in aerated concrete
FIS VT mortar
FIS V mortar The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
The versatile injection mortar for anchorings non-cracked concrete
in non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 83
Page 71

FIS VW mortar with threaded rod FIS A


The versatile injection mortar with reduced The xing system for non-cracked concrete
curing time for non-cracked concrete and
masonry Page 97

Page 75 with internal threaded anchor RG MI


The xing system with internal threaded anchor for
FIS VS Injection mortar non-cracked concrete
The versatile injection mortar with extended Page 103
open time for non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 79
with threaded rod FIS A and
internal threaded anchor FIS E
FIS VT Injection mortar Secure hold in aerated concrete using
The solid injection mortar for anchorings in undercut technology
non-cracked concrete
Page 119
Page 83

FIS P Injection mortar


The reliable injection mortar for xings in masonry

Page 86

43
Chemical xings

Range of chemical xings


Rebar connections Dynamic

with scher injection mortars FIS EM, FIS V with Highbond-anchor dynamic FHB dyn
and FIS VS The performance class amongst dynamic anchors
Professional rebar connections
Page 128
Page 67

Page 71
with UMV multicone dynamic
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic
loads
Page 79
Page 132

Page 123

Special Applications

Stand-o installation Thermax 12 und 16 scher Can System FCS


The approved stand-o installation with thermal The epoxy resin for repair work
barrier in external thermal insulation composite
systems (ETICS) Page 146
Page 135

Remedial wall tie VBS 8


The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity
walls
Page 140

Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ll & x Injection xing


The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls The versatile injection xing

Page 142
Page 148

Weather facing reconstruction system FWS


The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin
outer wall panels

Page 144

44
Highbond-System FHB II

Chemical xings
The best performance in cracked concrete

Banisters Steel girders

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Highbond system FHBII achieves Guard rails The FHBII is a bonded anchor with
the highest load values in cracked Faades torque-controlled expansion for pre-
concrete. Thus fewer xing points and Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
smaller anchor plates are required. Steel consoles tion.
The injection mortar FISHB and the Machines The anchor rod can be set either with
capsules FHBII-P/PF oer the same Silo installations injection mortar FISHB or with the
performance and can be used with Masts capsule FHBII-P(F), and is fully bonded
the FHBII-AS (short version) or L Skirting protection in the drill hole.
(long version) anchor rods. Thus, you Steelwork constructions When tightening the hexagon nut, the
can select the most economical solu- Timber constructions anchor rod cones are pulled into the
tion based on requirements. mortar shell, which expands against
The large cartridge size of the injec- the drill hole wall.
tion mortar FISHB is ideally suited for The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
serial installation. seals the drill hole.
The pre-portioned resin capsule When using the resin capsule, set the
FHBII-P/PF represents the economical anchor rod through rotating and hit-
solution for individual or underwater ting motions with a hammer drill. The
applications. RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420
The special formulation used in the is used (see page 51).
capsule FHBII-PF ensures particularly
fast setting, thus allowing for an instal-
lation without waiting times.

45
Chemical xings Highbond-System FHB II

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard)

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit
Approval

diameter
do h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-P 10 x 95 096843 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-P 12 x 75 096848 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-P 12 x 100 507922 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-P 12 x 120 096844 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-P 16 x 95 096849 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-P 16 x 125 507923 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-P 16 x 145 507924 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-P 16 x 160 096845 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-P 20 x 170 507925 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-P 20 x 210 096846 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-P 24 x 170 096851 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-P 24 x 210 507926 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule FHB II-PF (quick version)

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit
Approval

diameter
do h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 95 500543 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 100 508000 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 120 500544 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 95 500549 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 125 508001 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 145 508002 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 160 500545 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-PF 20 x 170 508003 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 20 x 210 500546 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 170 500550 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 210 508004 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

46
Highbond-System FHB II

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S


Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS S

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item ETA [pcs]
FIS HB 345 S 033211 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502290 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502913 D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 150 C 077529 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME - FIS HB


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5C) FIS HB
5C 0C 360 min.
0C +5C 180 min.
+5C +20C 15 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 35 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 20 min.
> +40C 2 min. > +40C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF


Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
FHB II-P FHB II-PF
5C 0C 240 min. 8 min.
0C +10C 45 min. 6 min.
+10C + 20C 20 min. 4 min.
+ 20C 10 min. 2 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

For drill Brush diameter Fits Sales unit


diameter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


BS 10 078178 10 11 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 1
BS 12 078179 12 13 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95, FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 1
BS 14 078180 14 16 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A S M 12 x 120 1
FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125, FHB II-A L M 16 x 145,
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 1
FHB II-A L M 16 x 160
FHB II-A L M 20 x 170, FHB II-A L M 20 x 210, FHB II-A S M 24 x 175,
BS 25 097806 25 27 1
FHB II-A L M 24 x 210

47
Chemical xings Highbond-System FHB II

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB II-A M20 - M24 1
ABG big 089300 1

DISPENSER

Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1

Dispenser KPM 2 Dispenser FIS AM


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

48
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

The best performance in cracked concrete with the least

Chemical xings
installation eort

Bridge railings Balcony railings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
high corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The reduced anchorage depth of the Guard rails The FHB II-A S is a bonded anchor
FHBII-AS minimises the drilling and Faades with torque-controlled expansion
installation eort; thus allowing for an Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
especially economical xing. Steel consoles installation.
With the anchor rod FHBII-AS, the Masts With the FHB II-A S, the drill bit diame-
drill bit diameter is the same as the Skirting protection ter is the same as the thread diameter,
thread diameter. This allows for push- Steelwork constructions similar to with an anchor bolt.
through installation without any tools Timber constructions The anchor rod can be set either with
and reduces the amount of mortar Ideal for: injection mortar FIS HB or with the
required. Push-through installation capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded
The cone shape of the anchor rod in the drill hole.
FHBII-AS is optimised for small When tightening the hexagon nut, the
axial and edge distances in cracked anchor rod cones are pulled into the
concrete, as well as thin concrete mortar shell, which expands against
members. As a result, it is suitable for the drill hole wall.
a wide range of applications. The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
The anchor rod FHBII-AS is approved seals the drill hole.
for use both with capsules and with When using the resin capsule, set
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- the anchor rod through rotating and
mum exibility in the application. hitting motions with a hammer drill.
Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no.
62420.

FOR USE WITH


Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF
see page 47 see page 46 see page 46
49
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A S (short version)

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tx M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 097705 1) 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 097632 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 506890 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 097637 097707 1) 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 097709 1) 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 097711 1) 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4
1) Prices and delivery time on request.

50
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

Chemical xings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6
FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6
*) max. number with one static mixer

ACCESSORIES

Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 11,3 40 40 11,2 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 75 120 15,0 11,1 11,3 40 40 12,0 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 75 120 30,0 11,1 15,6 40 40 15,6 15,6 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 95 150 50,0 15,9 29,0 50 50 22,3 29,0 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 45,9 80 80 53,3 45,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 65,3 80 80 53,3 65,3 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

51
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 A4 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 A4 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 A4 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 71,1 80 80 53,3 71,1 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 C 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 C 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 C 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 76,0 80 80 53,3 80,6 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

52
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

The best performance in cracked concrete for maximum tensile

Chemical xings
loads

Faade sub-structures Steel constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
high corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The large anchorage depth of the Guard rails The FHB II-A L is a bonded anchor
anchor rod FHBII-AL allows the sys- Faades with torque-controlled expansion
tem to achieve maximum load values. Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
Thus fewer xing points and smaller Steel consoles installation.
anchor plates are required. Machines When using FHB II-A L in push-
The cone shape of the FHBII-AL Silo installations through installation, the annular gap
anchor rods has been specially Masts is to be lled with the injection mortar
optimised for high tensile loads. As Skirting protection FIS HB.
a result, the best performance in Steelwork constructions The anchor rod can be set either with
cracked concrete is achieved. Timber constructions injection mortar FIS HB or with the
When using the FHBII-AL in combina- capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded
tion with the injection mortar FISHB, in the drill hole.
push-through installation with annular When tightening the hexagon nut, the
gap lling is possible without the use anchor rod cones are pulled into the
of any further tools. mortar shell, which expands against
The FHBII-AL anchor rod is approved the drill hole wall.
for use both with capsules and with The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- seals the drill hole.
mum exibility in the application. When using the resin capsule, set
the anchor rod through rotating and
hitting motions with a hammer drill.
Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no.
62420.

FOR USE WITH


Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF
see page 47 see page 46 see page 46
53
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tx M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) 10 75 60 10 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 097697 1) 10 75 60 30 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 10 75 60 50 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 097698 1) 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 097618 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 506899 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 097623 097701 1) 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8
FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4
1) Prices and delivery time on request.

54
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

Chemical xings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24
FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13
FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5
FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5
*) max. number with one static mixer

ACCESSORIES

Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 7,8 40 40 11,2 7,8 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 95 140 20,0 15,9 11,9 40 40 16,4 11,9 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 100 140 40,0 17,1 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 120 170 40,0 22,5 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 125 170 60,0 24,0 32,2 55 55 33,6 32,2 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 145 190 60,0 29,9 32,2 60 60 42,0 32,2 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 160 220 60,0 34,7 32,2 70 70 46,0 32,2 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 50,2 90 90 65,5 50,2 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 72,5 90 90 65,5 72,5 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

55
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 A4 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 A4 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 A4 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 A4 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 A4 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 A4 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 C 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 C 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 C 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 C 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 C 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 C 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

56
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
The proven bonded anchor for non-cracked concrete

High-bay warehouses Collision protection

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
high corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pre-portioned resin capsule is Steelwork constructions The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
especially economical for individual Timber constructions positioned installation when combined
applications and overhead installa- Guard rails with the threaded rod RGM.
tions. Staircases The 2-component resin capsule RM
The choice between standard and Column bases contains quick-setting styrene-free
intensive cleaning allows for individual Machines vinyl ester resin and hardener.
adaptation either to achieve rapid Masts The threaded rod RGM is set using
progress or to obtain the maximum Ideal for: a hammer drill and the accompany-
load level. Overhead installations ing setting tool in rotating and hitting
The wide range of approved steel Water-lled drill holes motions.
types allows for use in all corrosion During setting, the oblique edge of the
resistance classes and oers the best RGM destroys the capsule, and mixes
possible application safety. and activates the mortar.
The extensive range of RGM from The mortar bonds the entire surface
M8-M30 opens up a wide range of of the threaded rod with the drill hole
applications and therefore oers great wall and seals the drill hole.
exibility.
The larger anchorage depths of the
RGME variants allow for an even
greater load level. Thus fewer xing
points are required.

57
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule R M

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Eect. anchoring Fits Sales unit
Approval

depth
do h1 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
RM8 050270 1) 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
R M 10 050271 1) 12 90 90 RG M 10 10
R M 12 050272 14 110 110 RG M 12 10
R M 12 E 048501 14 150 150 RG M 12 E 10
R M 14 050278 16 120 120 RG M 14 10
R M 16 050273 18 125 125 RG M 16 10
R M 16 E 079838 18 190 190 RG M 16 E 10
R M 20 050274 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
R M 20 E 079840 25 240 240 RG M 20 E 5
R M 22 512763 30 190 190 RG M 22 5
R M 24 050275 28 210 210 RG M 24 5
R M 24 E 079842 28 290 290 RG M 24 E 5
R M 27 079843 32 250 250 RG M 27 5
R M 30 050276 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

5C 0C 240 min.
0C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 20 min.
+20C 10 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

58
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Eect. anchoring Max. xture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit

Approval
steel steel diameter depth thickness drive

do hef t x 6kt SW SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 050263 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 050293 10 80 60 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 250 095699 095700 10 80 160 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 350 095708 1) 10 80 260 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 050257 050264 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 165 050280 050294 12 90 57 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 190 050281 050296 12 90 82 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 250 095703 095701 12 90 150 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 300 512246 1) 12 90 200 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 095718 1) 095709 1) 12 90 250 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 050258 050265 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 180 512248 512249 14 110 50 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 200 E 050572 050576 2) 14 150 30 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 220 050283 050297 14 110 90 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 230 E 050574 050577 2) 14 150 60 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 250 095702 14 110 120 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 250 050284 14 110 120 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 290 E 050575 050578 2) 14 150 120 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 300 050285 095705 14 110 170 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 380 095720 1) 095710 1) 14 110 255 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 600 095711 1) 14 110 475 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 14 x 170 050286 16 120 38 10 22 50278 RM 14 10
RG M 16 x 165 050287 095704 18 125 13 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 190 050259 050266 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 235 E 090716 090721 18 190 20 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG M 16 x 250 050288 050298 18 125 98 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 275 E 090717 090722 18 190 60 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG M 16 x 300 050289 050299 18 125 148 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 380 095722 1) 095712 1) 18 125 235 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 500 095723 1) 095713 1) 18 125 355 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 20 x 220 512251 25 170 25 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 260 050260 050267 25 170 65 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 330 E 090718 090723 25 240 60 12 30 79840 RM 20 E 10
RG M 20 x 350 095707 095706 25 170 155 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 500 095725 3) 25 170 305 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 22 x 280 512252 3) 30 190 65 32 512763 RM 22 5
RG M 24 x 300 050261 3) 050268 3) 28 210 65 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 380 E 090719 3) 090724 3) 28 290 60 36 79842 RM 24 E 5
RG M 24 x 400 095727 3) 095715 3) 28 210 165 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 28 210 365 36 50275 RM 24 5
RG M 27 x 340 090720 3) 090725 3) 32 250 60 41 79843 RM 27 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 3) 090726 3) 35 280 65 46 50276 RM 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 3) 35 280 185 46 50276 RM 30 5
1) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed.
2) Delivery time on request.
3) Straight cut, additional setting tool required

59
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

highly hot-dip Drill hole Eect. Max. xture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit

Approval
corrosion galvanised diameter anchoring thickness drive
resistant steel depth
steel do hef t x 6kt SW SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C fvz
RG M 8 x 110 096316 1) 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) 512247 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) 512250 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
1) Delivery time on request.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter Thread Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 M8 1
BS 12 078179 13 M 10 1
BS 14 078180 16 M 12 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 M14, M16 1
BS 25 097806 27 M 20 1
BS 28 078183 30 M 24 1
BS 35 078184 40 M22, M27, M30 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG M 8 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2 VK

Adapter SDS max 1/2 VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2 VK

Adapter SDS max 3/4 VK

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1

60
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor R, Highbond anchor FHB II


RA-SDS
included with each package

Adapter for installing anchor rods


Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).

+ SDS max 1/2 VK

+
SDS max 3/4 VK

Important: use counter nut!


+
SDS plus 1/2 VK

+
SK SW 8 1/2 VK

LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 80 110 10,0 8,8 4,2 40 40
RG M 10 90 120 20,0 12,3 7,6 45 45
RG M 12 110 150 40,0 19,8 11,0 55 55
RG M 12E 150 200 40,0 21,1 11,0 75 75
RG M 16 125 160 60,0 28,4 20,5 65 65
RG M 16E 190 250 60,0 39,3 20,5 95 95
RG M 20 170 220 120,0 45,8 32,0 85 85
RG M 20E 240 300 120,0 60,9 32,0 120 120
RG M 24 210 280 150,0 64,1 46,1 105 105
RG M 24E 290 380 150,0 87,7 46,1 145 145
RG M 27 250 330 200,0 85,8 60,1 125 125
RG M 30 280 370 300,0 100,5 73,3 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

61
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M A4 (grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 A4 80 110 10,0 8,8 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 A4 90 120 20,0 12,3 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 A4 110 150 40,0 19,8 13,5 55 55
RG M 12E A4 150 200 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 A4 125 160 60,0 28,4 25,1 65 65
RG M 16E A4 190 250 60,0 42,0 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 A4 170 220 120,0 45,8 39,2 85 85
RG M 20E A4 240 300 120,0 64,6 39,2 120 120
RG M 24 A4 210 280 150,0 64,1 56,5 105 105
RG M 24E A4 290 380 150,0 88,5 56,5 145 145
RG M 27 A4 250 330 200,0 85,8 73,6 125 125
RG M 30 A4 280 370 300,0 100,5 89,8 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M C (material 1.4529)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 C 80 110 10,0 8,8 7,3 40 40
RG M 10 C 90 120 20,0 12,3 11,6 45 45
RG M 12 C 110 150 40,0 19,8 16,9 55 55
RG M 12E C 150 200 40,0 26,9 16,9 75 75
RG M 16 C 125 160 60,0 28,4 31,3 65 65
RG M 16E C 190 250 60,0 43,2 31,3 95 95
RG M 20 C 170 220 120,0 45,8 49,0 85 85
RG M 20E C 240 300 120,0 64,6 49,0 120 120
RG M 24 C 210 280 150,0 64,1 70,5 105 105
RG M 24E C 290 380 150,0 88,5 70,5 145 145
RG M 27 C 250 330 200,0 85,8 91,9 125 125
RG M 30 C 280 370 300,0 100,5 112,1 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

62
Resin anchor R with RG MI

The proven bonded anchor with internal thread for non-cracked

Chemical xings
concrete

Stadium seating Fall protection devices

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The internal threaded anchor RG MI Removable xings The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
allows for the surface ush removal Temporary xings, e.g. for machines positioned installation when combined
and reuse of the xing point. It there- Scaold anchoring with the internal threaded anchor
fore oers great exibility. RGMI.
The metric internal thread allows for The 2-component resin capsule RM
the use of standard metric screws or contains quick-setting styrene-free
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation vinyl ester resin and hardener.
to suit the intended use. The internal threaded anchor RGMI
The pre-portioned resin capsule is is set using a hammer drill and the
especially economical for individual accompanying setting tool in rotating
applications. and hitting motions.
The glass particles of the capsule body During setting, the oblique edge of the
rough up the drill hole wall during internal threaded anchor destroys the
the setting process. This minimises capsule, and mixes and activates the
the amount of cleaning required and mortar.
allows for installation under extreme The mortar bonds the entire surface of
conditions, for example in water-lled the internal threaded anchor with the
drill holes. drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.

63
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with RG MI

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule R M

Drill hole Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth


do h1 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
RM8 050270 1) 10 75 75 RG M5 I 10
R M 10 050271 1) 12 75 75 RG M6 I 10
R M 12 050272 14 90 90 RG M8 I 10
R M 14 050278 16 90 90 RG M10 I 10
R M 16 E 079838 18 125/160 125/160 RG M12 I, RG M16 I 10
R M 20 050274 25 200 200 RG M20 I 10
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

5C 0C 240 min.
0C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 20 min.
+20C 10 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

64
Resin anchor R with RG MI

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Eect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
steel steel meter depth tration tration

ETA do hef lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 75 8 14 50270 RM 8 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 75 10 16 50271 RM 10 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 90 12 18 50272 RM 12 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 90 15 23 50278 RM 14 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 125 18 26 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 160 24 35 79838 RM 16 E 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 200 30 45 50274 RM 20 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit


Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 RG M5 I 1
BS 12 078179 13 RG M6 I 1
BS 14 078180 16 RG M8 I 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 RG M10 I 1
BS 20 052277 22 RG M12 I 1
BS 24 078182 26 RG M16 I 1
BS 35 078184 40 RG M20 I 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG MI 8 - 20 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

65
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with RG MI

LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Typ Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 13,8 8,2 45 45
RG M 10 I 90 120 20,0 16,7 13,0 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 170 40,0 23,8 18,9 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 220 60,0 35,7 35,1 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 270 120,0 54,8 54,9 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 45 45
RG M 10 I A4 90 120 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 170 40,0 22,5 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 220 60,0 35,7 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 270 120,0 54,8 39,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

66
Injection mortar FIS EM

The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and

Chemical xings
cracked concrete

Rail fastenings Underwater applications

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Approved for rebar connections in:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to its high bond strength, Injection mortar for use in cracked FIS EM is a 2-component injection
FISEM achieves a very high load and non-cracked concrete with: system based on epoxy resin.
level for safe use in cracked and non- Threaded rods FIS A, see page 89 Resin and hardener are stored in two
cracked concrete. Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
FISEM is also suitable for diamond- page 94 and activated until extrusion through
drilled drill holes, thus allowing for For rebar connections with: the static mixer.
greater exibility on the construction Concrete steel bars, see page 123 The professional injection cartridges
site. Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 are quick and easy to use with the
The low mortar shrinkage allows for Ideal for: scher dispensers.
a maximum applied load, including Diamond-drilled drill holes Partially used cartridges can be
in the case of large threaded rod Underwater applications reused, simply by changing the static
diameters. mixer.
The pure epoxy resin can also be used Related accessories for the various
underwater, thus allowing for use in applications can be found on pages
extreme conditions. 69(cracked concrete) and 125(rebar
The high approved temperature resist- connection).
ance of -40C to +72C allows for a
stable load level, even when subjected
to increased temperature demands.
FISEM has extended open times and
is therefore particularly suitable for
series installation and rebar connec-
tions.

67
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS EM

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S Injection mortar FIS EM 585 S

Injection mortar FIS EM 1100 S Static mixer FIS SE

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS EM 1100 S 096865 D, NL, GB, F, E, PRC, JP, ROK, I, P, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 1100 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS SE 096448 10 static mixer FIS SE for FIS EM 390 S 10

FIS EM 390 S HWK with


FIS EM 390 S HWK FIS EM 390 S in bucket
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S HWK 501808 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1
FIS EM 390 S HWK 040038 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1
12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS SE,
FIS EM 390 S HWK 049419 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS EM 390 S in
503024 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 16 cartridges 390 ml + 16 static mixer FIS SE 1
bucket

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+5C +10C 2 hrs. +5C +10C 40 hrs.
+10C +20C 30 min. +10C +20C 18 hrs.
+20C +30C 14 min. +20C +30C 10 hrs.
+30C +40C 7 min. +30C +40C 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

68
Injection mortar FIS EM

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1

Cleaning brush with thread M 8

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Brush for drill- 40 mm 505061 42 40 1
Brush for drill- 45 mm 506254 47 45 1
Brush for drill- 55 mm 505062 58 55 1
FIS brush extension 508791 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1

DISPENSER

Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1

69
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS EM

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1

Dispenser FIS AJ-Plus


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AJ-Plus 041730 FIS EM 1100 S 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min

70
Injection mortar FIS V

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings

Chemical xings
in non-cracked concrete and masonry

Rescue ladders Silos

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Approved for rebar connections in:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


FIS V has a number of system Injection mortar for use with: The FIS V is a 2-component injection
approvals, for example in non-cracked Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid.
concrete, masonry and for rebar con- 97(concrete), 106(masonry) and Resin and hardener are stored in two
nections. FIS V is therefore the univer- 119(aerated concrete). separate chambers and are not mixed
sal injection mortar with guaranteed Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see and activated until extrusion through
safety for almost every application. page 103 the static mixer.
The cement in the FIS V vinyl ester Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 The injection cartridges are quick and
mortar generates the highest tem- Concrete steel bars, see page 123 easy to use with the scher dispens-
perature resistance up to +120 C. Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ers.
This means that FIS V can be used page 111 Partially used cartridges can be
in a wide range of temperatures and Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, reused, simply by changing the static
works reliably even when subjected to see page 119 mixer.
increased demands. Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page Related accessories for the various
The extensive range of accessories is 140 applications can be found on pages
ideally suited for the injection mortar Weather facing reconstruction system 73(non-cracked concrete), 73
FIS V; increases the great exibility FWS, see page 144 (masonry), 121(aerated concrete)
of the system; and allows for a wide and 125(rebar connection).
range of applications.

71
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS V

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Injection mortar FIS V 950 S

Static mixer FIS S

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 041846 D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
1 cartridge 950 ml, 1 x static mixer big,
FIS V 950 S 017101 D, GB, F, NL, I, E, P, JP, PRC 6
1 x static mixer FIS S
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big FIS V 360 S HWK big
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S HWK
092430 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1
small
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 D, H, RO, SLO, HR, RUS 1
1 x application gun FIS DM S

72
Injection mortar FIS V

Chemical xings
FIS V 360 S in bucket Case set FIS B Thermosafe case set, empty
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
3 cartridges 360 ml, 1 x application gun FIS DM S,
FIS B Case set 024870 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1
1 x blow-out pump ABG, 1 x set of brushes, 6 x static mixer
Thermosafe Case set,
511083 empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1
empty

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 24 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +10C 9 min. +5C +10C 90 min.
+10C +20C 5 min. +10C +20C 60 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +30C +40C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 8 078177 9 8 1
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 22 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

73
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS V

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

DISPENSER

Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Pneumatic dispenser FIS AJ


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS AJ 016251 FIS V 950 S 1

74
Injection mortar FIS VW

The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing time

Chemical xings
for non-cracked concrete and masonry

Steel constructions Awnings

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FISVW has a signicantly shorter Injection mortar for use with: The FIS VW is a quick-setting, 2-com-
curing time than FISV, thus ensuring Threaded rods FIS A, see page ponent injection mortar based on vinyl
rapid progress even at low tempera- 97(concrete), 106(masonry) and ester hybrid.
tures. 119(aerated concrete) Resin and hardener are stored in two
The special formulation allows for use Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
in base material temperatures of -15C page 103 and activated until extrusion through
to +20C, thus increasing application Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see the static mixer.
exibility. page 111 The injection cartridges are quick and
FIS VW has a number of system Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, easy to use with the scher dispens-
approvals, for example in non-cracked see page 119 ers.
concrete and masonry. FISVW is Partially used cartridges can be
therefore the universal injection mortar reused, simply by changing the static
with guaranteed safety for almost mixer.
every application. Related accessories for the various
The extensive range of accessories is applications can be found on
ideally suited for the injection mortar pages 77(non-cracked concrete),
FISVW; increases the great exibility 77(masonry) and 121(aerated
of the system; and allows for a wide concrete).
range of applications.

75
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VW

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VW 360 S Injection mortar FIS VW 300 T

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]
FIS VW 360 S 090753 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 043997 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 045674 DK, FIN, NOR, S 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 502284 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 300 T 507793 D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VW 300 T 507795 S, DK, N, CZ, SK, PL, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

FIS VW 360 S HWK big FIS VW 360 S HWK small Thermosafe case set, empty
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VW 360 S HWK big 500673 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS VW 360 S HWK small 500674 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1
Thermosafe Case set, empty 511083 empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
15C 10C 1) 12 hrs.
10C 5C 1) 8 hrs.
-5C 0C 1) 5 Min. 5C 0C 3 hrs.
0C +5C 5 Min. 0C +5C 90 min.
+5C +10C 3 Min. +5C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 1 Min. +10C +20C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

76
Injection mortar FIS VW

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 8 078177 9 8 1
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 22 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

DISPENSER

Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1

77
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VW

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

78
Injection mortar FIS VS

The versatile injection mortar with extended open time

Chemical xings
for non-cracked concrete and masonry

Rebar connections Column bases

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Approved for rebar connections in:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FIS VS with an extended open Injection mortar for use with: The FIS VS is a 2-component injection
time prevents the premature setting of Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid
the mortar during summer tempera- 97(concrete), 106(masonry) and with an extended setting time.
tures, and is ideally suited to large drill 119(aerated concrete) Resin and hardener are stored in two
hole depths. Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS VS has a number of system page 103 and activated until extrusion through
approvals, for example in non-cracked Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 the static mixer.
concrete, masonry and for rebar Concrete steel bars, see page 123 The injection cartridges are quick and
connections. FIS VS is therefore Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see easy to use with the scher dispens-
the universal injection mortar with page 111 ers.
guaranteed safety for almost every Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, Partially used cartridges can be
application. see page 119 reused, simply by changing the static
The extensive range of accessories is Weather facing reconstruction system mixer.
ideally suited to the injection mortar FWS, see page 144 Related accessories for the various
FIS VS; increases the great exibility applications can be found on
of the system; and allows for a wide pages 81(non-cracked concrete),
range of applications. 81(masonry), 121(aerated concrete)
The FIS VS 300 T can be used with and 125(rebar connection).
stable, standard silicone dispensers.
No special equipment is required.

79
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VS

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P

Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C 045302 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS VS 150 C 062654 DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS VS 150 C 043998 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 6
2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C SET 043316 D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 6
2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS VS 100 P 072525 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VS 100 P 092763 CZ, PL, H, SK, SLO, HR 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VS 300 T 093180 D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 051058 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

FIS VS 360 S HWK big FIS VS 300 T in bucket Thermosafe case set, empty
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S,
FIS VS 360 S HWK big 049418 GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS VS 300 T
512062 D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
in bucket
Thermosafe Case set,
511083 empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1
empty

80
Injection mortar FIS VS

Chemical xings
CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
0C +5C 6 hrs.
+5C +10C 20 min. +5C +10C 3 hrs.
+10C +20C 10 min. +10C +20C 2 hrs.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 60 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 8 078177 9 8 1
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 22 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

81
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VS

DISPENSER

Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

82
Injection mortar FIS VT

The solid injection mortar for anchorings

Chemical xings
in non-cracked concrete

High-bay warehouses Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FIS VT is approved for use in Injection mortar for use in non- The FIS VT is a 2-component injection
non-cracked concrete, and achieves cracked concrete with: mortar based on vinylester.
a high load-bearing capacity in these Threaded rods FIS A, see page 97 Resin and hardener are stored in two
conditions. Besides the approval, Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS VT is also well-suited to masonry page 103 and activated until extrusion through
applications. the static mixer.
The injection mortar, based on vinyl The 380ml coaxial cartridge can be
ester resin, allows for anchorings in easily used with the scher FIS AC
water-lled drill holes, thus allowing for dispenser.
rapid progress. Partially used cartridges can be
The temperature resistance of the reused, simply by changing the static
FISVT injection mortar of -40C to mixer.
+120 C allows for a solid load level Related accessories for use in non-
even when subjected to high tempera- cracked concrete and masonry can be
ture demands, thus providing great found on page 84.
exibility.

83
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VT

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VT 380 C Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T FIS VT 380 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIS VT 380 C 094401 D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C 059118 GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C 043999 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 300 T 512933 D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C in bucket 503026 GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 24 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +10C 9 Min. +5C +10C 90 min.
+10C +20C 5 Min. +10C +20C 60 min.
+20C +30C 4 Min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 Min. +30C +40C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 8 078177 9 8 1
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 22 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

84
Injection mortar FIS VT

Chemical xings
Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG
Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1

85
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS P

The reliable injection mortar for xings in masonry

Gates Wall consoles

BUILDING MATERIALS
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FIS P is the economical solution Injection mortar for use in masonry The FIS P is a 2-component injection
for anchorings in masonry that do not and aerated concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
require approvals. Threaded rods FIS A, see pages Resin and hardener are stored in two
The FIS P 300 T can be used with 106(masonry) and 119(aerated separate chambers and are not mixed
stable, standard silicone injection concrete). and activated until extrusion through
dispensers. No special equipment is Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see the static mixer.
required. This helps to reduce procure- pages 106(masonry) and 119(aera- Partially used cartridges can be
ment costs. ted concrete). reused, simply by changing the static
Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see mixer.
page 111 Related accessories for use in masonry
Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, and aerated concrete can be found on
see page 119 page 88or page 121.

86
Injection mortar FIS P

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS P 300 T Injection mortar FIS P 380 C

Injection mortar FIS P 360 S Injection mortar FIS P 300 TB

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS P 300 TB 044725 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 300 T 093175 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 044103 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, CZ, H, SK, SLO, HR, RO, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 360 S 056691 D, F, NL, CZ, TR, PL 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 043995 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 502288 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 380 C 094400 D, F, NL, CZ, PL, SK 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 380 C 044101 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 380 C 059234 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 12 cartridges + 24 static mixer FIS S 1
FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1

CURING TIME FIS P 300 T


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
0C +5C 6 hrs.
+5C +10C 15 min. +5C +10C 3 hrs.
+10C +20C 8 min. +10C +20C 2 hrs.
+20C +30C 5 min. +20C +30C 60 min.
+30C +40C 3 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

87
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS P

CURING TIME FIS P 380 C


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 6 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +20C 5 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Fits drill hole diameter Sales unit


Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Dispenser FIS AC


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1

Dispenser KPM 2
Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1

88
Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A

Chemical xings
The variable xing system for cracked concrete

Crash barriers and sound insulation walls Bridge railings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to the high bond strength in Heavy steel constructions The injection system, comprising the
connection with the injection mortar Silo installations FIS EM injection mortar combined
FISEM, the system achieves a very High racks with the FIS A threaded rod, is suitable
high load level in cracked and non- Sound insulation walls for pre-positioned and push-through
cracked concrete, resulting in a safe Top concrete jointers installation.
application. Rim beam anchorings The mortar is extruded bubble free
Variable anchorage depths from 4x to Anchorings in diamond-drilled drill from the drill hole base.
20x the threaded rod diameter allow holes (not included in approval) The mortar bonds the entire surface
for ideal adaptation to the load to Underwater installations (not included of the threaded rod with the drill hole
be applied, and ensure an optimised in approval) wall and seals the drill hole.
installation time and use of materials. The threaded rod is set manually, by
The low anchorage depth allows for lightly rotating it until it reaches the
use in thin base materials. drill hole base.
The FISEM system allows for
threaded rod diameters of up to M30
for maximum applied loads.
The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and oers maxi-
mum application safety.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar
see page 67
89
Chemical xings Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Eect. anchoring Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel diameter FIS EM depth FIS EM length FIS EM eect. anchoring
5.8 depth FIS EM
ETA do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 8 60 7 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 8 60 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 8 60 40 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 12 60 20 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 12 60 40 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 12 60 60 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 12 60 105 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 14 60 40 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 14 60 60 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 14 60 80 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 14 60 100 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 14 60 130 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 14 70 35 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 14 70 55 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 14 70 75 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 14 70 95 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 70 125 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 70 175 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 18 80 35 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 18 80 80 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 18 80 105 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 18 80 155 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 18 80 205 5 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 24 90 133 11 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 24 90 178 11 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 28 96 168 15 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 28 96 258 15 5
FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 35 120 188 28 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 35 120 278 28 5

90
Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A 1m

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Max. useful length Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel FIS EM FIS EM
5.8 8.8 do tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) 12 60 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) 14 60 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) 14 70 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) 18 80 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.

TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Fits Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8 SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M 12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M 16 20

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective ancho- eective ancho- member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
rage depth rage depth thickness shear load distance shear load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm
3)
smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40
FIS A M8
160 190 10,0 9,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 8,6 45 45 11,2 8,6 45 45
FIS A M10
200 230 20,0 13,8 8,6 45 45 13,8 8,6 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 12,0 55 55 14,1 12,0 55 55
FIS A M12
240 270 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55 20,5 12,0 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 22,3 65 65 14,3 22,3 65 65
FIS A M16
320 356 60,0 37,6 22,3 65 65 37,6 22,3 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 34,9 85 85
FIS A M20
400 448 120,0 58,6 34,9 85 85 58,6 34,9 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24
480 536 150,0 84,3 50,9 105 105 84,3 50,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27
540 600 200,0 109,5 65,7 120 120 109,5 65,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30
600 670 300,0 133,8 80,6 140 140 133,8 80,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

91
Chemical xings Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. edge Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective ancho- eective ancho- member torque tensile load sible shear spacing distance tensile load sible shear spacing edge
rage depth rage depth thickness load load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 9,2 45 45 11,2 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 13,7 55 55 14,1 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105 94,3 56,8 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 A4
540 600 200,0 123,0 73,7 120 120 123,0 73,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140 150,1 90,2 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eec- Maximum eec- Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
tive anchorage tive anchorage member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
depth depth thickness shear load distance shear load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 7,4 40 40 11,2 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 C
160 190 10,0 12,4 7,4 40 40 12,4 7,4 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 11,4 45 45 11,2 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 C
200 230 20,0 19,5 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 17,1 55 55 14,1 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 C
240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 C
320 356 60,0 44,7 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 C
400 448 120,0 69,8 49,1 85 85 81,9 49,1 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 C
480 536 150,0 100,5 70,9 105 105 117,6 70,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 C
540 600 200,0 127,2 92,0 120 120 153,3 92,0 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 C
600 670 300,0 157,1 112,6 140 140 187,1 112,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

92
Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with Rebars BSt 500 S
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eec- Maximum eec- Minimum Installation Permissi- Permissi- Min. Min. Permissi- Permissi- Min. Min.
tive anchorage tive anchorage member torque ble tensile ble shear spacing edge ble tensile ble shear spacing edge
depth depth thickness load load distance load load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 - 5,0 6,6 40 40 11,2 6,6 40 40
8
160 190 - 13,4 6,6 40 40 14,3 6,6 40 40
60 100 - 6,3 10,3 45 45 11,2 10,3 45 45
10
200 230 - 20,9 10,3 45 45 22,4 10,3 45 45
70 100 - 8,8 14,8 55 55 14,1 14,8 55 55
12
240 270 - 30,2 14,8 55 55 32,1 14,8 55 55
75 105 - 11,0 20,2 60 60 15,6 20,2 60 60
14
280 310 - 41,1 20,2 60 60 43,4 20,2 60 60
80 120 - 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 26,3 65 65
16
320 360 - 44,7 26,3 65 65 56,6 26,3 65 65
90 140 - 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85
20
400 450 - 69,8 41,4 85 85 88,3 41,4 85 85
100 160 - 14,3 34,3 110 110 20,0 48,1 110 110
25
500 560 - 109,1 64,3 110 110 137,8 64,3 110 110
112 182 - 16,9 40,6 130 130 23,8 57,0 130 130
28
560 630 - 136,8 81,0 130 130 173,0 81,0 130 130
128 168 - 20,7 49,7 160 160 29,0 69,6 160 160
32
640 680 - 127,7 105,2 160 160 226,0 105,2 160 160
144 234 - 24,7 59,2 180 180 34,6 83,1 180 180
36
720 810 - 161,6 133,3 180 180 285,7 133,3 180 180
160 270 - 28,9 69,4 200 200 40,6 97,3 200 200
40
800 910 - 199,5 164,8 200 200 352,6 164,8 200 200
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

93
Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI

The xing system with internal threaded anchor for


Chemical xings

cracked concrete

Safety barriers Platform lifts

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to the high bond strength in Removable xings The injection system, comprising the
connection with the injection mortar Pipeline suspensions, cable trays and FIS EM injection mortar combined
FISEM, the system achieves a very underceilings with the internal threaded anchor
high load level in cracked and non- Temporary xings, e.g. for machines RG MI, is suitable for pre-positioned
cracked concrete, resulting in a safe Scaold anchoring installation.
application. The mortar is extruded bubble free
The internal threaded anchor RGMI from the drill hole base.
allows for surface ush removal and The mortar bonds the entire surface of
reuse of the xing point, and therefore the internal threaded anchor with the
oers the best possible exibility. drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
The metric internal thread allows The RG MI is set manually, by lightly
for the use of standard screws or rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation base.
to suit the intended use.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar
see page 67
94
Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel meter tration tration

ETA do lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 12 18 5 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 15 23 7 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 18 26 11 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 24 35 17 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 30 45 48 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,5 8,3 55 55 13,8 8,3 55 55
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 14,3 13,3 65 65 20,5 13,3 65 65
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 23,8 19,3 75 75 32,4 19,3 75 75
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 28,9 30,9 95 95 40,6 30,9 95 95
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 40,4 51,4 125 125 56,7 51,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

95
Chemical xings Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,5 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 14,3 9,3 65 65 15,7 9,3 65 65
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 28,9 25,1 95 95 40,6 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 40,4 39,4 125 125 56,7 39,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +35C (resp. short term up to 60C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

96
Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

Chemical xings
The xing system for anchorings in non-cracked concrete

Bridges for trac signs Steel constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The system comprising threaded rod Steelwork constructions The system can be used with any of
FISA and one of the injection mortars Timber constructions the following injection mortars: FISV,
FISV, FISVS, FISVW or FISVT for Guard rails FISVS, FISVW and FISVT.
non-cracked concrete can be individu- Faades The injection system is suitable for pre-
ally selected based on requirements, Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
thus allowing for a wide range of Steel consoles tion when combined with threaded
applications. Machines rod FISA.
Variable anchorage depths allow for Masts The mortar is extruded bubble free
ideal adaptation to the load to be from the drill hole base.
applied, and ensure an optimised The mortar bonds the entire surface
installation time and use of materials. of the threaded rod with the drill hole
Push-through installation is possible wall and seals the drill hole.
without any special parts through The threaded rod is set manually, by
lling the annular gap with injection lightly rotating it until it reaches the
mortar. drill hole base.
The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and oers maxi-
mum application safety.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83
97
Chemical xings Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Eect. anchoring Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel diameter depth FIS V length FIS V eect. anchoring
5.8 depth FIS V
ETA do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 8 50 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 8 50 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 8 50 50 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 10 64 16 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 10 64 36 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 10 64 56 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 10 64 101 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 12 80 20 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 12 80 40 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 12 80 60 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 12 80 80 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 12 80 110 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 14 96 19 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 14 96 39 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 14 96 59 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 14 96 79 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 96 109 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 96 159 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 18 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 18 125 35 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 18 125 60 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 18 125 110 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 18 125 160 8 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 24 160 63 20 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 24 160 108 20 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 28 192 72 28 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 28 192 162 28 5
FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 35 240 68 53 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 35 240 158 53 5

98
Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A 1m

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Eect. anchoring depth Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel FIS V FIS V
5.8 8.8 do hef, min
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) 10 64 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) 12 80 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) 14 96 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) 18 125 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.

TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Fits Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8 SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M 12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M 16 20

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A (5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 3,4 2,9 40 40
FIS A M6
72 100 5,0 4,8 2,9 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 5,3 40 40
FIS A M8
96 130 10,0 9,2 5,3 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 8,3 45 45
FIS A M10
120 150 20,0 14,5 8,3 45 45
96 130 40,0 15,8 12,1 55 55
FIS A M12
144 180 40,0 21,2 12,1 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 22,4 65 65
FIS A M16
192 248 60,0 38,3 22,4 65 65
160 200 120,0 37,9 35,0 85 85
FIS A M20
240 290 120,0 56,8 35,0 85 85
192 250 150,0 51,7 50,4 105 105
FIS A M24
288 345 150,0 77,6 50,4 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 80,1 140 140
FIS A M30
360 430 300,0 114,4 80,1 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

99
Chemical xings Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 3,4 3,2 40 40
FIS A M6 A4
72 100 5,0 4,8 3,2 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 5,9 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
96 130 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 9,3 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
120 150 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
96 126 40,0 15,8 13,5 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
144 180 40,0 22,5 13,5 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 25,1 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
192 248 60,0 38,3 25,1 65 65
160 208 120,0 37,9 39,2 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
240 290 120,0 56,8 39,2 85 85
192 248 150,0 51,7 56,5 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
288 345 150,0 77,6 56,5 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 89,8 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
360 430 300,0 114,4 89,8 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 3,4 4,0 40 40
FIS A M6 C
72 100 5,0 4,8 4,0 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 7,3 40 40
FIS A M8 C
96 130 10,0 10,5 7,3 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 11,6 45 45
FIS A M10 C
120 150 20,0 16,5 11,6 45 45
96 126 40,0 15,8 16,9 55 55
FIS A M12 C
144 180 40,0 23,7 16,9 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 31,3 65 65
FIS A M16 C
192 248 60,0 38,3 31,3 65 65
160 208 120,0 37,9 49,0 85 85
FIS A M20 C
240 290 120,0 56,8 49,0 85 85
192 248 150,0 51,7 70,5 105 105
FIS A M24 C
288 345 150,0 77,6 70,5 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 112,1 140 140
FIS A M30 C
360 430 300,0 114,4 112,1 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

100
Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 5,1 40 40
FIS A M8
96 130 10,0 9,1 5,1 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 8,0 45 45
FIS A M10
120 150 20,0 14,2 8,0 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 12,0 55 55
FIS A M12
144 180 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 21,7 65 65
FIS A M16
192 230 60,0 32,6 21,7 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 34,3 85 85
FIS A M20
240 290 120,0 47,9 34,3 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 49,1 105 105
FIS A M24
288 345 150,0 64,6 49,1 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 78,3 140 140
FIS A M30
360 430 300,0 94,2 78,3 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
96 130 10,0 9,1 6,0 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
120 150 20,0 14,2 9,2 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
144 180 40,0 20,5 13,7 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
192 230 60,0 32,6 25,2 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
240 290 120,0 47,9 39,4 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 56,3 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
288 345 150,0 64,6 56,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 89,7 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
360 430 300,0 94,2 89,7 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

101
Chemical xings Injection non-cracked concrete with FISA

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 C
96 130 10,0 9,1 7,4 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 C
120 150 20,0 14,2 11,4 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 C
144 180 40,0 20,5 17,1 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 C
192 230 60,0 32,6 31,4 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 49,1 85 85
FIS A M20 C
240 290 120,0 47,9 49,1 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 70,3 105 105
FIS A M24 C
288 345 150,0 64,6 70,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 112,0 140 140
FIS A M30 C
360 430 300,0 94,2 112,0 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

102
Injection non-cracked concrete with RGMI

The xing system with internal threaded anchor

Chemical xings
for non-cracked concrete

Column bases Pumps

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The system comprising internal Removable xings The system can be used with any of
threaded anchor RGMI and one of Temporary xings, e.g. for machines the following injection mortars: FISV,
the injection mortars FISV, FISVS, Scaold anchoring FISVS, FISVW and FISVT.
FISVW or FISVT for non-cracked The injection system is suitable for pre-
concrete can be individually selected positioned installation when combined
based on requirements, thus allowing with the internal threaded anchor
for a wide range of applications. RGMI.
The internal threaded anchor RG MI The mortar is extruded bubble free
allows for surface ush removal and from the drill hole base.
reuse of the xing point, and therefore The mortar bonds the entire surface of
oers the best possible exibility. the internal threaded anchor with the
The metric internal thread allows drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
for the use of standard screws or The internal threaded anchor is set
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation manually, by lightly rotating it until it
to suit the intended use. reaches the drill hole base.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83
103
Chemical xings Injection non-cracked concrete with RGMI

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel meter tration tration

ETA do lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 12 18 5 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 15 23 7 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 18 26 11 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 24 35 17 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 30 45 48 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 11,9 8,3 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 15,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 29,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 45,6 43,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

104
Injection non-cracked concrete with RGMI

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 29,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 45,6 39,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,9 8,3 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 13,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 23,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 37,7 52,1 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 13,9 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 23,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 37,7 39,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

105
Chemical xings Injection in solid brick masonry

The versatile xing system for solid brick masonry

French balconies Satellite dishes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Solid sand-lime bricks
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Solid and lightweight concrete blocks
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The xing system comprising threaded Gratings The system can be used with any of
rod FISA or internal threaded anchor Gates the following injection mortars: FISV,
FISE and one of the injection mortars Handrails FISVS, FISVW. FISVT or FISP can be
FISV, FISVS or FISVW can be Consoles used but do not have approvals.
individually selected based on require- Pipelines FISE is suitable for pre-positioned
ments, thus allowing for a wide range Sanitary equipment installation, whilst FISA is suitable
of applications. Awnings for pre-positioned and push-through
The wide range of approved threaded Canopies installation.
rods FISA from M6 to M16 allows for Satellite antennas The mortar bonds the entire surface of
various applications. Sun protection the anchor with the drill hole wall and
The internal threaded anchor FISE seals the drill hole.
allows for surface ush removal and The anchor is set manually, by lightly
reuse of the xing point, and therefore rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
oers the best possible exibility. base.
In general, it is also possible to use the
FISHK anchor sleeves in solid brick
masonry, and this provides additio-
nal safety when the base material is
unknown. Technical data see page
114.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar
see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86
106
Injection in solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel grade steel diameter in solid depth in solid length in solid eect. anchoring
Approval

5.8 brick masonry brick masonry brick masonry depth in solid


brick masonry
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 8 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 8 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 8 75 2 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 8 75 25 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 10 50 10 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 10 50 30 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 10 50 50 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 10 50 70 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 10 50 115 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 12 50 50 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 12 50 70 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 12 50 90 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 12 50 110 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 12 50 140 2 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 14 50 55 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 14 50 75 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 14 50 95 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 14 50 115 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 50 145 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 50 195 3 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 18 64 51 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 18 64 96 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 18 64 121 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 18 64 171 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 18 64 221 4 10

107
Chemical xings Injection in solid brick masonry

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole Eect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for eect. anchoring Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth tration tration depth in solid brick masonry


do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 14 85 6 60 4 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 14 85 8 60 4 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 18 85 10 60 5 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 18 85 12 60 5 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 55
M8 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,86 80 50
M10 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M12 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,86 1,00 80 50
M16 16 64 Mz 4,0 1,00 1,14 80 55
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 55
M8 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,00 80 50
M10 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M12 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M16 20 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 55
M8 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 0,86 80 55
M8 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,14 1,29 80 50
M10 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M12 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M16 28 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 55
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Max. effective anchorage depth 100 mm.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

108
Injection in solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M8 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
M10 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M8 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M10 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M8 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M8 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
M10 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete without slots Vbl
M8 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M10 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M12 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M12 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
M16 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M16 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5).
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 - M8 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M6 - M8 12 75 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 to M12)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 75 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

109
Chemical xings Injection in solid brick masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 12 50 - 85 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M6 12 50 - 85 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 KS 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. data).
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
7)
For anchor sleeve FIS H 12x50K Fperm = 1,00 kN.

110
Injection in perforated brick masonry

The versatile xing system with injection anchor sleeves for

Chemical xings
perforated brick masonry

Wall consoles Pipeline routes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Hollow pumice slabs
Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The grating structure of the FISHK Awnings The system can be used with any of
anchor sleeve is adapted for the injec- Canopies the following injection mortars: FISV,
tion mortars FISV, FISVS and FISVW, Gates FISVS, FISVW. FISVT or FISP can be
and ensures sparing mortar use with Handrails used but do not have approvals.
the best interlock. Consoles The system is suitable for pre-
The centring blades perfectly align Pipelines positioned installation when com-
the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and Sanitary equipment bined with injection anchor sleeves
allow for use with various threaded Gratings and threaded rods FISA or internal
rod diameters. Satellite antennas threaded anchors FISE.
The barbed hooks secure the anchor Sun protection The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a hole, and lled with injection mortar
trouble-free overhead installation. from the anchor sleeve base.
The geometry of the anchor sleeves Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
allows for the bridging of non-bearing tar to be pushed through the anchor
layers for a simple and convenient sleeves grating structure, so that it ts
installation. the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar
see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86
111
Chemical xings Injection in perforated brick masonry

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perforated in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 masonry brick masonry masonry
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 12 50 12 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 12 50 17 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 12 50 27 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
50 50 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 12 20
85 15 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 12 50 25 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 12 50 30 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
50 50 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 12/16 85 15 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 15 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 70 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 12/16 85 35 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 35 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 115 FIS H 12 x 50 K
85 80 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 12/16 10
85 80 FIS H 16 x 85 K
130 35 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 16 85 15 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 16 85 35 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
85 55 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 16 10
130 10 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 75 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 16 10
130 30 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 105 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 16 10
130 60 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 20 85 20 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 20 85 40 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 20 10
130 15 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 80 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 20 10
130 35 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 110 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 20 10
130 65 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 160 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 20 130 115 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 45 FIS H 20 x 200 K
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 20 85 30 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10

112
Injection in perforated brick masonry

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perforated in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 masonry brick masonry masonry
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
85 75 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 20 10
130 30 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 100 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 20 10
130 55 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 150 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 20 130 105 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 35 FIS H 20 x 200 K
85 200 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 20 130 155 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 85 FIS H 20 x 200 K

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Eect. Min. bolt Max. bolt Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval

steel in perforated brick anchoring depth penetration penetration anchor sleeve


masonry
do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 85 6 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 85 8 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10

113
Chemical xings Injection in perforated brick masonry

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K

Drill hole Min. drill hole Eect. ancho- Fits Filling quantity Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth ring depth per sleeve

do h1 hef
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 12 60 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50
FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 12 95 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50
FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 16 95 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50
FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 16 140 130 FIS A M8-M10 15 20
FIS A M12-M16,
FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 20 95 85 15 20
FIS E M10-M12
FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 20 140 130 FIS A M12-M16 25 20
FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 20 210 200 FIS A M12-M16 40 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L

Drill hole diameter Total length Fits Filling quantity per Sales unit
10 cm
do l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 6 / M 6 - 8 / M 8 12 10
FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 10/M10 / 12/M12 14 10
FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 12/M12 - 16/M16 20 6
FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 16/M16 - 22/M22 26 4

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Filling quantity per Fits Sales unit
anchor sleeve
do h1 hv
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 8/M8 20
FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 10/M10 20
FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 12/M12 20

114
Injection in perforated brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M8 / M10 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,43 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 10 110 Hlz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M12 / M16 10 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M8 / M10 12 110 7) Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 28 85 Hlz 2,0 1,00 1,71 100 240
M12 / M16 28 110 Hlz 2,0 - - - -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M8 / M10 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,71 1,29 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M8 / M10 20 85 KSL 2,0 1,00 1,71 80 100
M12 / M16 20 110 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M8 / M10 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M12 / M16 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
7)
For bricks with certain hole patterns 85 mm are possible. Please see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and
anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective ancho- Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength rage depth4) ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M6 - M16 4 85 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M6 - M16 4 85 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M6 - M16 2 85 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M8 - M16 - 85 TGL 2,0 2,008) - 50 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 7)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
Anchorage depths apply for FIS A and FIS E (M6 - M12). 8)
For M8 and M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.

115
Chemical xings Push-through installation in masonry

Simple push-through installation in masonry

Detail: Wood constructions in push-through


Car ports
installation

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Hollow pumice slabs
Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated bricks
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The direct installation through the Timber constructions The system can be used with any of
xture reduces preliminary work wher- Awnings the following injection mortars: FISV,
ever there are several xing points for Canopies FISVS, FISVW. FISVT or FISP can be
each xture, and guarantees a signi- Car ports used but do not have approvals.
cantly simpler installation process. Gates The injection system is suitable for
The design of the push-through push-through installation when com-
anchor sleeve FISHK allows for a bined with the push-through anchor
range of usable lengths with just one sleeve FISHK.
product, thus providing maximum ex- The push-through anchor sleeve is
ibility and cost-eectiveness. adapted to suit the xture thickness
The movable edge, in combination using the scale and the movable edge,
with the scale, makes it easier to adapt and cut as required.
the anchor sleeve to suit the desired The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
usable length. hole, and lled with injection mortar
The grating structure of the push- from the anchor sleeve base. It should
through anchor sleeve is adapted for be ensured that the anchor sleeve
the injection mortars FISV, FISVS and is completely lled, including in the
FISVW, and ensures sparing mortar xture region.
use with the best interlock. Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
tar to be pushed through the anchor
sleeves grating structure, so that it ts
the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar
see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86
116
Push-through installation in masonry

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK

Drill hole Max. Eect. Max. xture Fits Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

diameter drill hole depth anchoring depth thickness

do hef t x
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10
FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Max. drill hole Eect. Max. xture Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter depth anchoring thickness


depth
do hef t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 18 340 130 200 35 5
FIS Set 22 x 130/200 M16/200 047453 047454 22 340 130 200 45 5

117
Chemical xings Push-through installation in masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M10 / M12 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,57 80 120
M10 / M12 10 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M16 10 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M10 / M12 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M10 / M12 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 100
M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M10 / M12 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 100
M16 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M10 / M12 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M16 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).
2) Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
depth4)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M10 / M12 / M16 2 130 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M10 / M12 / M16 - 130 TGL 2,0 2,008) - 50 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
gvz and A4.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 7)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K 8)
For M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.
and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).

118
Injection for aerated concrete with FISA

Chemical xings
Secure hold in aerated concrete using undercut technology

Canopies Detail: Undercut drillhole in aerated concrete

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Reinforced roof and ceiling boards
made of aerated concrete
Aerated concrete blocks
Prefabricated reinforced and non-
reinforced wall components made of
aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The cone-shaped drill hole guarantees Guard rails The system can be used with any of
maximum load-bearing capacity in aer- Consoles the following injection mortars: FISV,
ated concrete thanks to the interlock. Gates FISVS, FISVW. FISVT or FISP can be
The centring sleeve PBZ xes the Staircases used but do not have approvals.
anchor in the drill hole, thus also allow- Windows The injection system for aerated
ing for overhead installation. Faades concrete is suitable for pre-positioned
Two anchorage depths in combination Canopies installation.
with the threaded rod FISA allow for Timber constructions The cone drill bit PBB allows for the
the ideal adaptation to the load to be Steel constructions drill hole and undercut to be made in
applied. Sun protection one step by pivoting the drill.
The internal threaded anchor FISE The mortar completely lls the
allows for surface ush removal and undercut and transfers the load via the
reuse of the xing point, and therefore interlock.
oers the best possible exibility. The drill hole is lled from the drill hole
mouth using the centring sleeve PBZ.
The threaded rod FISA or the internal
threaded anchor FISE are set manu-
ally by turning lightly.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar
see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86
119
Chemical xings Injection for aerated concrete with FISA

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel ter in aerated depth in aerated length in aerated eect. anchoring
5.8 concrete concrete concrete depth in aerated
concrete
DIBt do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 14 75 5 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 14 75 65 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 14 75 85 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 14 75 30 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 14 75 50 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 14 75 70 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 75 170 15 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole Eect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for eect. anchoring Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth tration tration depth in aerated concrete


do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 14 85 8 60 20 10

120
Injection for aerated concrete with FISA

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Fits Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]
Cone drill PBB 090634 M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 M8 - M12; FIS E 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and centring
sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete walls.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Aerated concrete wall
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete block PB, PP
M8 - M12 2 75 PB, PP 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,30 50 150
M8 - M12 4 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 4 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,70 50 150
M8 - M12 6 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,60 50 100
M8 - M12 6 954) PB, PP 10,0 2,10 50 150
Reinforced aerated concrete wall panel P
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.

121
Chemical xings Injection for aerated concrete with FISA

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS und FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and centring
sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete roof and oor slabs.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and oor slabs
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.

122
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
Professional rebar connections

Rebar connections Rebar connections

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The injection mortars FISV/VS Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. Anchoring as with cast-in reinforce-
allow for rebar connections from for overlap connections, end anchor- ment bars in line with Eurocode 2 and
8to 28mm, whilst injection mortar ings, starter bars, needlings etc. DIN 1045-1.
FISEM allows for rebar connections Rebar anchor FRA The mortar is extruded bubble free
up to 40mm to be carried out. This into the drill hole using the injec-
oers maximum exibility. tion adapter. The geometry causes a
FISEM also allows for the execution of build-up of pressure in the drill hole,
rebar connections in diamond-drilled which pushes the injection adapter
holes. and extension tube automatically out
The FRA with connecting thread in of the drill hole.
stainless steel A4 fully utilises the The mortar bonds the entire surface
load-bearing capacity of the concrete. of the reinforcement bar with the drill
This means that extremely high tensile hole wall.
loads can be introduced into the base A special certication is necessary for
material. installation according to approval in
Accessories in line with building site Germany. The scher Academy oers
requirements, such as injection adapt- the relevant training courses.
ers and extension tubes, ensure rapid
progress.
The FIS rebar case contains all of the
individual components required, thus
ensuring a convenient installation.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS VS mortar


see page 67 see page 71 see page 79
123
Chemical xings Rebar connections

INSTALLATION WITH FIS V / FIS VS

INSTALLATION WITH WITH EM IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES

INSTALLATION WITH FIS EM IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES

TECHNICAL DATA

Rebar anchor FRA

Combination Total length Max. xing Drill-hole Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

of materials thickness

l tx d0
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [ mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 975 60 16 50 8
FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 1180 60 20 81 8
FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 1485 60 25 160 4
Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless stell A4.

124
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

FIS-Rebar Case for reinforcement connection

Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case D 505941 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report,
2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian, spanish),
10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals

ACCESSORIES
Cleaning brush with thread M 8

Colour Length Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Brush for drill- 12 mm 001490 white - 1
Brush for drill- 14 mm 001491 blue - 1
Brush for drill- 16 mm 001492 red - 1
Brush for drill- 18 mm 001493 yellow - 1
Brush for drill- 20 mm 001494 green - 1
Brush for drill- 25 mm 001495 black - 1
Brush for drill- 30 mm 090063 grey - 1
Brush for drill- 35 mm 090071 brown - 1
Brush for drill- 40 mm 505061 - - 1
Brush for drill- 45 mm 506254 - - 1
Brush for drill- 55 mm 505062 - - 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1
SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8 511961 - - 2

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter for drill 12 - 25 mm Injection adapterfor drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 12 mm 001497 white 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 14 mm 001498 blue 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 16 mm 001499 red 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 18 mm 001483 yellow 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 20 mm 001506 green 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 20 mm 001508 green 10

125
Chemical xings Rebar connections

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter for drill 12 - 25 mm Injection adapterfor drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 25 mm 001507 black 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 25 mm 001509 black 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 30 mm 090689 grey 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 30 mm 090700 grey 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 35 mm 090699 brown 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 35 mm 090701 brown 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 40 mm 505077 - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 40 mm 505079 - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 45 mm 508909 - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 45 mm 508910 - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 55 mm 505078 - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 55 mm 505080 - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 10
Extension tube 15 (1,9 m) 001489 - 10

ACCESSORIES

Drilling aid

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1

ACCESSORIES

SDS-max scrabbeling tool to roughen the connection surface

Fits Dimensions Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1

ACCESSORIES

Compressed air nozzle

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter 12 - 15 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 Drill diameter 16 - 19 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 Drill diameter 20 - 25 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D30-D35 511959 Drill diameter 30 - 35 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D40-D55 511960 Drill diameter 40 - 45 mm 2

126
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebars from steel type BSt 500 S5)
Design resistant loads and permissible tensile loads1) 6) of a single post-installed Rebar in concrete C20/252).
For the design and planning the complete approval ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Rebar Basic anchorage length4) Basic anchorage length4) Max. permissible Max. design resistance Max. permissible
for FIS V, FIS VS for FIS EM embedment depth for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd lb,rqd max lv NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
8 mm 378 378 1800 21,9 15,6
10 mm 473 473 1800 34,1 24,4
12 mm 567 567 1800 49,2 35,1
14 mm 662 662 1800 66,9 47,8
16 mm 756 756 1800 87,4 62,4
20 mm 945 945 1800 136,6 97,6
25 mm 1181 1181 2000 213,4 152,4
28 mm 1323 1323 2000 267,7 191,2
32 mm - 1512 2000 349,7 249,8
36 mm - 1701 2000 442,6 316,1
40 mm - 1890 2000 546,4 390,3
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- AnnexC,Table C.1 and C.2N are permitted. When using an other steel quality the given basic
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. anchorage length as well as the steel capacity (see foot note 3) will change.
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 6)
Fixations with post-installed rebars with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and wet concrete
up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
change. drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
When using the full steel capacity. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
4)
Basic anchorage length" according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
C20/25 for "good bond conditions" rules of the approvals.
5)
Rebars with a characteristic yield strength fyk = 400 - 600 N/mm according EN 1992-1-1

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebar anchor FRA5)
Highest permissible tensile loads1) 6) for a single Rebar anchor in concrete C20/252).
For the design and planning the complete approvals ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Basic Max. eective Max. Installation torque Max. design resistance Max. permissible
anchorage length4) embedment depth embedment depth for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd max lv max le,ges Tinst NRd,s3) Nzul,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 50,0 49,2 35,1
FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 100,0 87,4 62,4
FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 150,0 136,6 97,6
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- 5)
Reinforcement bar BSt 500 S according EN 1992-1-1 Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N.
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
Fixations with post-installed Rebars anchors FRA with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 wet concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and
up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
change. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
3)
When using the full steel capacity. as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
4)
Basic anchorage length according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 rules of the approvals.
for good bond conditions

127
Chemical xings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

The performance class amongst dynamic anchors

Production robots Tunnel ventilators

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
high corrosion resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


During the setting process, the injec- Slewing cranes The injection system suitable for
tion mortar FISHB lls the annular Mobile portal and ceiling cranes tensile zones consists of the Highbond
gap in the xture, and ensures opti- Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod FHB-Adyn and
mum load distribution. This allows for Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) the injection mortar FISHB.
the absorption of dynamic alternating Bridges for trac signs FHBdyn is approved for pre-positioned
loads. Antennas and transmitter masts and push-through installation.
The cone shape of the FHB-Adyn Industrial robots Extruding the mortar causes the two
anchor rod ensures a controlled components to be mixed and acti-
expansion under dynamic stress, thus vated in the static mixer.
allowing for use in cracked concrete. The mortar bonds the entire surface of
The anchor rod FHB-Adyn is also the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
available made from highly corrosion- and seals the drill hole.
resistant steel. This makes it suitable The centring sleeve centres the anchor
for use in aggressive atmospheres, for in the xture, thus ensuring a safe load
example in tunnels. application.
The Highbond anchor dynamic system The lock nut prevents the nut from
can achieve even greater shear loads becoming loose.
thanks to the additional sleeve of the
anchor rod FHB-AdynV, and therefore
provides an increased level of safety.

128
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

Chemical xings
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION FHB DYN

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN V

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn

zinc-plated highly Drill hole Drill depth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill-hole Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel corrosion diameter through depth usable length diameter in nut


resistant xture object
steel do h0 hef tx df SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz C
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 093445 1) 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5
1) Prices and delivery time on request.

129
Chemical xings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V

zinc-plated Approval Drill hole Drilldepth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill-hole Width across nut Sales unit
steel diameter depth usable length diameter in
object
do td hef tx df SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 V 092039 14 85 105 8 - 50 21 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 V 092040 18 100 130 10 - 50 29 24 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S


Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS S

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


FIS HB 345 S 033211 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502290 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502913 D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 150 C 077529 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS S 061223 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME - FIS HB


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5C) FIS HB
5C 0C 360 min.
0C +5C 180 min.
+5C +20C 15 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 35 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 20 min.
> +40C 2 min. > +40C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Mortar volume in scale units Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
shown on the cartridge labels corresponding scale

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24


FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8
*) max. number with one static mixer

130
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

For drill diameter Brush diameter Fits to xings Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


BS 14 078180 14 16 FHB-A dyn M12 1
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 FHB-A dyn M16 1
BS 24 078182 24 26 FHB-A dyn M20 1
BS 28 078183 28 30 FHB-A dyn M24 1

Compressed-air cleaning gun


Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB-A dyn M20-M24 1

LOADS
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/254).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1748 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB dyn 12x100 100 200 40,0 14,1 6,7 100 100
FHB dyn 12x100 V 105 200 40,0 14,1 9,6 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 125 250 60,0 23,0 11,9 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 V 130 250 60,0 23,0 17,0 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 C 5) 125 250 60,0 15,6 11,9 100 100
FHB dyn 20x170 170 340 100,0 28,1 17,0 150 150
FHB dyn 24x220 220 440 120,0 28,9 22,2 180 180
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action (anchor groups) see approval.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s 5)
Anchor rod FHB-A dyn-C made of highly corrosion-resistant steel of the corrosion resistance class
3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. IV e.g. 1.4529
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

131
Chemical xings UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads

Slewing cranes Guide rails for elevators

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The bushing lls the annular gap in Slewing cranes The bonded anchor suitable for tensile
the xture and, in combination with Mobile portal and ceiling cranes zones consists of the UMV multicone
the anchor rod UMV-Adyn, ensures Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod and the UMV
an even load distribution. This allows Antennas and transmitter masts multicone resin capsule.
for the bearing of dynamic alternating Production robots UMV multicone dynamic is suitable
loads. for pre-positioned and push-through
The cone shape of the UMV-Adyn installation.
anchor rod ensures a controlled During setting (rotating/hitting), the
expansion under dynamic stress, thus tip of the anchor rod destroys the
allowing for use in cracked concrete. capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and
The pre-portioned resin capsule activates the mortar.
ensures a quick and easy installation The mortar bonds the entire surface of
on the construction site, and helps to the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
avoid errors. and seals the drill hole.
The glass particles of the capsule body Once the xture has been positioned,
rough up the drill hole wall during the the installation sleeve is used to drive
setting process, and improve the bond the bushing over the anchor rod.
between the anchor rod and concrete.

132
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

Chemical xings
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone chemical anchor capsule

Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs]


UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 15 115 10
UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 18 140 10
UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 25 190 10
UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 28 245 5

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod

zinc-plated Drill hole Total length Min. xing Max. xing Through Height of Qty. per pack Qty. per pack
Approval

steel diameter thickness thickness hole clumping threaded rod clamping


chucks chuck
do l tx tx df lb
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item gvz
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10
UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5
1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool.

133
Chemical xings UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

LOADS
UMV multicone dynamic
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/254)
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1662 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
UMV-A dyn M12 x 100 100 200 40,0 11,7 5,6 100 100 12,2 5,6 100 100
UMV-A dyn M16 x 125 125 250 60,0 14,8 6,7 130 130 14,8 6,7 130 130
UMV-A dyn M20 x 170 170 340 100,0 25,0 16,3 170 170 34,9 16,3 170 170
UMV-A dyn M24 x 220 220 440 120,0 35,8 16,3 220 220 38,5 16,3 220 220
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action (anchor groups) see approval.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

134
Stand-o installation Thermax

The approved stand-o installation with thermal barrier in

Chemical xings
external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When combined with the injection For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FISV and FISEM, the stand- Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
o installation is approved for high Canopies The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure xing. Brackets plaster into the insulation during instal-
Usable lengths of 60 to 200mm can Air conditioning units lation.
be covered with just one Thermax. Satellite dishes The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- rier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the xture and the inner In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
xture, and oers an energy-optimised thick cement plaster), it is recom-
xing. mended that the Thermax cutting
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive t, and allows for a The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. faade at plaster level.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar


see page 67 see page 71
135
Chemical xings Stand-o installation Thermax

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 12/110 M12

Thermax 16/170 M12

zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit


Approval

steel steel

DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 20
20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit
10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051537 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 user manual
2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual
20 M16 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 20
3 applicator tip extension hoses
10 M16-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051543 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 M16 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 1
1 user manual

136
Stand-o installation Thermax

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS

Tinst
d0

Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing

Type Threaded Building Max. xture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill- Drill-hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tx e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
95 14 tfix + 95 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
M12/110 M12 (...) Perforated
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
125 18 tfix + 125 mm - 9
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
M16/170 M12 (...) Perforated
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S Injection mortar FIS V 360 S

All-round adhesive gluing and


sealing KD-290

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
KD-290 white (D) 059389 D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1

137
Chemical xings Stand-o installation Thermax

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Fits drill hole diameter Sales unit


Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S

Adapted for Sales unit


Item [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for xing in groups2)
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 has to be considered.
Concrete + Solid brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Eective Installation Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
sive brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing3) spacing3)
strength DIN7) depth load for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx =
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef Tinst9) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Non-cracked concrete
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,404) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,404) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For further conditions see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load).

138
Stand-o installation Thermax

Chemical xings
LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry8) for xing in groups2).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Eective Installation Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
sive brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing3) spacing3)
strength DIN7) depth load for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx =
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef,min10) Tinst9) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For further conditions see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 9)
Fixing screw M12.
outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 10)
The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load). technical data).

139
Chemical xings Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The expansion-force-free xing pre- Post-installation needling of two-leaf The remedial wall tie VBS8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS8 can be used even in old led A4stainless steel tie 4mm.
and sensitive masonry. VBS8 is used together with the injec-
The drill bit diameter of just8 mm tion mortar FISV.
means that a minimal amount of mor- The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each xing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS8 is particularly economical. installation.
The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the xing is almost
invisible to the eye.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 71
140
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS

stainless steel Layer resp. Drill hole Outer leaf Drill depth Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

insulation diameter = mounting depth FIS V bearing


depth wall
do ho = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) 0 - 20 8 90 195 150 >60 3 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) 20 - 50 8 90 225 180 >60 3 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) 50 - 80 8 90 255 210 >60 3 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) 80 - 120 8 90 295 250 >60 4 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) 120 - 150 8 90 325 280 >60 4 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039


Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1

141
Chemical xings Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Facing masonry

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer


ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The approved xing in stone and in VBS-M is especially suitable for The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
exibility and security. are installed past to the faade repair. tion.
Use in joints and with a low anchor- Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 845/846 as well as economy facings The two expansion zones in the
The small anchor rim and screw head with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-ush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure xation.
installation. The plug doesnt x into the facing
The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the faade. very best installation safety.
A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.

142
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS-M

zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Eect. Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity anchoring
115 mm facing 115 mm facing depth
masonry, masonry,
ush 20 mm sunk
installation installation
tx d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 20* 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 120 514236 20 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.

143
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS

The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall


Chemical xings

panels

Repairing weather shells Detail: Repairing weather shells

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Triple-skin outer wall panels made of
concreteB15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The large bolt diameter means that Post-installation securing of triple-skin The weather facing reconstruction
FWS achieves a high shear load-bear- outer wall panels system FWS is secured in the load-
ing capacity. This keeps the number bearing skin and the weather shell
of anchors needed for each plate to a with the injection mortar FISV.
minimum, thus saving costs. The red plastic coating protects the
The drill hole can be drilled in one step insulation from being penetrated with
using standard diamond drill bits. This mortar.
ensures quick progress is made. Once the anchor has been set, the
The integrated visual control makes appearance of mortar from the control
the application easier, and ensures a openings shows that the anchoring
high degree of installation safety. has been completed correctly.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 71
144
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Weather facing reconstruction system FWS

Residual core drill FWS-B

Total length Nom. diameter drill bit Eective anchorage depth in Anchors per cartridge Sales unit
Approval

the load-bearing skin FIS V 360 S


l dB hv
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
FWS-A 205 062342 205 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-A 230 062343 230 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-B 062344 1

LOADS
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS
Highest permissible shear loads1) 6) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete B15 resp. C12/15.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1557 has to be considered.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Thickness Thickness of Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage thickness of of thermal outer leaf bending moment shear load1) spacing3) spacing3)
depth in the load-bearing insulation2)
load-bearing skin layer
hef (hv) ht hD hw Mperm Vperm smin (ah,min) cmin (ar,1)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FWS-A-2054) 80 120 80 40-60 1240,0 8,5 450 300
FWS-A-2304) 80 120 100 45-60 1240,0 8,1 450 300
1)
Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an 4)
The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and
additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing. 4 of the approval.
2)
For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see appro- up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
val.

145
Chemical xings Can System FCS

The epoxy resin for repair work

Filling cracks Reconstructing corners and edges

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FCS based on epoxy resin has a Filling holes and cracks in concrete The resin and hardener are stored in
high bond strength and a low shrink- and similar surfaces two separate containers.
age value. This guarantees a high Reconstructing split corners and The hardener is added to the resin and
performance and opens up a wide edges mixed thoroughly until the material is
range of applications. the same colour throughout.
The two product variants, FCS Liquid Note: The quality of the mixing of
(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high components and the proper lling of
viscosity = paste-like), allow for use the holes (without air pockets) has an
both in horizontal situations and on eect on the load-bearing capacity of
walls and ceilings. Therefore, there the system!
is always the right product for every FCS Liquid can be poured into holes
occasion. or cracks, or applied using a brush.
FCS can be applied with a palette
knife.
Once mixed, the material can be
used until the maximum open time is
reached.

146
Can System FCS

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION FCS

INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID

TECHNICAL DATA

scher Can System FCS scher Can System FCS liquid

Languages on the can Shelf life Sales unit


Item Art.-No. months [pcs]
FCS - fischer Can System 043676 GB, E, P 18 12
FCS Liquid - fischer can System 043917 GB, E, P 18 12

CURING TIME
Temperature Gelling time Curing time

+ 5C 70 min. 60 hrs.
+10C 60 min. 30 hrs.
+20C 45 min. 24 hrs.
+30C 30 min. 20 hrs.
+40C 15 min. 16 hrs.
The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar.

147
Chemical xings ll & x injection xing

The versatile injection xing

Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Panel building materials
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ll & x injection xing works Repairing cracked or over-sized drill ll & x is a 2-component, solvent-
whatever the drill hole size and build- holes free injection compound based on
ing material. As a result, a number of Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. polyurethane. It is applied into the drill
applications can be completed with Fixing lightweight objects in dicult hole, where it foams lightly and sets
just one product. or dilapidated building materials (old quickly.
Wood screws can be screwed directly buildings) The increase in volume during the set-
into the hardened injection xing. This Fixing lightweight objects in internal ting process guarantees a secure hold,
allows for a fast and simple installa- and UV-protected external areas even in dilapidated or dicult building
tion. materials.
Due to the special formulation, After approx. 2minutes, screws,
the screw can be screwed into the hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter
injection xing and removed. Thus, of up to 6mm that are normally used
components can be reattached to the in wood can be screwed into and
same point. removed from the set material without
ll & x can be sanded and painted, pre-drilling.
and is suitable for lling drill holes that Use the perforated sleeves (included)
are no longer needed prior to painting. for hollow and board building materi-
als.

148
ll & x injection xing

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

ll & x Injection xing

Contents Languages on Sales unit


the cartridge
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fill & fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 8
fill & fix (D) 502599 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 12
fill & fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8
fill & fix K (GB) 504429 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 8
fill & fix (GB) 503463 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 12
fill & fix K (NL/F) 501763 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 8
fill & fix (NL/F) 506716 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 12
fill & fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8
fill & fix (F) 505971 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 12
fill & fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8
fill & fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8
fill & fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8
fill & fix K (CZ/SK) 506255 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes CZ, SK 8
fill & fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1

149
150
High performance steel anchors
High performance steel anchors
High performance steel anchors

Bolt anchor FAZ II ....................................................................................................... 154


Bolt anchor FAZ II GS ................................................................................................ 158
High performance anchor FH II ............................................................................. 161
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA ................................................................................ 167
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I .............................................................................. 173
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II ..................................................................... 176
Concrete screw FBS................................................................................................... 179
Concrete screw FBS................................................................................................... 182
Hammerset anchor EA II .......................................................................................... 185
Nail anchor FNA II ...................................................................................................... 189
Ceiling nail FDN ........................................................................................................... 193
Bolt anchor FBN II....................................................................................................... 195
Bolt anchor FBN II GS ............................................................................................... 200
Bolt anchor EXA .......................................................................................................... 202
Heavy-duty anchor TA M ......................................................................................... 206
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T ...................................................................................... 210
Sleeve anchor FSA ..................................................................................................... 212
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB ....................................................................... 214
Wall screw MR ............................................................................................................. 216
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY ...................................................................................... 218

151
High performance steel anchors

Range of steel anchors


Economical
due to high performance
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Ecient xing for cracked concrete

Page 154

Bolt anchor FBN II


The cost-ecient xing for exible use in non-
cracked concrete
Page 195

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB


The reusable xing system for diamond drills and
saws
Page 214

Can be removed
due to the screw thread
Concrete screw FBS
The fully removable xing in cracked concrete

Page 179

Concrete screw FBS


The screw solution for multiple xings

Page 182

The best safety margin


thanks to the undercutting
technology ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
The xing system with the highest safety in cracked
concrete

Page 167

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II


The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring
depth for individual xings in cracked concrete

Page 176

152
High performance steel anchors
Easy to install
due to low setting energy
Bolt anchor EXA
The installation-friendly xing in non-cracked concrete

Page 202

High performance anchor FH II


The push-through anchor for xings with sophisticated
design in cracked concrete
Page 161

Sleeve anchor FSA


The push-through anchor for structural xings in non-
cracked concrete
Page 212

Heavy-duty anchor TA M
The installation-friendly internally threaded
anchor for xings in non-cracked concrete
Page 206

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY


The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for
xings in prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

Page 218

Easy to install due to


hammerset installation
without torque wrench Nail anchor FNA II
The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for
multiple xings

Page 189

Ceiling nail FDN


The cost-ecient push-through anchor
for multiple xings
Page 193

Hammerset anchor EA II
The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple ham-
merset installation
Page 185

Wall screw MR
The xing with simple hammerset installation in non-
cracked concrete
Page 216

153
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II

Ecient xing for cracked concrete

Balcony railings Cable trays

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised expansion clip allows Steel constructions The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
for a high load-bearing capacity. Thus Guard rails and push-through installation; also
fewer xing points and smaller anchor Consoles suitable for stand-o installation under
plates are required. Ladders certain conditions.
The international approvals guarantee Cable conduits Prior to installation, place the hexagon
maximum safety and the best perform- Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
ance. Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
The bolt geometry allows for optimal Gates the hexagon nut).
load distribution and therefore enables Faades When applying the torque, the cone
use close to edges and in thin compo- Wood constructions bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
nents. and expands it against the drill hole
Fewer hammer blows and the minimal wall.
torque slippage allow for a noticeably The head embossing oers a simple
simpler installation. control of the anchoring.
The drive-in pin protects the thread In the case of series installation, we
from damage and ensures a trouble- recommend using the FABS anchor
free dismantling of the xture. bolt setting tool.

154
Bolt anchor FAZ II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. xture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness across nut

Approval
steel for through
xings
do h2 l t x x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 8/10 094871 501396 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 50
FAZ II 8/10 501428 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 10
FAZ II 8/30 094877 501399 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 50
FAZ II 8/30 501429 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 10
FAZ II 8/50 094878 501401 8 105 115 50 M 8 x 61 13 50
FAZ II 8/100 094879 8 155 165 100 M 8 x 100 13 25
FAZ II 8/160 503251 8 215 225 160 M 8 x 100 13 20
FAZ II 10/10 094981 501403 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 50
FAZ II 10/10 501430 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 10
FAZ II 10/20 094982 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 25
FAZ II 10/20 501406 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 094983 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25
FAZ II 10/30 501407 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 503185 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 10
FAZ II 10/50 094984 501409 10 125 135 50 M 10 x 64 17 20
FAZ II 10/70 501410 10 145 155 70 M 10 x 84 17 20
FAZ II 10/80 094985 10 155 165 80 M 10 x 94 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 094986 501411 10 175 185 100 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 503252 501412 10 235 245 160 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 095419 501413 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 20
FAZ II 12/10 503186 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 10
FAZ II 12/20 095420 501415 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 095421 501416 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 501431 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 10
FAZ II 12/50 095446 501419 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 20
FAZ II 12/60 501420 12 150 160 60 M 12 x 77 19 20
FAZ II 12/80 095454 12 170 180 80 M 12 x 97 19 20
FAZ II 12/100 095470 501421 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/160 503253 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 10
FAZ II 12/160 503180 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/200 095605 12 290 300 200 M 12 x 100 19 10
FAZ II 16/25 501423 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 095836 501432 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 095864 503187 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 501424 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 20
FAZ II 16/100 095865 501425 16 210 223 100 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/160 503254 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/200 095967 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/250 095968 16 360 373 250 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/300 096188 16 410 423 300 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 20/30 046632 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 5
FAZ II 20/30 501426 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 4
FAZ II 20/60 046633 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 5
FAZ II 20/60 503183 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 4
FAZ II 20/160 503255 20 285 302 160 M 20 x 100 30 5
FAZ II 24/30 046635 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 5
FAZ II 24/30 501427 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 4

155
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. xture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness across nut

Approval
steel for through
xings
do h2 l t x x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 24/60 046636 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 5
FAZ II 24/60 503184 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 4

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness5) distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

156
Bolt anchor FAZ II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness5) distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 A4 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 A4 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness5) distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 C 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 C 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 C 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 C 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 C 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 C 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

157
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II GS

Economic xing for cracked concrete with large washer

Column bases with long holes Steel sub-structures

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FAZ II GS with 8, 10 and 12 mm Anchor plates with long holes The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
diameters are suitable for xing steel Faade sub-structures with long holes and push-through installation; also
xtures with long holes thanks to the Wood constructions suitable for stand-o installation under
special washer, and help to reduce certain conditions.
installation eort. Prior to installation, place the hexagon
The signicantly larger outer diam- nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
eter of the washers for FAZ II 16 GS pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
ensures a larger supporting surface, the hexagon nut).
and as such allows for use in wood When applying the torque, the cone
construction. bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
The pre-tted washer ensures a fast and expands it against the drill hole
installation. wall.
Furthermore, the FAZ II GS bolt anchor The head embossing oers a simple
oers all of the benets of the FAZ II. control of the anchoring.
In the case of series installation, we
recommend using the FABS bolt
anchor setting tool.

158
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer)

steel, stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. xture Thread Width across Washer (ou- Sales unit
zinc-plated, steel, with diameter hole depth length thickness nut ter diameter

Approval
with large large washer for through x thickness)
washer xings
do h2 l t x x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 501398 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 501400 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 501405 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 25
FAZ II 10/30 GS 501408 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 501414 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 501418 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 12 210 220 120 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS 503181 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503182 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4
FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness5) distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 GS 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 GS 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 GS 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 GS 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

159
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II GS

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness5) distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 GS A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 GS A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 GS A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 GS A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

160
High performance anchor FH II

The push-through anchor for xings with sophisticated design

High performance steel anchors


in cracked concrete

Steel girders Banisters

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The anchor construction allows for Guard rails The FH II is suitable for push-through
wide-ranging head shapes for xing Staircases installation.
points with sophisticated design. Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
The ideal interaction of screw shank Steel constructions pulled into the expansion sleeve and
and sleeve allows for a high shear Ladders expands it against the drill hole wall.
load. Thus fewer xing points are Cable conduits The black plastic ring prevents rotation
required. Machines when tightening the anchor, and acts
The international approvals guarantee Gates as a crumple zone to take the torque
maximum safety and the best perform- Faades slippage so that the xture is pulled
ance. Gratings onto the anchor base.
The optimised geometry reduces the Available head shapes for exible
energy required for installation. design solutions:
The detachable screw connection Countersunk head (type SK - for sur-
allows for surface ush removal. face ush and xing points that can be
subsequently secured against theft),
hexagon head (type S), bolt version
with nut and washer (type B) and cap
nut (type H).

161
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-S - with


hexagonal head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
for through
xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/10 S 503133 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/10 S 510923 10 65 69 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 503134 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 510924 10 80 84 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 S 503135 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 S 044884 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/10 S 510925 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 044885 12 105 105 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 510926 12 105 105 25 M8 13 20
FH II 12/50 S 044886 12 130 130 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 S 044887 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/10 S 510927 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50
FH II 15/25 S 044888 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 S 510928 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/50 S 044889 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/10 S 046847 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 044894 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 510929 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/50 S 044896 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/25 S 044898 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/25 S 502711 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8
FH II 24/50 S 044900 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 S 044901 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 S 044902 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 S 044903 32 210 215 30 M 20 36 4
FH II 32/60 S 044904 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4

162
High performance anchor FH II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-SK with


countersunk head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth thickness nut (hexagon

Approval
for through socket)
xings
do h2 l t x M
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/15 SK 503136 10 70 65 10 M6 4 50
FH II 10/25 SK 503137 10 80 75 25 M6 4 50
FH II 10/50 SK 503138 10 105 100 50 M6 4 50
FH II 12/15 SK 044917 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/15 SK 510931 12 95 90 15 M8 6 25
FH II 12/25 SK 044918 12 105 100 25 M8 5 25
FH II 12/30 SK 510932 12 110 105 30 M8 6 25
FH II 12/50 SK 044919 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK 510933 12 130 125 50 M8 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK 044920 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK 510934 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/25 SK 044921 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/50 SK 044922 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25
FH II 18/15 SK 044923 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/25 SK 044924 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/30 SK 510935 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/50 SK 044925 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-H with cap nut

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter hole depth for thickness nut


through xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 H 503139 10 65 75 10 M6 13 50
FH II 10/25 H 503140 10 80 90 25 M6 13 50
FH II 10/50 H 503141 10 105 115 50 M6 13 50
FH II 12/10 H 044905 12 90 100 10 M8 17 50
FH II 12/25 H 044906 12 105 115 25 M8 17 50
FH II 12/50 H 044907 12 130 140 50 M8 17 25
FH II 15/10 H 044908 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 H 044909 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 H 044910 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/25 H 044915 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 H 044916 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20

163
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-B with hexa-


gon nut and threaded bolt

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter hole depth for thickness nut


through xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 B 503142 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 B 503143 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 B 503144 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 B 048773 12 90 95 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 B 048774 12 105 110 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/50 B 048775 12 130 135 50 M8 13 25
FH II 12/100 B 046832 12 180 185 100 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 B 048776 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 B 048777 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 B 048778 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/100 B 046835 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20
FH II 18/25 B 048779 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 B 048780 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/100 B 046841 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10
FH II 24/25 B 048886 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/50 B 048887 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/100 B 046842 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5
FH II 28/30 B 047547 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 B 047548 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/100 B 506630 1) 28 255 271 100 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 B 047549 32 210 253 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 B 047550 32 240 283 60 M 24 36 4
1) Delivery time on request.

164
High performance anchor FH II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 S 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 S 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 S 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 S 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 S 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 SK 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 SK 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 SK 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 SK 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - H
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 H 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 H 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 H 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 H 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

165
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - B
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 B 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 B 60 120 17,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 B 70 140 38,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 B 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 B 100 200 120,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 B 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 B 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 S A4 40 80 15,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 S A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 S A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S A4 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 12 SK A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 SK A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 SK A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

166
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


The xing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete

Steel girders Installations in tunnels

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special ZYKON undercut technol- Steel constructions The FZA is suitable for pre-positioned
ogy allows for a positive t connection Guard rails installation, whereas the FZA-D is suit-
and ensures maximum safety, even in Consoles able for push-through installation.
large cracks. Step irons (FZA-ST) The undercut drill hole is created using
The almost expansion-free installation Ladders the special FZUB drill.
of the anchor allows small edge dis- Cable conduits Once the anchor has been placed in
tances and axial spacing, and thereby Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
enables exible use. Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
The FZUB special drill allows for a fast Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
installation by creating the undercut Faades hole is lled with a positive t.
without having to change tools.
The drill hole geometry allows for a
very low setting energy, thus reducing
the energy required for installation.
The ideal interaction of threaded bolts
and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a
high shear load and therefore fewer
xing points.

167
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit

Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB setting tool thickness nut
steel FZE plus
l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 096214 1) 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M6 10 25
FZA 10 x 40 M6/35 096361 1) 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 85 35 M6 10 25
FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 096215 1) 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 096227 1) 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 060774 096362 1) 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060778 096228 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20
FZA 14 x 60 M10/25 060719 060779 096216 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 102 25 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 60 M10/50 060766 096358 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 126 50 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/25 060721 060781 096315 1) 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 126 25 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/55 060767 096359 1) 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 156 55 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/25 033800 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 151 25 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/30 024523 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 156 30 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/60 060724 060782 096364 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 184 60 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16/60 060725 060768 096360 1) 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 209 60 M 16 24 6
1) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required Required Bolt length Max. xture Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant drill bit setting tool thickness across nut
steel FZUB FZE plus
l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 096319 1) 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 60 M 8 D/10 060653 060665 12 x 60 FZE 12 plus 79 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 060654 060666 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 096354 1) 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 096355 1) 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 100 M 8 D/30 060658 060670 14 x 100 FZE 14 plus 126 40 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 060684 060672 096356 1) 18 x 100 FZE 18 plus 126 20 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 060685 060673 096357 1) 18 x 130 FZE 18 plus 156 50 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 060663 060675 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 156 25 M 16 24 10
1) Delivery time on request.

168
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon anchor for xing step irons FZA ST A4

stainless Required drill bit Required setting Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel FZUB tool FZE plus thickness
t x M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS.

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 60 060628 FZA 14 x 60 M10 - FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 100 060636 FZA 22 x 100 M16 - FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZE plus

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
FZE 14 plus 044639 FZA 14 x ... M10 FZA 14 x ... M10 D FZA 14 x ... M8 I 1
FZE 18 plus 044640 FZA 18 x ... M12 FZA 18 x ... M12 D FZA 18 x ... M10 I 1
FZE 22 plus 044641 FZA 22 x ... M16 FZA 22 x ... M16 D FZA 22 x ... M12 I 1
1) Without centring pin.

169
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,6 40 35 3,6 4,6 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 125 250 100,0 19,0 35,9 125 125 19,0 35,9 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 A4 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 A4 125 250 100,0 19,0 25,2 125 125 19,0 25,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

170
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 C 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,0 40 35 3,6 4,0 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,3 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 C 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 C 125 250 100,0 19,0 31,4 125 125 19,0 31,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D 80 160 100,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

171
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 5,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,3 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

172
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

The internally threaded anchor with the highest safety in

High performance steel anchors


cracked concrete

Medical stations Stadium seating

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special ZYKON undercut technol- Steel constructions FZA-I with internal thread is suitable
ogy allows for a positive t connection Guard rails for pre-positioned installation.
and ensures maximum safety, even in Consoles The undercut drill hole is created using
large cracks. Ladders the special FZUB drill.
The metric internal thread means that Cable conduits Once the anchor has been placed in
it is possible to use standard screws or Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
to suit the intended use. Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
The FZA-I allows for surface ush Faades hole is lled with a positive t.
removal and reuse of the xing point, Window elements
and therefore oers the best possible
exibility.
Furthermore, the ZYKON undercut
anchor FZA-I oers all the benets of
the FZA.

173
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I

zinc-plated stainless Required drill Required Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
Approval

steel steel bit FZUB setting tool thread penetration penetration


FZE plus
M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 060784 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 060760 060786 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus M8 11 17 20
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 060761 060787 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus M 10 13 21 10
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 060763 060788 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 060769 060770 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 60 060628 FZA 14 x 60 M10 - FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 100 060636 FZA 22 x 100 M16 - FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1

174
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

High performance steel anchors


ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZE plus

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
FZE 14 plus 044639 FZA 14 x ... M10 FZA 14 x ... M10 D FZA 14 x ... M8 I 1
FZE 18 plus 044640 FZA 18 x ... M12 FZA 18 x ... M12 D FZA 18 x ... M10 I 1
FZE 22 plus 044641 FZA 22 x ... M16 FZA 22 x ... M16 D FZA 22 x ... M12 I 1
1) Without centring pin.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I (screw quality 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,1 40 35 3,6 4,1 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 50 110 8,5 4,3 4,1 50 45 5,7 4,1 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 60 130 15,0 5,7 5,4 60 55 9,5 5,4 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 80 160 30,0 9,5 5,6 80 70 9,6 5,6 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 100 200 60,0 17,1 13,2 100 100 19,0 13,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 125 250 60,0 19,0 13,2 125 125 19,0 13,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4 50 110 8,5 4,3 3,2 50 45 5,4 3,2 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I A4 60 130 15,0 5,7 4,3 60 55 7,1 4,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I A4 80 160 30,0 9,0 5,4 80 70 9,0 5,4 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I A4 100 200 60,0 17,1 12,7 100 100 19,0 12,7 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I A4 125 250 60,0 19,0 12,7 125 125 19,0 12,7 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

175
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for


High performance steel anchors

individual xings in cracked concrete

Emergency exit signs in tunnels Air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The combination of hammerset and Pipes The FZEA II is suitable for pre-posi-
ZYKON undercut anchor allows for Ventilation systems tioned installation.
individual xings in cracked concrete. Sprinkler systems The undercut drill hole is created using
The special ZYKON undercut technol- Cable conduits the special FZUB drill.
ogy reduces the energy required for Suspended ceilings Once the anchor has been placed in
installation. the drill hole, the expansion sleeve
The FZUB special drill allows for a fast is expanded by the driving in of the
installation by creating the undercut internal expansion pin with the FZED
without having to change tools. Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
The embossing that is applied when hole is lled with a positive t.
expanding the anchor secures the
simple control of the anchoring.
The almost expansion-free installa-
tion of the anchor allows small edge
distances and axial spacing, thereby
enabling exible use.

176
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit

Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB tool FZED plus thread penetration penetration
steel l M lE,max lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M8 17 11 100
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 047311 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZED plus

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
FZED 12 plus 044643 FZEA II 12 x 40 1
FZED 14 plus 044644 FZEA II 14 x 40 1

177
High performance steel anchors ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II (screw quality 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 40 80 10,0 1,6 4,7 40 40 3,6 4,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 40 80 15,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,8 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 40 80 20,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 A4 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 A4 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 A4 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II C (screw quality: material 1.4529, strength 700 N/mm)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 C 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 C 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 C 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

178
Concrete screw FBS

High performance steel anchors


The fully removable xing in cracked concrete

Formwork bracings Protective barriers

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The self-tapping concrete screw ena- Guard rails The FBS is suitable for push-through
bles full removal and is ideally suited Consoles installation.
to temporary xings. Metal proles When the concrete screw is screwed
The FBS can be set and installed in Ladders into the drill hole, the thread taps into
one go, thereby saving on installation Protection boards the concrete with a positive t.
time. Gates Please note the power output informa-
When combined with a tangential Faades tion to ensure that the best results
impact wrench, the screw principle Window elements are achieved with a tangential impact
allows for a quick and easy installation. Temporary xings wrench (incl. nuts tting tangential
The head embossing oers a simple impact wrenches) (see table).
control of the anchoring, thus saving Use FBS A4 for external applications
time. (including temporary ones) and those
in a damp environment.

179
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS

TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-US with hexagon head
and forged washer

Concrete screw FBS-S with hexagon head

zinc-plated stainless Approval Drill hole dia- Min. drill-hole Screw length Max. xture Actuation Sales unit
steel steel meter depth for through thickness
xings
ETA do h2 ls t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FBS 8/5 US 066956 8 90 80 5 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8/25 US 066957 8 110 100 25 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8/15 S 066958 8 100 90 15 SW 16 100
FBS 10/5 S 067062 10 100 90 5 SW 18 50
FBS 10/15 S 067063 10 110 100 15 SW 18 50
FBS 10/15 S 047465 10 110 100 15 SW 17 50
FBS 10/25 S 067168 10 120 110 25 SW 18 50

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS


Concrete screw recommended nominal torque maximum tightening torque
of the tangential impact wrench*) with torque wrench resp. ratch
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 8 200 40
FBS 10 300 40
*) Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers!
The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0095 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 8 51 120 - 4,3 6,2 50 50 5,7 8,6 50 50
FBS 10 68 130 - 7,6 16,2 70 70 13,5 16,2 70 70
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

180
Concrete screw FBS

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Concrete screw FBS A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0095 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 10 A4 68 130 - 7,6 19,0 70 70 13,5 19,0 70 70
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

181
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS

The screw solution for multiple xings

Ventilation systems Strip lighting

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for multiple xings of non-
structural applications
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The concrete screw has been Pipes The FBS type SK and type P are
approved for the multiple xing of Ventilation systems suitable for push-through installation;
non-load-bearing systems, and as Sprinkler systems whilst the FBS type M8 and type M8/
such is ideal for xing pipelines, cable Cable conduits M10 I are suitable for pre-positioned
conduits etc. Wire hangers installation.
The FBS can be set and installed in Punched tapes When the concrete screw is screwed
one go, thereby saving on installation Ceilings into the drill hole, the thread taps into
time. Temporary internal xings the concrete with a positive t.
When combined with a tangential Please note the power output informa-
impact wrench, the screw principle tion to ensure that the best results
allows for a quick and easy installation. are achieved with a tangential impact
A range of head shapes allows for the wrench (incl. nuts tting tangential
xing of wide-ranging attachments, impact wrenches) (see table).
and for the ideal adaptation to suit the Available head shapes for exible
intended use. design solutions:
Countersunk head (type SK - for
surface ush xings), panhead (type
P), bushing with internal thread (type
M8/M10-I for suspensions), threaded
bolts (type M8).

182
Concrete screw FBS

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete screw FBS-P, panhead

Concrete screw FBS-SK, countersunk head

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. xture Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through thickness


xings
do h2 l t x
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6/5 P 066939 6 5
FBS 6/25 P 066948 6 85 80 25 T 30 100
FBS 6/5 SK 066935 6 65 80 5 T 30 100

TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete screw FBS-M8, outside diameter M8

Concrete screw FBS-M8/M10,


internal thread M8/M10

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Projection length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through


xings
do h2 l l1 M SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6 M8 066949 6 60 75 19 M8 10 100
FBS 6 M8/M10I 066950 6 60 83 26 M8 + M10 13 100

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS


Concrete screw recommended nominal torque maximum tightening torque
of the tangential impact wrench*) with torque wrench resp. ratch
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 6 150 15
* Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers!
)

The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

183
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/254).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0093 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 6 44 100 - 3,6 3,3 40 40 3,6 3,3 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a 2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
an anchor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

184
Hammerset anchor EA II

The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset

High performance steel anchors


installation

Sprinklers Pipelines

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for the multiple xings of non-
load-bearing systems
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The embossed rim prevents the Pipelines and ventilation systems The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned
anchor sleeve from slipping, thus Sprinkler systems installation.
ensuring a trouble-free hammerset Cable conduits and wires Position the hammerset anchor in
installation. Gratings the drill hole and drive in ush to the
The metric internal thread means that Steel constructions surface of the anchor base using the
it is possible to use standard screws or Machines hammer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation Consoles The sleeve is then expanded by driving
to suit the intended use. Shuttering props in the internal bolt with the EAW H
The EA II S-SDS machine setting Diamond or core drilling devices Plus setting tool (alternative: EA II-SDS
tool allows for eortless installation, (EAIIM12D) machine setting tool), and expanded
particularly in the case of series instal- against the drill hole wall.
lations. The setting tools must sit on the rim of
The embossing that is applied when the anchor to ensure correct expan-
expanding with the EAW H Plus sion.
setting tool oers a simple control of Use the special EA II M12 D with
the anchoring and provides increased thicker sleeve for xing diamond and
safety. core drilling devices.

185
High performance steel anchors Hammerset anchor EA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerset anchorEA II. Not suitable for diamond


drilling appliances and diamond saws.

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
steel steel diameter depth for pre- length thread penetration penetration
Approval

positioned
installation
do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
EA II M 6 048264 048410 8 32 30 M6 6 13 100
EA II M 8 048284 048411 10 33 30 M8 8 13 100
EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 10 43 40 M8 8 13 50
EA II M 10 x 30 048332 12 33 30 M 10 10 13 50
EA II M 10 048339 048414 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50
EA II M 12 048406 048415 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA II M 16 048408 048416 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20
EA II M 20 048409 048417 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerset anchor EA-N D. Hammerset anchor EA II M12 D.


Suitable for diamond drilling Suitable for diamond drilling
machines and diamond saws. appliances and diamond saws

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth tration tration


do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EA M 12 N D 500872 16 50 50 M 12 12 22 50
EA II M 12 D 048407 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)

ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool EA II S-SDS

Tool holder Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EA II S-SDS 6 048065 SDS plus EA II M6 1
EA II S-SDS 8 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 1
EA II S-SDS 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1
EA II S-SDS 10 x 30 048068 1) SDS plus EA II M 10 x 30 1
EA II S-SDS 10 048070 SDS plus EA II M 10 1
EA II S-SDS 12 048071 SDS plus EA II M 12 D / EA II M 12 / EA M 12 N D 1
EA II S-SDS-M 16 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 1
EA II S-SDS-M 20 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 1
1) Delivery time on request.

186
Hammerset anchor EA II

High performance steel anchors


ACCESSORIES

Setting tool EAW H Plus with


hand impact protection for your Setting tool EA-ST
safety and embossing tool.

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EAW H 6 Plus 044630 EA II M6 1
EAW H 8 Plus 044631 EA II M 8 1
EAW H 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1
EAW H 10 Plus 044633 EA II M 10 1
EAW H 10 x 30 plus 048487 EA II M 10 x 30 1
EAW H 12 Plus 044634 EA II M 12, EA II M 12 D 1
EAW H 16 Plus 044635 EA II M 16 1
EAW H 20 Plus 044636 EA II M 20 1
EA-ST 12 504585 EA II M6 1

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 5.8)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0142 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115
EA II M8 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0135 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M65) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,9 65 115
EA II M85) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 6,1 4,9 95 140
EA II M10 x 305) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M12D 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M16 65 160 60,0 12,6 18,3 180 240
EA II M20 80 200 120,0 17,2 29,1 190 280
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

187
High performance steel anchors Hammerset anchor EA II

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0142 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 A4 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115
EA II M8 A4 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A4 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0135 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 A45) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,2 65 115
EA II M8 A45) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 6,1 5,6 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A45) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M12 D A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M16 A4 65 160 60,0 12,6 21,1 180 240
EA II M20 A4 80 200 120,0 17,2 33,7 190 280
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.

188
Nail anchor FNA II

High performance steel anchors


The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple xings

Suspended ceilings Fire protection boards

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60,
cracked, for multiple xings of non-
structural applications
Also suitable for:
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special active principle allows for Fire protection plates The FNAII with nail head is suitable
a simple hammerset installation and, Fire protection boards for push-through installation. The
therefore, a short processing time. Ventilation systems FNAIIM6 is suitable for pre-posi-
The extremely short anchor depth Wire and nonious hangers tioned and push-through installation.
prevents reinforcement hits, and cre- Mounting rails The FNAIIOE and H are suitable for
ates the conditions for a trouble-free Metal clamps pre-positioned installation.
installation. Sub-structures made of wood or metal The installed FNAII nail anchor
The optimised expansion clip ensures expands automatically under load. The
hold when placing in the drill hole, and cone is pulled into the expansion clip
prevents it falling out during overhead and expands it against the drill hole
installations. wall.
The massive shaft cross-section guar- Available setting tools:
antees a high load-bearing capacity, FNAS-SBO to slip onto the drill,
thus oering an extremely high level FNAS-SDS for series installation with
of safety. a drilling hammer,
A range of head shapes allows for the FNAS-H for the manual installation of
xing of wide-ranging xtures, and mounting rails.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

189
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II with nail head

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. xture KD head- Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness

Approval
steel for through
xings
do h2 l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) 6 40 35 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 6 45 40 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044124 6 45 40 5 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/20 506147 6 60 55 20 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 6 70 65 30 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044125 6 70 65 30 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 6 90 85 50 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 500573 2) 6 115 110 75 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 500574 2) 6 140 135 100 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 500575 2) 6 160 155 120 13 50
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II M6 with thread and


ange nut

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness nut
Approval

steel for through


xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 6 40 45 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 6 45 50 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044112 2) 6 45 50 5 M6 10 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044113 2) 6 45 50 5 M6 10 25
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) 6 40 41 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 6 45 55 10 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 6 45 51 5 M8 13 50
1) without nut; e.g. for fixing ofpipe clamps
2) with nut and washer (no flange nut)

190
Nail anchor FNA II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchorFNA II-H with hook

Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye

zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Inner diameter of Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth the hook/eye

do l h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 6 54 35 10 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 6 54 35 10 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS


Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO for mounting
on the drill bit (drill- 6mm)
Hand tool FNA S-H

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with
FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1
using a hammer drill.
For a power saving and fast installation to be placed
FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 1
on the drill.
E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails.
FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installati- 1
on of FNA II M6 by hand.

191
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 25 25 80 - 1,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 25 M6 25 80 4,0 1,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M8 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 25 80 - 0,7 100 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The groups) see approval.
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has 4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
to be increased according approval.

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II A4
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The groups) see approval.
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has 4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
to be increased according approval.

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II C
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 30 C 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 C 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The groups) see approval.
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has 4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
to be increased according approval.

192
Ceiling nail FDN

High performance steel anchors


The cost-ecient push-through anchor for multiple xings

Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers Suspended ceilings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for multiple xings of non-
structural applications
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The simple active principle allows for Wire and nonious hangers The FDN is suitable for push-through
cost-ecient hammerset installation. Ventilation systems installation.
The ush-sunk expansion nail signies Strips The FDN ceiling nail is driven into
the complete expansion of the anchor, Metal proles the drill hole with a hammer until it is
and thereby ensures minimum move- Punched tapes rmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
ment when under load. Sub-structures made of metal sion wedge at this stage.
The two hit zones (rst nail head, then Then, drive the expansion wedge in
expansion pin) ensure correct instal- ush to the nail head. This causes the
lation - especially in narrow drill holes FDN to expand against the drill hole
- and also ensure high safety in use. wall.
The head embossing oers a simple
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.

193
High performance steel anchors Ceiling nail FDN

TECHNICAL DATA

Ceiling nail FDN

zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole KD head- Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter thickness depth


do l t x h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FDN 6/5 (6 x 35) 078644 6 43 5 45 15 100
FDN 6/35 (6 x 65) 078645 6 73 35 75 15 100

LOADS
Ceiling nail FDN
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0144 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FDN 6 32 80 - 2,4 200 150
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance.

194
Bolt anchor FBN II

The cost-ecient xing for exible use in non-cracked

High performance steel anchors


concrete

Column bases Stormwater overow tank manholes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The standard anchorage depth Steel constructions The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
achieves the maximum load-bearing Guard rails tioned and push-through installation;
capacities. Thus fewer xing points Consoles also suitable for stand-o installation
and smaller anchor plates are required. Ladders under certain conditions.
The reduced anchorage depth reduces Cable conduits Prior to installation, place the hexagon
the drill hole depth. This minimises the Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
amount of time needed for installation Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
whilst increasing exibility. Gates the hexagon nut).
The long thread balances component Faades When applying the torque, the cone
tolerances and allows for stand-o bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
installations, thus increasing exibility. and expands it against the drill hole
Few hammer blows and the minimal wall.
torque slippage allow for a noticeably The head embossing oers a simple
simpler installation. control of the anchoring.
The drive-in pin protects the thread In the case of series installation, we
from damage, and thus ensures a recommend using the FABS bolt
faster installation and dismantling of anchor setting tool.
the attachment.

195
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 6/5 505526 1) 2) 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100
FBN II 6/10 505527 1) 2) 505532 1) 2) 6 50 55 10/ - M 6 x 17 10 100
FBN II 6/30 505528 1) 2) 505535 1) 2) 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100
FBN II 8/5 040662 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50
FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/10 507575 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/20 040669 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50
FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/30 507576 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/50 507577 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/70 040777 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/70 507578 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/100 040783 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20
FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/10 507579 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50
FBN II 10/30 040854 507560 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/30 507580 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/50 507582 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/70 040931 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20
FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/100 507583 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/140 040944 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20
FBN II 10/160 040945 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20
FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/10 507589 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20
FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/30 507591 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/50 507592 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/80 045265 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20
FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/100 507596 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/120 045267 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20
FBN II 12/140 045268 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 12/160 045269 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 16/10 507568 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/25 507598 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

196
Bolt anchor FBN II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/50 507553 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
FBN II 16/80 045566 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10
FBN II 16/100 045567 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/100 507554 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/140 045568 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/160 045569 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/200 045570 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 10
FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/30 508015 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 50
FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/80 045575 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/120 045576 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II K

zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval

version steel, short for through hef,stand/


version xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/5 K 508012 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/10 K 040807 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50
FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/5 K 508013 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/10 K 040947 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50
FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/5 K 508014 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/10 K 045273 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20
FBN II 12/30 K 045274 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20
FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10

197
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II K

zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
version steel, short for through hef,stand/
version xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/15 K 507597 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
FBN II 16/25 K 045572 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 20/10 K 045577 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]

FBN II 65) 30 100 4,0 2,9 2,7 50 100


30 100 15,0 2,9 4,0 40 40
FBN II 85)
40 100 15,0 6,1 6,1 40 40
40 100 30,0 6,1 6,1 50 80
FBN II 10
50 100 30,0 8,5 8,5 50 50
50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12
65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16
80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90
80 160 200,0 17,2 34,4 120 120
FBN II 20
105 200 200,0 25,9 38,3 120 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

198
Bolt anchor FBN II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]

FBN II 6 A4 5) 30 100 4,0 2,9 3,0 50 100


30 100 10,0 2,9 4,0 50 45
FBN II 8 A4 5)
40 100 10,0 6,1 6,1 40 45
40 100 20,0 6,1 6,1 50 80
FBN II 10 A4
50 100 20,0 8,5 8,5 70 55
50 100 35,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12 A4
65 120 35,0 12,6 15,7 70 70
65 120 80,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16 A4
80 160 80,0 17,2 29,1 120 80
80 160 150,0 17,2 34,4 140 120
FBN II 20 A4
105 200 150,0 25,9 49,1 120 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

199
Bolt anchor FBN II GS

The cost-ecient xing with large washer for exible use in


High performance steel anchors

non-cracked concrete

Footing beams Anchoring of purlins

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The larger washer included with the Wood constructions The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
FBN II GS creates a larger supporting tioned and push-through installation;
surface and, as such, allows for the also suitable for stand-o installation
xing of wood constructions. under certain conditions.
The pre-tted washer ensures a fast Prior to installation, place the hexagon
installation. nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
Furthermore, the FBN II GS bolt pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
anchor oers all of the benets of the the hexagon nut).
FBN II see page 195. When applying the torque, the cone
bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
and expands it against the drill hole
wall.
The head embossing oers a simple
control of the anchoring.
In the case of series installation, we
recommend using the FABS bolt
anchor setting tool.

200
Bolt anchor FBN II GS

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer

steel, Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. Thread Width across Washer (outer Sales unit
zinc-plated, diameter hole depth for usable length nut diameter x
Approval

with large through xings hef,stand/ thickness)


washer hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 1) 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 1) 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 1) 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 1) 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 1) 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 1) 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 1) 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 1) 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 1) 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 1) 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 1) 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 1) 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/250 GS 052192 1) 16 354 370 250/265 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/300 GS 052204 1) 16 404 420 300/315 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
1) GS = large washer

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II GS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12 GS
65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16 GS
80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

201
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor EXA

The installation-friendly xing in non-cracked concrete

Ladders Collision protection

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The two clips increase the expansion Steel constructions The EXA is suitable for pre-positioned
range and reduce the torque slippage. Guard rails and push-through installation.
This allows for a fast and simple instal- Consoles Prior to installation, place the hexagon
lation. Ladders nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
The drive-in pin protects the thread Cable conduits pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
from damage, and thus ensures a Machines the hexagon nut).
faster installation and dismantling of Staircases When applying the torque, the cone
the xture. Gates bolt is pulled into the expansion clips
The short version EXA K*) can be used Faades and expands these against the drill
in thinner components due to the low hole wall.
anchorage depth. In the case of series installation, we
recommend using the FABS bolt
anchor setting tool.
*) not covered by technical approval.

202
Bolt anchor EXA

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor EXA

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through thickness


xings
do h2 l t x x length SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EXA 6/5 097729 6 50 50 5 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 6/10 097730 6 70 70 10 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 6/40 097731 6 100 100 40 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 8/5 097732 8 60 60 5 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/15 097733 8 80 85 15 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/28 097734 8 95 98 28 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/55 097735 8 120 125 55 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/100 097736 8 165 170 100 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 10/5 097737 10 65 70 5 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/15 097738 10 85 92 15 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/45 097739 10 115 122 45 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/90 097740 10 160 167 90 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/140 097741 10 210 217 140 M 10 x 28 17 25
EXA 10/160 097937 10 230 237 160 M 10 x 28 17 25
EXA 12/5 097742 12 75 76 5 M 12 x 30 19 25
EXA 12/15 097743 12 105 112 15 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/35 097744 12 125 132 35 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/55 097745 12 145 152 55 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/85 097746 12 175 182 85 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/105 097747 12 195 202 105 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 16/10 097751 16 100 110 10 M 16 x 44 24 20
EXA 16/30 097752 16 140 153 30 M 16 x 44 24 10
EXA 16/75 097753 16 185 198 75 M 16 x 44 24 20
EXA 20/10 097756 20 110 127 10 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/25 097757 20 155 172 25 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/80 097758 20 210 227 80 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/220 512253 20 350 367 220 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 24/40 512254 24 230 253 40 M 24 x 70 36 10

203
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor EXA

TECHNICAL DATA

EXA-K Bolt anchor, short

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel, short diameter depth for through thickness
version xings
do h2 l t x x length SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EXA M 6 K 512255 6 45 43 5 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA M 8 K 512256 8 50 52 5 M 8 x 22 11 100
EXA M 10 K 512257 10 55 58 5 M 10 x 28 17 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Express Anchor EXA-IG M

Express Anchor EXA-IG M

zinc-plated stainless Drill diameter Min. drill-hole Total length Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
steel steel depth for pre- penetration penetration
positioned
installation
d0 h1 l lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
EXA-IG M6 512258 512263 6 60 48 6 15 100
EXA-IG M8 512259 512264 8 60 50 8 20 100
EXA-IG M10 512260 512265 10 65 53 10 25 50
EXA-IG M12 512262 512266 12 95 85 12 30 25

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

204
Bolt anchor EXA

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Express anchor EXA
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0185 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EXA M8 47 100 14,0 4,1 6,2 45 40
EXA M10 49 100 30,0 6,3 8,2 50 65
EXA M12 67 135 60,0 9,9 11,0 75 90
EXA M16 85 170 80,0 16,7 27,8 85 90
EXA M20 103 205 140,0 24,8 40,9 105 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

LOADS
Express anchor EXA-K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
EXA M6 K 24 70 5,0 1,5 1,6
EXA M8 K 28 90 15,0 2,1 2,8
EXA M10 K 30 100 25,0 3,0 4,0
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.

LOADS
Express anchor EXA-IG
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
EXA-IG M6 45 100 8,0 3,4 1,5
EXA-IG M8 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6
EXA-IG M10 45 120 25,0 7,4 3,9
EXA-IG M12 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.

LOADS
Express anchor EXA-IG A4
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
EXA-IG M6 A4 45 100 8,0 2,7 1,5
EXA-IG M8 A4 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6
EXA-IG M10 A4 45 120 25,0 6,6 3,9
EXA-IG M12 A4 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.

205
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for xings


High performance steel anchors

in non-cracked concrete

Fall protection devices Plant construction

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Steel constructions The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned
setting energy and allows for use in Hand-rails installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The three-part expansion sleeve cre- Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
ates even load distribution, thus allow- Machines For correct installation, it must be
ing small edge and axial spacing. Thus Staircases ensured that the pre-positioned
the TA M is extremely exible. Gates anchor TA M can be supported on the
The metric internal thread allows to Faades attachment, or that the threaded rod is
use standard screws or threaded rods Stand-o installations countered.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the Determining the screw length ls:
intended use. Screw length ls =
The red plastic cap protects against Length of xing
soiling and thus ensures free-running + Thickness of xture tx
of the thread. + Thickness of washer.

206
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth

do h1 l M
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 090245 10 65 49 M6 50
TA M8 090246 12 70 56 M8 50
TA M10 090247 15 90 69 M 10 25
TA M12 090248 18 105 86 M 12 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Screw Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth thickness

do h1 l t x x length SW
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 S/10 090249 10 75 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50
TA M8 S/10 090250 12 80 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50
TA M10 S/20 090251 15 110 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25
TA M12 S/25 090252 18 130 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S/TA M (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 04/0003 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
TA M6 S 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 S 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 S 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 S 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

207
High performance steel anchors Heavy-duty anchor TA M

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SL M

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l M lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10
SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 5
SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4

stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l M lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M8 52 25
SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SL M16 62 130 100,0 8,0 60 120
SL M20 77 150 150,0 11,0 80 160
SL M24 90 200 200,0 13,9 90 180
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.

208
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25,0 3,5 50 90
SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50,0 5,0 50 100
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.

209
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

The installation-friendly push-through anchor for xings in


High performance steel anchors

non-cracked concrete

Collision protection Benches

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Steel constructions The TA M-T is suitable for push-
setting energy and allows for use in Hand-rails through installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The three-part expansion sleeve cre- Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
ates even load distribution, thus allow- Machines The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is
ing small edge and axial spacing. Thus Staircases tightened until it breaks o.
the TA M-T is extremely exible. Gates
The TA M-BP version with twist-o Faades
head hinders the dismantling of the
xture for use as a theft-deterrent and
break-in protection.
The detachable screw connection
allows for surface ush removal.

210
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T,


for push-through installation

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through thickness


xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 T/25 S 090267 10 90 80 25 M6 10 50
TA M8 T/25 S 090268 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
TA M10 T/25 S 090269 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25
TA M12 T/25 S 090270 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP,


with twist-o head

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel diameter depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 04/0003 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
TA M6 T 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 T 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 T 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 T 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

211
Sleeve anchor FSA

The push-through anchor for structural xings in non-cracked


High performance steel anchors

concrete

Bicycle racks Waste bins

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C20/25, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Hand-rails The FSA is suitable for push-through
setting energy and enables the use in Consoles installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Ladders When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Cable conduits pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The anchor design makes it possible Gates expands it against the drill hole wall.
to use dierent head shapes for ex- Faades The half-moon shaped recesses act as
ible design solutions: Hexagon head Temporary or structural xings a crumple zone to take the torque slip-
(type S), bolt version with nut and page, so that the attachment is pulled
washer (type B). onto the anchor base.
The detachable screw connection
allows for surface ush removal.

212
Sleeve anchor FSA

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-S

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Max. xture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 t x l M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-B

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Max. xture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 t x l M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20

LOADS
Sleeve anchor FSA
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FSA 8 35 70 8,0 2,0 3,4 70 50
FSA 10 40 80 25,0 3,5 6,3 80 60
FSA 12 50 100 40,0 5,0 9,9 100 75
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.

213
High performance steel anchors Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

The reusable xing system for diamond drills and saws

Diamond drills Detail: Diamond drills

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The detachable screw connection Diamond and core drilling devices The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned
between the expansion element and Diamond saws and push-through installation.
spindle enables simple dismantling An expansion element must be added
and ensures that the spindle bolt can to the spindle bolt before installation.
be reused. Use a hammer to drive the FDBB
The robust, reusable spindle bolt guar- through the base plate of the drilling
antees a long life span. device into the drill hole.
The active principle of the anchor bolt When the nut is tightened, the cone
enables an active controlled expan- bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
sion, thus oering a high level of and expands it against the drill hole
safety. wall.
The large steel cross-section provides The expansion element remains in the
high shear load-bearing capability and, drill hole when dismantling the spindle
as such, high security for the jerky bolt. The spindle bolt is once again
stoppage of the drill bit. completed with an expansion element
and can be reused.

214
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

Expansion element FDBB SE

zinc-plated Drill hole Usable Min. drill-hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit
steel diameter length depth for through
xings
do tx h2 SW l
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
1 expansion element 16 SE,
FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1
1 washer, 1 nut
FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 Expansion element 25

LOADS
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete.
C20/25 C12/15
Type Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
bending moment tensile load shear load tensile load shear load
Mrec Nrec Vrec2) Nrec Vrec2)
[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
FDBB 98,0 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Steel failure value.

215
Wall screw MR

The xing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked


High performance steel anchors

concrete

Radiators

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special construction of the anchor Non-approval-relevant xings only The MR is suitable for pre-positioned
sleeve enables it to be set into the drill Hand-rails and push-through installation.
hole with a low number of hammer Gratings The anchor sleeve is driven into the
blows. This enables easy installation. Garden gates drill hole with a hammer, without the
The ush-sunk expansion pin signies need for an expansion pin.
the complete expansion of the anchor, Then the expansion pin is driven in
and thereby ensures minimum move- with a hammer, and the wall screw
ment when under load. expands against the drill hole wall.
The special geometry of the expan-
sion pin reduces the setting energy,
thereby enabling a fast and energy-
saving installation.

216
Wall screw MR

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Wall screw MR

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill-hole Thread Width across nut Max. xture Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do l h2 M SW t x
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M8 13 22 25
MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20
MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10

217
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for xings


High performance steel anchors

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs

Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hollow- Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
core concrete slabs slabs

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
slabs C45/55

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The active principle of the anchor Pipes The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned
means that the FHY can be used in Cable conduits installation.
cavities or in solid materials up to 5 Ventilation systems Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor
cm from the tensioning wire. This Sprinkler systems in the drill hole and drive in ush to
ensures the highest exibility and user- Suspended ceilings the surface of the anchor base using
friendly installation. Consoles the hammer.
The embossed edge prevents the Steel constructions The FHY pre-positioned anchor must
anchor sleeve from slipping in the Wood constructions be able to be supported on the attach-
cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free ment for expansion.
installation. When applying the torque, the cone is
The optimised geometry minimises pulled into the expansion sleeve and
setting energy and allows for use in expands it into the cavity or expands
extremely narrow spaces. This allows it in the solid material against the drill
for user-friendly installation. hole wall.
The metric internal thread means that Screw length ls =
it is possible to use standard screws or Minimum screw-in depth e2
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation + Thickness of xture tx
to suit the intended use. + Thickness of washer
(with threaded rod: + height of nut)

218
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY, zinc-plated steel

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Anchor Thread Min. drill Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter length hole depth penetration

do l M h1 lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FHY M 6 030138 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 6 030139 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 8 030146 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M 8 030147 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M10 030148 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M10 030151 16 52 M 10 65 52 20

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY (screw with grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class B55 resp. C45/55.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.1-1711 has to be considered.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

du hef Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)


[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10
40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
groups) see approval.

219
High performance steel anchors Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class B55 resp. C45/55.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Recommended load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

du hef Tinst Frec3) smin2) cmin2)


[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 A4 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 A4 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10 A4
40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.

220
High performance steel anchors
Bolt anchor FAZ II
The power anchor with the black belt.

Bolt anchor FBN II


The heavyweight.

221
222
Frame xings / Stand-o installation
Frame xings / Stand-o installation
Frame xings / Stand-o installation

Frame xing SXR .......................................................................................................... 225


Universal frame xing FUR ....................................................................................... 232
Frame xing SXS .......................................................................................................... 237
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP ..................................................................................... 241
Hammerx N .................................................................................................................. 242
Nail sleeve FNH ............................................................................................................. 246
Window frame xing F-S ........................................................................................... 248
Metal frame xing F-M ............................................................................................... 250
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS .................................................................. 252
Wall tie VB ....................................................................................................................... 255
Adjustable xing S10J ............................................................................................... 256
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS ....................................................................... 258
Universal spacing screw ASL ................................................................................... 259
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10.................................................................. 261
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16............................................................... 264
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 269
Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 271

223
Frame xings / Stand-o installation

Range of frame xings and stand-o fasteners

Frame xings Window frame xings

Frame xing SXR Window frame xing F-S


The economical all-rounder with European Tech- The nylon xing for stress-free stand-o installa-
nical Approval (ETA) for solid and hollow buil- tion of window and door frames
ding materials
Page 225 Page 248

Universal frame xing FUR


The user-friendly problem solver for a large Metal frame xing F -M
range of building materials The xing for stress-free installation of window
Page 232 and door frames with high re resistance

Frame xing SXS Page 250


The high-performance frame xing for solid
building materials and cracked concrete
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
Page 237
The economical special screw for window
installation
Page 252
Stand-o installation

Universal spacing screw ASL Nailplugs


The spacing screw for exible positioning and
alignment of wooden xtures
Hammerx N
Page 259
The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and eco-
nomical installation
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10
The thermally separated stand-o installation in Page 242
external thermal insulation composite systems
(ETICS)
Page 261 Nail sleeve FNH
The user-friendly spring sleeve for light xings
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16 in solid building materials
The approved stand-o installation with thermal Page 246
separation in external thermal insulation compo-
site systems (ETICS)

Page 264 Adjustable xings


Wall tie VB
The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry Adjustable xing S10J
The xing for innite adjustment of timber con-
Page 255
structions in all standard solid building materials

Remedial wall tie VBS-M Page 256


The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
Page 269 Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS
The adjustable screw for fast and innitely adju-
stable installation of timber constructions
Remedial wall tie VBS 8
The professional faade repair for two-leaf Page 258
cavity walls
Page 271

224
Frame xing SXR

The economical all-rounder with European Technical Approval

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


(ETA) for solid and hollow building materials

Faade sub-structures Faade sub-structures

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
Solid brick
Thermal insulation blocks
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special functioning allows for use Faade, ceiling and roof substructures The SXR is suitable for push-through
in solid and hollow building materi- made of wood and metal installation.
als with an anchorage depth of just Windows The SXR expands in solid building
50mm, ensuring an economical Doors and gates materials and knots in hollow building
xing. Wardrobes materials.
The ETA approval covers use in a Cable trays With vertically perforated bricks, only
range of solid and hollow building Squared timbers use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
materials, and guarantees a secure Kitchen cabinets Countersunk head screws are recom-
xing. mended for the installation of timber
The specially developed combination constructions; in the case of metal
of plugs and screws ensures the very constructions, use plugs with a wide
best handling. The plug has a notice- sleeve rim and a moulded washer
able hold, making installation more on the screw, which also features an
convenient. integrated hexagon socket.
The extensive range with diameters of
6, 8 and 10mm oers the right plug
for every xing.

225
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-T - with scher safety screw

zinc-plated stainless hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Min. Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel nised steel diameter hole depth embedment length thickness
Approval

for through depth


xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50
SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50
SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50
SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50
SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 10 90 50 80 30 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 509534 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 509535 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 509536 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 10 170 50 160 110 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 10 190 50 180 130 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 10 210 50 200 150 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 10 240 50 230 180 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 1) 10 270 50 260 210 TX40 50
1) delivery on request

226
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

SXR - without screw

SXR-Z - with zinc-plated scher safety screw


for Cross dirve PZ-bit

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Min. embedment Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 5 100
SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 20 100
SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 30 100
SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 10 100
SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 30 100
SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 50 100
SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 70 100
SXR 6 x 35 Z 503231 1) 6 45 30 35 5 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 50 Z 503232 1) 6 60 30 50 20 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50
1) not pre-assembled

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-FUS - with scher hexagon safety


screw, moulded-on washer and integrated
bit T40

zinc-plated stainless hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Min. Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel nised steel diameter hole depth embedment length thickness
Approval

for through depth


xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 509537 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 509538 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 509539 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 509540 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046362 10 210 50 200 150 SW13 50
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

227
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-FUS - with scher hexagon safety


screw, moulded-on washer and integrated
bit T40

zinc-plated stainless hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Min. Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel nised steel diameter hole depth embedment length thickness

Approval
for through depth
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046363 10 240 50 230 180 SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046364 10 270 50 260 210 SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole Thickness Fits anchor Sales unit


d S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

ACCESSORIES
Aircrete hole punch GBS

Drill-hole Min. drill- Fits Sales unit


hole depth for
through xings
d0 h2
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1
GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1
GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1
GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1
GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1
GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1
1) According to the approval, the Aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete.

228
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of facades in normal concrete C12/15 resp. B15.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1862 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 2)


[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXR 8 50 100 0,5 100 50
SXR 10 50 100 1,6 100 50
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending
moments see approval table 4.

LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge distance
embedment depth member thickness tensile load shear load
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXR 8 50 100 1,0 4,2 (3,4) 5) 50 50
SXR 10 50 100 1,8 5,4 (5,0) 5) 50 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
Values in brackets apply for A4-type - stainless steel of the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance for concrete C16/20 while reducing the 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
permissible load. temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

229
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of facades in masonry.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1862 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (amin)2) cmin (ar)6)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXR 8 12 Mz 50 115 0,50 100 100
SXR10 12 Mz 50 115 0,80 100 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
SXR 8 12 KS 50 115 0,50 100 100
SXR10 12 KS 50 115 0,80 100 100
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
SXR 8 12 HLz 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 12 HLz 50 115 0,37) 250 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
SXR 8 6 KSL 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 6 KSL 50 115 0,40 100 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
SXR 8 6 Hbl 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 6 Hbl 50 115 0,25 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXR 8 2 V 50 115 0,15 100 100
SXR10 2 V 50 115 0,25 100 100
Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete P3.3 with approval
SXR10 2 PB2/PP2/P2,2 50 115 0,28) 150 1008)
Aerated concrete block PB4/PP4 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete P4.4 with approval
SXR10 3/ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 115 0,30 200 1008)
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 5)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact) in perforated bricks and aerated
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. In certain cases the spacing concrete.
within pairs of anchors may be reduced up to 100 mm while reducing the permissible load. 6)
Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently distance without surcharge see approval.
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending 7)
Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm. Otherwise the permissible load has to be deter-
moments see approval table 4. mined by tests on site.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity 8)
Drill hole created by punching.
have to be taken.

230
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min. edge
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing distance
fb hnom (hv) hmin Fperm3) 5) 6) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXR 8 20 Mz 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 20 Mz 50 100 1,29 100 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
SXR 8 10 KS 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 10 KS 50 100 1,29 100 100
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
SXR 8 6 HLz 50 100 0,34 100 100
SXR10 6 HLz 50 100 0,57 100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
SXR 8 12 KSL 50 100 0,57 100 100
SXR10 12 KSL 50 100 0,70 100 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
SXR 8 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXR 8 2 V 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 2 V 50 100 0,85 100 100
Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2
SXR10 2 PP2/PB2/P2,2 50 100 0,157) 200 100
Aerated concrete block PB4/PP4
SXR10 3/ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 100 0,26 200 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The given loads are reference values
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacing (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 7)
Drill hole created by punching.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
have to be taken.

LOADS
Frame xing SXR
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type SXR 6

Screw diameter [mm] 4,5


Min. edge distance in concrete ar [mm] 50
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,20
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 ( 1.0 kg/dm) [kN] 0,10
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 [kN] 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

231
Universal frame xing FUR

The user-friendly problem solver for a large range of building


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

materials

Faade sub-structures Wood constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15
Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
Lightweight aggregate concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The universal operating principle with Faade and roof substructures made The FUR is suitable for push-through
an anchorage depth of 70mm and of wood and metal installation.
unique asymmetrical teeth allows for Windows Screwing in the screw causes the
use in all solid and hollow building Squared timbers individual teeth to expand. In solid
materials. As such, the FUR is the right Gates and doors materials, the teeth create even expan-
choice for projects with an unknown Claddings sion forces. In hollow materials, the
base material; ensuring a secure xing Interior ttings teeth expand through the solid part of
at all times. the block and form an undercut in the
The slim geometry guarantees a sim- cavity.
ple installation, even in cases involving With vertically perforated bricks, only
thick wooden xtures and narrow drill use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
holes. Countersunk head screws are recom-
The FUR14 fulls the highest require- mended for the installation of timber
ments in terms of maximum usage constructions; in the case of metal
lengths and shear loads. As a result, it constructions, use anchors with
is suitable for a wide range of applica- hexagon-head screws and moulded
tions. washers.

232
Universal frame xing FUR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

FUR-T - safety screw with countersunk head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50
FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50
FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50
FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50
FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50
FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50
FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50
FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50
FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50
FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50
FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50
FUR 14 x 100 T 048711 14 115 70 100 30 T50 50
FUR 14 x 140 T 048712 048719 14 155 70 140 70 T50 50
FUR 14 x 165 T 048713 048720 14 180 70 165 95 T50 50
FUR 14 x 180 T 048714 048721 14 195 70 180 110 T50 50
FUR 14 x 210 T 048844 048845 14 225 70 210 140 T50 50
FUR 14 x 240 T 048715 14 255 70 240 170 T50 50
FUR 14 x 270 T 048716 14 285 70 270 200 T50 50
FUR 14 x 300 T 090759 14 315 70 300 230 T50 20
FUR 14 x 330 T 090760 14 345 70 330 260 T50 20
FUR 14 x 360 T 090761 14 375 70 360 290 T50 20

233
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Universal frame xing FUR

TECHNICAL DATA

FUR 8-SS and FUR 10-SS - safety screw


with hexagon-head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. xture Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness nut

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 8 90 70 80 10 10 50
FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 8 110 70 100 30 10 50
FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 8 130 70 120 50 10 50
FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 10 90 70 80 10 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 10 110 70 100 30 13 50
FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 10 125 70 115 45 13 50
FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 10 145 70 135 65 13 50
FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 10 170 70 160 90 13 50
FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 10 195 70 185 115 13 50
FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 10 210 70 200 130 13 50
FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 10 240 70 230 160 13 50

TECHNICAL DATA

FUR 14 F US - safety screw with hexagon-


head and integrated washer

zinc-plated steel stainless steel Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. xture Width across Sales unit
diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness nut
Approval

for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 2) 4) 093528 2) 4) 10 90 70 80 10 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 2) 4) 10 80 70 100 30 13 50
FUR 14 x 80 FUS 048724 3) 048731 3) 14 95 70 80 10 17 50
FUR 14 x 100 FUS 048725 3) 048732 3) 14 115 70 100 30 17 50
FUR 14 x 140 FUS 048726 3) 048733 3) 14 155 70 140 70 17 50
FUR 14 x 165 FUS 048727 3) 048734 3) 14 180 70 165 95 17 50
FUR 14 x 180 FUS 048728 1) 3) 048735 1) 3) 14 195 70 180 110 17 50
FUR 14 x 210 FUS 048842 1) 3) 048843 1) 3) 14 225 70 210 140 17 50
FUR 14 x 240 FUS 048729 1) 3) 048736 1) 3) 14 255 70 240 170 17 50
FUR 14 x 270 FUS 048730 3) 048737 3) 14 285 70 270 200 17 50
1) With washer according DIN 125.
2) Collar: 18 x 2 mm.
3) Collar: 26 x 3 mm.
4) Additional Bit T40 is integrated into the hexagon head.

234
Universal frame xing FUR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole Thickness Fits anchor Sales unit


d S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B155). For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 2)


[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FUR 8 70 100 1,0 50 50
FUR 10 70 120 1,6 50 50
FUR 14 70 120 1,8 50 60
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently 5)
Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels as well as in no-fines
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending lightweight concrete see approval.
moments see approval table 4.

235
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Universal frame xing FUR

LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of facades in masonry.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible load Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 6)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
FUR 8 12 Mz 70 115 0,60 100 100
FUR 10 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 100 100
FUR 14 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 250 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
FUR 8 12 KS 70 115 0,60 100 100
FUR 10 12 KS 70 115 0,80 100 100
FUR 14 12 KS 70 115 0,80 250 100
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
FUR 8 12 HLz 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 12 HLz 70 115 0,37) 250 100
FUR 14 12 HLz 70 115 0,57) 250 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
FUR 8 6 KSL 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 6 KSL 70 115 0,40 250 100
FUR 14 6 KSL 70 115 0,60 250 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
FUR 8 2 Hbl 708) 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 2 Hbl 708) 115 0,25 250 100
FUR 14 2 Hbl 708) 115 0,30 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete
FUR 8 2 V 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 2 V 70 115 0,25 100 100
FUR 14 2 V 70 115 0,50 250 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 5)
The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact).
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 6)
Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently distance without surcharge see approval.
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending 7)
Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm. Otherwise the permissible load has to be deter-
moments see approval table 4. mined by tests on site.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity 8)
The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6).
have to be taken.

236
Frame xing SXS

The high-performance frame xing for solid building materials

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


and cracked concrete

Cable trays Faade sub-structures

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60
Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the SXS with Faade and roof substructures made The SXS is suitable for push-through
the scher CO-NA screw allows for of wood and metal installation. Screwing in the CO-NA
the highest load-bearing capacities in Windows screw causes the SXS to expand in
solid building materials and aerated Fire protection doors four directions and anchor into the
concrete. This allows for an economi- Guard rails building material.
cal xing. Handrails When a crack forms in the concrete,
The CO-NA screw causes the plug to Squared timbers the cones of the screw actively
expand in the crack. This is conrmed Kitchen cabinets expand, thus increasing the expansion
by the rst approval for a plastic frame Gates eect and the holding force of the
xing for single xings. plug.
The large diameter of the CO-NA Countersunk head screws are recom-
screw means that high shear loads mended for the installation of timber
can be supported safely. Thus fewer constructions; in the case of metal
xing points are required. constructions, use plugs with a wide
sleeve rim and a moulded washer
on the screw, which also features an
integrated hexagon socket.

237
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXS

TECHNICAL DATA

SXS-T - with CO-NA screw and countersunk


head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. embed- Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole Drive Sales unit

Approval
steel steel diameter ment depth thickness depth
do hnom (hv) l t x td
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 80 T 019601 019602 10 50 80 30 90 T40 50
SXS 10 x 100 T 019604 019605 10 50 100 50 110 T40 50
SXS 10 x 120 T 019616 019617 10 50 120 70 130 T40 50
SXS 10 x 140 T 019621 019623 10 50 140 90 150 T40 50
SXS 10 x 160 T 024076 024077 10 50 160 110 170 T40 50
SXS 10 x 180 T 024080 024082 10 50 180 130 190 T40 50

TECHNICAL DATA

SXS-F US with CO-NA hexagon-head screw


with integrated washer

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. embed- Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter ment depth thickness depth nut


do hnom (hv) l t x td SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 60 F US 019599 1) 019600 1) 10 50 60 10 70 13 50
SXS 10 x 80 F US 019603 1) 019628 1) 10 50 80 30 90 13 50
SXS 10 x 100 F US 019614 1) 019615 1) 10 50 100 50 110 13 50
SXS 10 x 120 F US 019619 1) 019620 1) 10 50 120 70 130 13 50
SXS 10 x 140 F US 019624 1) 019626 1) 10 50 140 90 150 13 50
SXS 10 x 160 F US 024045 1) 024062 1) 10 50 160 110 170 13 50
SXS 10 x 180 F US 024046 1) 024063 1) 10 50 180 130 190 13 50
1) Collar: 18 x 2 mm, CO-NA hexagon-head screw with integrated washer and additional - T40 integrated into the hexagon head.

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Seat ITX-Star Sales unit


recess

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 TX40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 TX40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 TX40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 TX40 100

238
Frame xing SXS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole Thickness Fits anchor Sales unit


d S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B155). For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1695 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. anchorage depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 2)


[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 1,61) 503) 503)
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor pair) while reducing the permissible have to be taken.
load. 5)
Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending
moments see approval table 4.

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C16/20 resp.
B207). For the design the complete approval ETA-09/0352 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
embedment depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm3) 6) Vperm3) 6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 2,0 5,4 55 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. have to be taken.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
ble load. temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
Values for concrete C12/15 see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in normal concrete C20/25 resp. B25.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1734 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. embed- Min. member Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge
ment depth thickness tensile load shear load distance tensile load shear load distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2) Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 1,0 2,5 55 50 1,3 2,5 55 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One have to be taken.
of them has to be increased according approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.

239
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXS

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of facades in masonry.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1695 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (a)2) cmin (ar)6)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXS10 12 Mz 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60)9) 100 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
SXS10 12 KS 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60)9) 100 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
SXS10 2 Hbl 508) 15,3 0,25 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXS10 2 V 50 15,3 0,25 100 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 5)
The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact).
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 6)
Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently distance without surcharge see approval.
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending 8)
The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6).
moments see approval table 4. 9)
The higher values apply to solid bricks without handling pocket.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
have to be taken.

240
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

The elastic protective coating for use with frame and long-shaft

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


xings

Sealing of the screw heads Sealing of the screw heads

BUILDING MATERIALS
zinc-plated frame and long-shaft x-
ings
corrosive metals

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


FTC-CP professionally prevents the Faade anchorings in line with the Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corro-
penetration of moisture into the building approvals for frame and long- sion agent.
anchor shaft and securely protects shaft xings, e.g. SXS, SXR and FUR Good stability under load; non-drip, no
the connection from corrosion - as For all sub-structures, e.g. made from spray mist.
required in the DIBt and ETA approv- wood, aluminium, metal. Shake canister for at least 2 minutes
als. from the time the mixing balls can be
Once dry, the optimised formulation heard.
provides a long-lasting, elastic protec- Spray as evenly as possible from a
tive coating with a secure hold and a distance of 15 to 20 cm.
high abrasion resistance. Ideal processing temperature +16 C
The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is to +25 C.
also ideally suited to other corrosion Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4
protection applications and thus oers hours at 600 m and 20 C).
a wide range of uses. Temperature-resistant from -25 C to
80 C.
Salt and water-resistant, and resistant
to abrasion.

TECHNICAL DATA

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP


Colour Contents per canister Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12

241
Hammerx N

The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

installation

Timber sub-structures Cable ducts

VERSIONS CHARACTERISTICS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Natural stone
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The rapid hammerset installation Substructures made of wood and The Hammerx N is suitable for push-
reduces the amount of time required metal through installation.
and allows for an economic series Wall connection or plaster proles When hammered in, the nail screw
installation. Slides causes the plug to expand in two
The integrated hammer-in stop Sheets directions, thus providing a secure
prevents the plug from expanding Cable and pipe clamps anchoring in the building material.
prematurely (jamming), thus enabling Punched tapes Countersunk head plugs are recom-
a problem-free installation. mended for the installation of timber
Together with the cross-slot recess, constructions; in the case of metal
the thread of the nail screw allows the constructions, use at-head plugs, and
screw to be removed, thus allowing for use pan-head plugs for long holes.
subsequent dismantling.
The wide range of diameters, usage
lengths and head shapes provides the
correct plug for every xing.

242
Hammerx N

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerx N-Z with nail, pre-assembled

Hammerx N-Z-A2 with stainless steel A2


nail, pre-assembled

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Eect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill- Max. xture Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter ring depth hole depth for thickness
through xings
do hef l h2 t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30 Z 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 5 x 40 Z 050351 5 25 40 55 15 100
N 5 x 50 Z 050352 5 25 50 65 25 100
N 6 x 40 Z 050372 6 30 40 55 10 50
N 6 x 40 Z GP 048788 6 30 40 55 10 100
N 6 x 60 Z GP 048789 6 30 60 75 30 100
N 6 x 60 Z 050373 6 30 60 75 30 50
N 6 x 80 Z GP 048790 6 30 80 95 50 100
N 8 x 60 Z GP 048791 8 40 60 75 20 100
N 8 x 60 Z 050374 8 40 60 75 20 50
N 8 x 80 Z GP 048792 8 40 80 95 40 100
N 8 x 80 Z 050375 8 40 80 95 40 50
N 8 x 100 Z GP 048793 8 40 100 115 60 100
N 8 x 100 Z 050376 8 40 100 115 60 50
N 8 x 120 Z GP 048794 8 40 120 135 80 100
N 10 x 100 Z 050346 1) 10 50 100 115 50 50
N 10 x 135 Z 050347 1) 10 50 135 150 85 50
N 10 x 160 Z 050348 1) 10 50 160 175 110 50
N 10 x 230 Z 050335 1) 10 50 230 245 180 50
1) not pre-assembled
2) also specially suitable for fischer Pipe clips FC, see chapter Electrical fixings.

TECHNICAL DATA
N-FZ - with at edge and nail and crossdrive
recess Z (N 5 x 30 FZ)

N-FZ - with at edge and nail and crossdrive


recess Z (N 6 x 40 FZ)

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Eect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill- Max. xture Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter ring depth hole depth for thickness
through xings
do hef l h2 t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30 FZ 050338 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 6 x 30 FZ 050341 6 27 30 45 0,5 200
N 6 x 40 FZ 050369 6 30 40 55 7 50
N 6 x 40 FZ GP 048795 6 30 40 55 7 100
N 8 x 40 FZ 015903 8 40 40 55 0,5 50

243
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Hammerx N

TECHNICAL DATA

NU-ZZ - with cylindrical head and pre-assem-


bled nail with crossdrive recess Z

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchoring Anchor length Min. drill-hole Max. xture Sales unit
depth depth for through thickness
xings
do hef l h2 t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NU 5 x 25 ZZ 078392 5 23 25 35 2 100
NU 5 x 36 ZZ 078394 5 30 36 46 6 100
NU 5 x 45 ZZ 093106 5 30 45 55 15 100
NU 6 x 35 ZZ 093107 6 30 35 45 5 100
NU 6 x 42 ZZ 093108 6 30 42 52 12 100
NU 6 x 55 ZZ 093109 6 30 55 65 25 100
NU 6 x 70 ZZ 093110 6 30 70 80 40 100
NU 8 x 45 ZZ 093111 8 40 45 55 5 100
NU 8 x 57 ZZ 093112 8 45 57 67 12 100
NU 8 x 75 ZZ 093113 8 45 75 85 30 100
NU 8 x 100 Z 093977 1) 8 40 100 110 60 100
NU 8 x 120 Z 093978 1) 8 40 120 130 80 100
1) pre-assembled screw with countersunk head

TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerx N-FN with at edge N-M - with zinc-plated nail and
and plastic nail, pre-assembled connection thread M 6 / M 7 /
M8

Hammerx N-ZZ - with cylinder


Hammerx N-D A2 with isolating
head and nail and crossdrive
washer and nail, pre-assembled
recess Z, pre-assembled

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill-hole Washer Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through
xings
do hef l t x h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40 FN 050342 6 30 40 7 55 50
N 6 x 40 M6 050398 6 30 40 10 55 50
N 6 x 40 D A2 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 50
N 6 x 60 D A2 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 50
N 6 x 40 ZZ 050394 6 30 40 7 55 50
N 8 x 57 M8 503401 8 45 57 12 67 50

244
Hammerx N

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Hammerx N
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specied diameter.
Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10

Screw nail diameter [mm] 3,5 4 5 7


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,16 0,20 0,27 0,33
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,33
Pumice solid brick V4 [kN] 0,30 0,11 0,13 0,16
Aerated concrete G2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,07 0,10
Aerated concrete G4 [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,11 0,16
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 3)
The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40 FN.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

245
Nail sleeve FNH

The user-friendly spring sleeve for light xings in solid building


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

materials

Timber sub-structures

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


No plugs or screws are required for the Squared timbers The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for
one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees Substructures made of wood and push-through installation.
a simple and easy installation. metal The nail sleeve is hammered in and
The geometry of the nail sleeve makes Metal proles expands its entire length in the hole.
it easy to push it into the drill hole. The FNH is not approved for safety-
This saves time and money. relevant applications.
The Dacromet coating guarantees a FNH is suitable for interior applications
high quality corrosion protection for a and for temporary external xings.
long-lasting xing.

246
Nail sleeve FNH

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Nail sleeve FNH

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill-hole Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through
xings
do hef l t x h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FNH 5/50 050192 5 20 50 30 60 100
FNH 6/30 019863 6 30 30 40 100
FNH 6/40 050638 6 30 40 10 50 100
FNH 6/50 077525 6 30 50 20 60 100
FNH 6/60 019864 6 30 60 30 70 100
FNH 6/80 019865 6 30 80 50 90 100
FNH 8/70 019866 8 40 70 30 80 100
FNH 8/90 019867 8 40 90 50 100 50
FNH 8/110 019868 8 40 110 70 120 50
FNH 8/130 019869 8 40 130 90 140 50
FNH 8/150 019870 8 40 150 110 160 50
FNH 8/180 043905 8,5 40 180 140 190 50

LOADS
Nail sleeve FNH
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,10 0,35 0,60
Min. member thickness [mm] 50 60 70
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

247
Window frame xing F-S

The nylon xing for stress-free stand-o installation of window


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

and door frames

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The operating principle of the plug Window frames The F-S is suitable for push-through
prevents the frame from being pulled Door frames installation.
against the substrate, and ensures a By tightening the screw, the glass-
stress-free and long-lasting xing of bre-reinforced plastic cone is drawn
the frame. into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded
The special plug geometry anchors and wedged inside the drill hole. The
the metal and plastic proles against window frames are thus xed in a
compressive and tensile loads, and stress-free manner.
allows for a secure hold of the window The maximum installation torque is
frame. 3Nm for F8S and 6Nm for F10S.
The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.

248
Window frame xing F-S

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and


cross-drive recess Z 3

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill-hole Max. installation Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through torque
xings
do hef l t x h2 Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50
F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50
F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50
F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50
F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50
F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50
F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50
F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50

ACCESSORIES
Cover caps for
F-S Cross recess Z countersunk screws

Diameter Colour Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
ADF 12W white 060275 12 white 100

LOADS
Window frame xing F-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type F8S F 10 S

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V2 [kN] 0,25 -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 -
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

249
Metal frame xing F-M

The xing for stress-free installation of window and door


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

frames with high re resistance

Fire protection doors

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The F-M metal frame plug achieves Window frames The F-M is suitable for push-through
re resistance F120. This allows for Door frames installation.
use in areas where re resistance is By tightening the screw, the cone is
relevant. drawn into the sleeve and the xing is
The operating principle prevents the expanded which wedges it inside the
window frame from being pulled drill hole. The window frames are thus
against the substrate, and ensures a xed in a stress-free manner.
stress-free and long-lasting xing of The maximum installation torque is
the frame. 5Nm.
The special plug geometry anchors
the metal and plastic proles against
compressive and tensile loads, and
allows for a secure hold of the window
frame.
The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.

250
Metal frame xing F-M

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA
F 8 M - with at mushroom type head screw
and crossdrive recess Z 2

F 10 M - with countersunk screw and cross-


drive recess Z 3

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
xings
do h2 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
F 8 M 72 088660 1) 8 90 30 72 42 PH2 100
F 8 M 92 088662 1) 8 110 30 92 62 PH2 100
F 8 M 112 088664 1) 8 130 30 112 82 PH2 100
F 8 M 132 088666 1) 8 150 30 132 102 PH2 100
F 10 M 72 088670 2) 10 90 30 72 42 PH3 100
F 10 M 92 088672 2) 10 110 30 92 62 PH3 100
F 10 M 112 088674 2) 10 130 30 112 82 PH3 100
F 10 M 132 088676 2) 10 150 30 132 102 PH3 100
F 10 M 152 088678 2) 10 170 30 152 122 PH3 100
F 10 M 182 088680 2) 10 200 30 182 152 PH3 50
F 10 M 202 061064 2) 10 220 30 202 172 PH3 50
1) Screw head 9 mm
2) Screw head 13 mm

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADM 10

Colour Cap height Cap Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [ mm] [pcs]


ADM 10 W wei 088688 white 4 15 F 10M 100
ASM 10 W wei 060320 white 16 F 10M 100

LOADS
Metal frame xing F-M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type F 10 M

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 1,38
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 1,28
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 1,28
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate V2 [kN] 0,48
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,55
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

251
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

The economical special screw for window installation

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


No additional plugs are required for Window frames Note the drill hole and screw-in depths
screw installation, thus allowing work Door frames for the dierent building materials
to progress quickly and economically. Squared timbers listed in the table.
The small drill bit diameter of 6mm In order to avoid the screw twisting
allows for ecient work, including in during installation in concrete, the
the case of series installation. maximum anchorage depths stipu-
The continuous thread prevents the lated must be adhered to.
window frame from being pulled Cylinder-head screws are recom-
against the substrate, and ensures a mended for recessed installation in
stress-free and long-lasting xing of wooden proles.
the frame. Flat-head screws are recommended
The optimised special thread reduces for installation in plastic and alumin-
the amount of force required for ium proles.
screwing in the screws, meaning that
the installation process can be com-
pleted without the use of too much
force.

252
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Frame xing screw FFSZ - with cylinder


head

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T25 092695 6 52 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T25 092697 6 62 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T25 092698 6 72 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T25 092699 6 82 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T25 092700 6 92 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T25 092701 6 102 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T25 092702 6 112 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T25 092703 6 122 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T25 092704 6 132 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T25 092705 6 152 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T25 092706 6 182 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T25 092708 6 202 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T25 092709 6 212 T25 7,5 100

TECHNICAL DATA

Frame xing screw FFS - with at head

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 42 062379 6 42 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 52 062395 6 52 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 62 062396 6 62 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 72 061550 6 72 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 82 068955 6 82 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 92 061551 6 92 T30 11,5 100

253
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

TECHNICAL DATA

Frame xing screw FFS - with at head

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 102 068956 6 102 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 112 061552 6 112 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 122 068957 6 122 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 132 061553 6 132 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 152 061554 6 152 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 182 061555 6 182 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 202 068958 6 202 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 212 061556 6 212 T30 11,5 100

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap FFS A

Cap Cap height Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
FFS A-BR dark brown 061561 15 4 FFS-flat head 100
FFS A-W white 061560 15 4 FFS-flat head 100

LOADS
Frame xing screw FFSZ and FFS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Recommended Recommended Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth tensile load shear load
hef Nrec Vrec smin cmin
[mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FFS 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFSZ 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFS 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
FFSZ 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
1)
Required safety factors are considered.

254
Wall tie VB

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry

Facing masonry

BUILDING MATERIALS
All concrete and masonry materials
in conjunction with the appropriate
frame xing.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The VB securely connects the facing Two-shell external walls (facings) The VB must be used with plugs for
masonry with the load-bearing layer. Closers and economy facings anchoring in load-bearing walls.
The high quality A4 stainless steel The frame xings SXS10, SXR10
connecting wire guarantees a long- and FUR10 have technical approvals
lasting xing. for the anchoring of wall ties in con-
The VB is exible and can be mounted crete, building bricks and perforated
on any point of the external wall. sand-lime brick.
Where the distance between masonry
shells is up to 12cm, 5wire anchors
are to be used per square metre, and
where the distance is up to 15cm,
7wire anchors. An additional 3wall
ties per metre are to be used along all
free edges of the outside shells.
5wall ties per square metre are to
be used for mortared closers and
economy facings.

TECHNICAL DATA

Cladding tie VB

Contents Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor, A4 stainless steel, 1 stainless steel washer A4, 1 drip ring 50
1) Wire: angled 265 mm, other lengths on request.

255
Adjustable xing S10J

The xing for innite adjustment of timber constructions in all


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

standard solid building materials

Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Wood
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The combination of adjustment plug Substructures made of wooden bat- The S10J is suitable for push-through
and spacing screw allows for universal tens of 20-25mm thickness. installation.
usage in wooden and solid building Once the screw has been screwed in,
materials. the xture distance can be innitely
The special operating principle of the adjusted by modifying the rotation
adjustable xing S10J and the spac- direction.
ing screw allows for innite adjust- For the xing of wood on wood, e.g.
ment. This saves on the use of wedges in the roof truss, only use adjustment
and blocks when xing the xture. screw JS.

256
Adjustable xing S10J

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable xing S 10 J 75 S

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness travel
xings
do h2 hef l da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable screw JS

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Eect. anchoring Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness travel
xings
do h2 hef da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JS 6 x 110 080700 1) 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50
1) Min. drill-hole depth with push-through installation, depending on type of wood.

257
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS

The adjustable screw for fast and innitely adjustable


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

installation of timber constructions

Stand-o installations Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wood and wooden materials or
wooden panels

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special operating principle of Substructures made of wooden bat- The JUSS is suitable for push-through
the adjustable screw JUSS allows for tens of 20-25mm thickness. installation.
innite adjustment. This saves on the Once the screw has been screwed in,
use of wedges and blocks when xing the parallel thread below the screw
the xture. head causes the xture to initially pull
The self-drilling thread of the adjust- against the substrate. The xture dis-
able screw JUSS cuts directly into tance can then be innitely adjusted
the wood. As such, no pre-drilling is by modifying the rotation direction.
required.

TECHNICAL DATA

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS


for - bit T25

Eect. anchoring Max. distance Screw Max. timber Drive Sales unit
depth thickness
hef a ds x ls da
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100

258
Universal spacing screw ASL

The spacing screw for exible positioning and alignment of

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


wooden xtures

Stand-o installations Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
Without plug: suitable for wooden
materials and wooden panels
With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and
masonry materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The coordinated threads with the Window frames The ASL is suitable for push-through
same pitch allow for the pin-point posi- Door frames installation.
tioning and alignment of the xture, Squared timbers Pre-drill the xture at the desired
which can even be mounted at an Claddings angle in order to achieve the correct
angle to the screw. This allows for an Substructures made of wood positioning and alignment.
exact and exible xing. When screwing in the screw, the
During the installation, the xture is external thread cuts into the pre-drilled
not pulled onto the substrate, instead xture, and xes it into the stipulated
it is brought directly to the desired position.
distance and position. This allows for a The angled position of the screws
simple and exact installation. (15 - 30) allows high shear loads to
When combined with SX8 and UX8 be supported.
plugs , it can be used in almost all
wall materials, guaranteeing a secure
xing.

259
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Universal spacing screw ASL

TECHNICAL DATA

Spacing screw ASL

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit
depth
do h1 a ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100
ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100
ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50

260
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

The thermally separated stand-o installation in external

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

External lighting Signs and down pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The stand-o installation allows for the For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 8 and 10 systems are
xture to be adjusted to the exact posi- Signs suitable for pre-positioned installation.
tion required, whereby pressure marks Lighting The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
and damage to the ETICS are avoided. Letter boxes cone cuts its own way through the
Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with Motion detectors plaster into the insulation during instal-
the universal plug UX provides a Downpipes lation.
secure anchoring in the substrate. Lightning rods The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- Blind guide rails rier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the xture and the inner Installation without any special tools.
xture, and oers an energy-optimised The extensive range features tting
xing. options with chipboard screws (4.5
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone - 6mm), sheet screws (6.3mm) and
cuts its own way through the ETICS metric screws (M6/8/10).
with a positive t, and allows for a
simple and fast installation without the
need for any special tools.

261
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 8 and 10

Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap- Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
do h0 tx hef SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax10/140 M8 045699 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20
1) including SX 5

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec2)


Concrete 3) 4) C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00
Solid brick 3) 4) Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick 4) Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete 3) 4) P4 [kN] 0,40 0,60
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 3)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using
2)
The UX-plug must be installed in the base material with full anchorage depth. The drilling method chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN.
is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given 4)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a
values only apply for installation in the brick. SX5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN.

262
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended shear loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10

Recommended shear loads Vrec1)


External Thermal Insulation Composite System2) 180 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Values are valid for an EWI made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels.

263
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16

The approved stand-o installation with thermal barrier in


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When combined with the injection For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FISV and FISEM, the stand- Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
o installation is approved for high Canopies The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure xing. Brackets plaster into the insulation during instal-
Usage lengths of 60 to 200mm can Air conditioning units lation.
be covered with just one Thermax. Satellite dishes The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- rier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the xture and the inner In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
xture, and oers an energy-optimised thick cement plaster), it is recom-
xing. mended that the Thermax cutting
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive t, and allows for a The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. faade at plaster level.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar


see page 67 see page 71
264
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 12/110 M12

Thermax 16/170 M12

zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit


Approval

steel steel

DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 20
20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit
10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051537 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 user manual
2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual
20 M16 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 20
3 applicator tip extension hoses
10 M16-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051543 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 M16 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 1
1 user manual

265
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16

INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS

Tinst
d0

Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing

Type Threaded Building Max. xture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill- Drill-hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tx e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
95 14 tfix + 95 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
M12/110 M12 (...) Perforated
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
125 18 tfix + 125 mm - 9
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
M16/170 M12 (...) Perforated
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 360 S,


Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S
styrene free

All-round adhesive gluing and


sealing KD-290

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
KD-290 white (D) 059389 D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1

266
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Fits drill hole diameter Sales unit


Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S

Adapted for Sales unit


Item [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Fits Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


Cone drill PBB 090634 M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 M8 - M12; FIS E 10

267
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for xing in groups2)
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 has to be considered.
Concrete + Solid brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Eective Installation Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
sive brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing3) spacing3)
strength DIN7) depth load for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx =
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef Tinst9) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Non-cracked concrete
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,404) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,404) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For further conditions see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load).

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry8) for xing in groups2).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Eective Installation Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
sive brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing3) spacing3)
strength DIN7) depth load for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx = for tx =
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef,min10) Tinst9) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For further conditions see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 9)
Fixing screw M12.
outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 10)
The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load). technical data).

268
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Facing masonry

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer


ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The approved xing in stone and in VBS-M is especially suitable for The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
exibility and security. are installed past to the faade repair. tion.
Use in joints and with a low anchor- Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 845/846 as well as economy facings The two expansion zones in the
The small anchor rim and screw head with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-ush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure xation.
installation. The plug doesnt x into the facing
The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the faade. very best installation safety.
A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.

269
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS-M

zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Eect. Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity anchoring
115 mm facing 115 mm facing depth
masonry, masonry,
ush 20 mm sunk
installation installation
tx d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 20* 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 120 514236 20 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.

ACCESSORIES / DRILLS
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400
SDS Plus II Pointer 8/400/460
Description Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SDS PLUS IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1
fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary
Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 1
drilling in perforated brick and in the bed joint
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 503936 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1

ACCESSORIES / BITS

FPB TX 15/5 long Star recess TX

Description Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and in
FPB TX 15/5 long 517693 5
the bed joint
FPB TX25/10 507728 fischer Profi-Bit 10

270
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The expansion-force-free xing pre- Post-installation needling of two-leaf The remedial wall tie VBS8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS8 can be used even in old led A4stainless steel tie 4mm.
and sensitive masonry. VBS8 is used together with the injec-
The drill bit diameter of just8 mm tion mortar FISV.
means that a minimal amount of mor- The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each xing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS8 is particularly economical. installation.
The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the xing is almost
invisible to the eye.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 71
271
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Remedial wall tie VBS 8

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS

stainless steel Layer resp. Drill hole Outer leaf Drill depth Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

insulation diameter = mounting depth FIS V bearing


depth wall
do ho = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) 0 - 20 8 90 195 150 >60 3 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) 20 - 50 8 90 225 180 >60 3 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) 50 - 80 8 90 255 210 >60 3 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) 80 - 120 8 90 295 250 >60 4 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) 120 - 150 8 90 325 280 >60 4 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039


Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1

272
scher remedial wall tie VBS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls.

Stand-o installation Thermax


The approved stand-o installation with thermal separation in
external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

273
274
General xings
General xings
General xings

Universal plug UX ......................................................................................................... 277


Expansion plug SX ....................................................................................................... 280
Expansion plug S .......................................................................................................... 283
Metal expansion anchor FMD.................................................................................. 286
Expansion plug M-S ..................................................................................................... 288
Anchor M ......................................................................................................................... 290
Brass xing MS .............................................................................................................. 292
Aircrete anchor GB ....................................................................................................... 294
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K ..................................................................................... 296
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M .................................................................................... 298
Brass xing PA 4 ........................................................................................................... 300
Balcony cladding xing P9K..................................................................................... 302
Stair-tread xing TB / TBB......................................................................................... 304
Repair pad FIX.it ............................................................................................................ 305
Doorstop TS .................................................................................................................... 306

275
General xings

Range of general xings


Expansion- and universal
Plugs for metric screws
plugs

Universal plug UX Expansion plug M-S


The nylon plug for all building materials The expansion plug for metric screws
and threaded bolts
Page 277 Page 288

Expansion plug SX Anchor M


The powerful nylon plug The powerful nylon expansion anchor
with 4-way expansion with brass cone for metric threads
Page 280 Page 290

Brass xing MS
Expansion plug S
The brass expansion xing
The installation-friendly nylon plug
with metric thread
with 2-way expansion
Page 283 Page 292

Metal expansion anchor FMD


The metal anchor for wood
and chipboard screws
Page 286 Special applications

Brass xing PA 4
The brass xing
for thin board building materials
Plugs for aerated concrete
Page 300
Balcony cladding xing P9K
For the rear-ventilated stand-o fastening
Aircrete anchor GB
of balcony cladding to hollow proles
Approved safety in aerated concrete
Page 302
Page 294
Stair-tread xing TB / TBB
To x wooden step treads in
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
concrete and steel sub-structures
The versatile plastic anchor
for aerated concrete Page 304
Page 296
Doorstop TS
The installation-friendly doorstop
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
The metal anchor for metric screws Page 306
for aerated concrete
Page 298 Repair pad FIX.it
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes

Page 305

276
Universal plug UX

General xings
The nylon plug for all building materials

Mirror xings Sanitary installations

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The universal operating principle Pictures The UX with rim is suitable for pre-
(knotting or expanding) allows for use Lighting positioned installation; the UX without
in all solid, hollow and board building Skirting rim is suitable for push-through instal-
materials. Thus the UX is the correct Wall cabinets lation.
choice for unknown base materials. Towel rails Turning in the screw causes the UX to
The UXs angled connection ridges Mirror cabinets expand in the solid building material
allow for optimum screw guidance. Curtain rails and to knot within the cavity.
Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent Wash basin xings The required screw length is given by
rotation in the drill hole. This guaran- TV consoles the plug length + xture thickness +
tees the greatest possible installation Plumbing and heating xings 1x screw diameter.
safety. Suitable for wood and chipboard
Fixing sets with screws, eye screws screws, as well as stud screws.
and hooks provide the right solution In the case of board building materials,
for all applications. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the xture, and the
UX with rim is to be used.
The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

277
General xings Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA

UX - without rim

UX R - with rim

UX R S - with rim and screw

without rim with rim with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. xture Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R UX R S
UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 5 40 9,5 30 3-4 100
UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 100
UX 6 x 35 094758 6 60 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25
UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 100
UX 6 x 50 094759 6 75 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25
UX 8 x 40 505483 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 100
UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 100
UX 8 x 50 094762 8 70 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25
UX 8 x 50 094760 8 80 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25
UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 50
UX 10 x 60 094761 10 85 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10
UX 12 x 70 062758 12 85 70 8 - 10 25
UX 14 x 75 062757 14 95 75 10 - 12 20

TECHNICAL DATA

UX RH - with rim and round hook UX WH - with rim and angle hook

UX RH N - with rim and round hook UX WH N - with rim and angle hook UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt
(white coated) (white coated) (white coated)

with rim and with round with rim and with angle with eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Dimension of Sales unit
round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness hook screw
coated) coated) coated) do h1 dp l ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N
UX 6 x 35 094407 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25
UX 6 x 35 094408 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25
UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25
UX 8 x 50 094410 094413 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25

278
Universal plug UX

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

UX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Fixing length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 2500
UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000
UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 600

TECHNICAL DATA

Assortment box UX / SX Box UX / SX-S


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1
Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R

LOADS
Universal plug UX
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type UX5 UX6 UX6 x 50 UX8 UX10 UX12 UX14

Screw diameter [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80
Hollow sand lime stone KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - -
Plaster wall 0,9 kg/dm [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

LOADS
Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor. The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws.
Type UX6 RH UX6 WH UX8 RH UX8 WH UX8 OE

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40
Vertically perforated brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
Includes the safety factor 4 (failure by bending the hook). 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

279
General xings Expansion plug SX

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

Wall consoles Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The 4-way expansion provides the Lighting The SX is suitable for pre-positioned
optimum force distribution in the Wall cabinets and push-through installation.
material, and oers high load-bearing Wardrobes When turning in the screw, the SX
capacities in solid and hollow building Letterboxes expands in four directions, thus provid-
materials. TV consoles ing a secure anchoring in the building
The expansion-free plug neck prevents Trellis material.
the creation of expansion forces on Folding shutters The required screw length is given
the material surface whilst screwing in Handrails by: Plug length + xture thickness +
the screw. This helps to prevent dam- Light wells 1xscrew diameter.
age to tiles and plaster. Bath and toilet installations Suitable for wood, chipboard and
The pronounced rim prevents the plug spacing screws (scher ASL, see page
from slipping into the drill hole, thus 259).
allowing for a simple installation.
The greater anchorage depth of the
SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means
that the plug is especially suited to
xings in hollow building materials,
aerated concrete and to bridge plaster.

280
Expansion plug SX

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Plug SX with rim

Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth,


without rim

Plug SX with rim and screw

with rim with greater with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Wood and chip- Sales unit
anchorage screw diameter depth thickness board screws
depth, do h1 l t x ds / ds x ls
without rim
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX 4 x 20 070004 4 25 20 2-3 200
SX 5 x 25 070005 5 35 25 3-4 100
SX 6 x 30 070006 6 40 30 4-5 100
SX 6 x 30 070021 6 40 30 10 4,5 x 40 50
SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 6 60 50 4-5 100
SX 8 x 40 070008 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 100
SX 8 x 40 070022 8 50 40 20 5 x 60 50
SX 8 x 65 024828 8 75 65 4,5 - 6 50
SX 10 x 50 070010 10 70 50 6-8 50
SX 10 x 80 024829 10 95 80 6-8 25
SX 12 x 60 070012 12 80 60 8 - 10 25
SX 14 x 70 070014 14 90 70 10 - 12 20
SX 16 x 80 070016 16 100 80 12 (1/2") 10

TECHNICAL DATA

SX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
do h1 l t x ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 4-5 3200
SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 4,5 - 5 1200
SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 6-8 720

281
General xings Expansion plug SX

TECHNICAL DATA

Box SX 5/6/8 Box SX 6/8/10 transparent Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1
Box SX 6/8/10 transparent 041648 60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R

LOADS
Plug SX
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 SX 8 x 40 SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80
SX 6 x 50 SX 8 x 65
Screw diameter [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 8 10 12 12
Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] - - 35 40 50 50 65 100 120
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90
Solid sand lime stone KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60
Vertically perforated bricks Hlz 12 ( 1.0 kg/dm) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40
Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 -
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

282
Expansion plug S

General xings
The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion

Small shelves Signs

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The rimless plug sleeve allows for the Pictures The S plug is suitable for pre-posi-
plug to be set as deep as required Lighting tioned and push-through installation.
below the plaster to the bearing Skirting When turning in the screw, the S plug
substrate to achieve the maximum Shelves expands in two directions, thus provid-
load-bearing capacity. Mirror cabinets ing a secure anchoring in the building
As the plug only expands in two direc- Letter boxes material.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- Motion sensors The required screw length is given
sion forces so that they run parallel Information boards by the plug length + plaster and/or
to the edge of the building material Curtain rails insulation material thickness + xture
by turning the plug. This allows for Electrical installations thickness + 1 x screw diameter.
smaller edge distances. Suitable for wood and chipboard
The slimline plug geometry makes screws.
it easy to push the plug into the drill The edge distance must be at least
hole. For a fast and simple installation. one plug length.
The anti-rotation lock prevents the For installations close to the edge, turn
plug rotating in the drill hole, thus the plug so that the expansion force
guaranteeing a high level of installa- acts parallel to the edge.
tion safety.

283
General xings Expansion plug S

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S

Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth board screws
do l h1 ds
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item Standard Doublepack
S4 050104 4 20 25 2-3 200
S5 050105 5 25 35 3-4 100
S5 050124 5 25 35 3-4 200
S6 050106 6 30 40 4-5 100
S6 050125 6 30 40 4-5 200
S8 050108 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 100
S8 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 200
S 10 050110 10 50 70 6-8 50
S 10 050127 10 50 70 6-8 100
S 12 050112 12 60 80 8 - 10 25
S 14 050114 14 75 90 10 - 12 20
S 16 050116 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10
S 20 050120 20 90 120 16 5

TECHNICAL DATA

SX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth board screws
do h1 l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4-5 3200
S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 5 1400
S 10 in bucket 508026 8 70 50 6-8 720

284
Expansion plug S

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Stacking box ST scherbox


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 45 1
ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 60 1
ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1
Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1
Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1
Box empty 060500 1

LOADS
S-Plug
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20

Screw diameter [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 16


Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] - - 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3)
Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3)
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

285
General xings Metal expansion anchor FMD

The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws

Pipe xings Gas meters

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metal expansion anchor FMD is Gas pipes The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned
especially suited to applications in Water pipes installation.
installation technology. Cable and pipe clamps Inserting the screw causes the FMD
The external teeth expand in the to expand, and the metal teeth x
building material, thus ensuring a high the anchor securely in the building
load-bearing capacity. material.
The ribbed internal geometry of the The required (stud) screw length is
FMD is suitable for wood and chip- given by: Anchor length + plaster
board screws, and makes it possible to and/or insulation layer thickness +
guide the screw securely. This oers xture thickness or installation spacing
increased installation safety, and ena- + 1 x screw diameter.
bles a broad range of applications. Suitable for wood and chipboard
screws.
The drill diameter is relative to the
compressive strength of the building
material. The higher the compressive
strength, the greater the drill diameter.
The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be
hammered directly into low-strength
aerated concrete without the need for
pre-drilling.

286
Metal expansion anchor FMD

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Metal expansion xing FMD

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit
depth
do h1 l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 7-9 38 32 5-6 100
FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6-8 100
FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6-8 50
FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50
1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter.
Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter".

RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm]


Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

C 20/25 7 10 12 14
PB4 6 10 10 12
HLZ 12 7 10 10 12

LOADS
Metal expansion xing FMD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter.
Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

Screw diameter [mm] 6-8 6-8 8-10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

287
General xings Expansion plug M-S

The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts

Downpipes Folding shutters

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The internal geometry of the M-S Handrails The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned
allows for the use of standard metric Folding shutters and push-through installation.
screws or threaded rods for the ideal Trellis When turning in the screw, the M-S
adaptation to suit the intended use. Downpipes expands in two directions, thus provid-
The rimless plug sleeve allows for the Stand-o installation ing a secure anchoring in the building
plug to be set as deep as required Light wells material.
below the plaster to the bearing The required screw length is given by:
substrate to achieve the maximum Plug length + plaster and/or insulation
load-bearing capacity. layer thickness + xture thickness +
As the plug only expands in two direc- 1x screw diameter.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- Suitable for metric screws and
sion forces so that they run parallel threaded bolts.
to the edge of the building material Chamfer the thread to make it easier
by turning the plug. This allows for to screw in screws and threaded rods.
smaller edge distances. The beige colouring of the M-S allows
The slimline plug geometry makes it to be dierentiated from the S plug.
it easy to push the plug into the drill
hole, for a fast and simple installation.

288
Expansion plug M-S

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M-S for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
depth
do h1 l M
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
M6S 050152 8 55 40 M6 100
M8S 050153 10 70 50 M8 50
M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20
M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10

LOADS
Anchor M-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type M6S M8S M 10 S M 12 S

Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

289
Anchor M

The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for


General xings

metric threads

Plant construction Protective grilles

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The anchors large external diameter Machines The M anchor is suitable for pre-posi-
helps to achieve a large applied load Protective grilles tioned installation.
in the building material. This allows for Control boxes Turning in the screw causes the
maximum load-bearing capacity. internal brass cone to expand the M
The anchors high expansion makes it anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the
insensitive to building material toler- building material.
ances. This guarantees a simple and The required screw length is given by
secure installation. anchor length + xture thickness.
The internal thread allows for the use Suitable for metric screws and
of standard metric screws or threaded threaded bolts.
rods, and for surface ush removal and
reuse of the xing point. This provides
great exibility.

290
Anchor M

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Max. installation Sales unit
depth torque
do h1 l M Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
M5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M5 4 50
M6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M6 7 50
M8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M8 16 20
M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10
M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5
1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class 5.8.

LOADS
Anchor M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12

Thread size [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

291
General xings Brass xing MS

The brass expansion xing with metric thread

Protective wall panels Handrails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The compact design of the brass Cellar shelves The MS brass xing is suitable for
xing reduces the amount of drill- Sub-structures made of wood and pre-positioned and push-through
ing required, helping to ensure a fast metal installation.
installation. Boilers Turning in the metric screw causes
The special surface structure of the Aggregates the front part of the brass xing to
MS prevents the xing from rotating in Control boxes expand, thus securely anchoring it in
the drill hole. This provides increased Protective wall panels the substrate.
installation safety. Handrails Calculating screw length for ush x-
The internal thread allows for the use ing installation: Fixing length + xture
of standard metric screws or threaded thickness = min. screw length.
rods, and for surface ush removal and Suitable for metric screws and
reuse of the xing point. This provides threaded bolts.
great exibility. The brass xing may have to be
expanded slightly before installation
by turning in the threaded screw.

292
Brass xing MS

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Brass xing MS for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Bolt penetration Sales unit
depth
do h1 l M s
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M4 15 100
MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M5 18 100
MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M6 22 100
MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M8 28 50
MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25
MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10
MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10

LOADS
Brass xing MS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type MS 4 x15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43

Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30
Solid brickwork [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

293
General xings Aircrete anchor GB

Approved safety in aerated concrete

Pipes Suspended ceilings

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVAL / CHARACTERISTICS


Approved for:
Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 4 N/mm2
Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm2

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The general building approval guaran- Suspended ceilings The GB is suitable for pre-positioned
tees approved safety for use in safety- Cable trays installation.
relevant applications. Pipelines The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a
The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a Guard rails positive t connection between the
positive t in the soft building material, Faade and roof constructions made building material and anchor.
thus ensuring the best pressure distri- of wood and metal The required screw length is given by:
bution and load-bearing capacity. Awning consoles Anchor length + xture thickness +
Can be applied with a hammer - there Letterboxes 1xscrew diameter.
is no need for special tools, thus sav- Trellis The GB must be used with scher
ing time and money for the installa- safety screws to full the approval and
tion. to achieve the maximum load-bearing
The GB can also be used safely out- capacity.
side (e.g. in faade installation) when GB 14 is approved for use in cracked
combined with the approved scher aerated concrete.
safety screw in A4. Use rotary drilling to create the drill
hole
Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete

294
Aircrete anchor GB

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor GB

Drill hole Min. drill hole Plug length = scher safety Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth min. anchoring screw


depth
DIBt do h1 l = hef ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GB 8 050491 8 60 50 5 25
GB 10 050492 10 65 55 7 20
GB 14 050493 14 90 75 10 10

FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB


Screw material
Fixing type Usable length Screw dimension * Zink plated and Stainless steel of the
tx passivated steel 6.8 corrosion resistance classe III,
e.g. A4

[mm] [mm]
min. max. x ls Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 0892301) 0892401)
GB 10 0 3 7 x 65 080404 080260
5 23 7 x 85 089170 080405 089244 080261
25 43 7 x 105 089172
40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407
60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408
85 103 7 x 165 089178
GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412 080266
0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271
35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415
60 80 10 x 165 089190 080416
1)
Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for scher- safety screws4) acc. attached table.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-123 has to be considered.
Type GB 8 GB10 GB14

Min. spacing 7) smin [mm] 100 100 100


Min. edge distance 2) cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Min. edge distance to solidified joints 6) cmin [mm] 9 10 12
min. member thickness hmin [mm] 75 100 2005)
Anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 55 75
Permissible load in the respective base material Fperm3)
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,90
Aerated concrete P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,80
Aerated concrete P4,4 (GB4,4) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,90
Tensile zone of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps acc. DIN 4223 P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] - - 0,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
gvz and A4.
2)
Minimum permissible edge distance. 5)
The minimum member thickness of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps is 150 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 6)
Only in aerated concrete walls.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 7)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load.

295
General xings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete

External lighting Radiators

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FTP K is suitable for both wood Pictures The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned
screws and metric screws, and thus Lighting installation.
oers exibility in screw choice. Shelves Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP
The spiral-shaped outer thread taps Mirror cabinets EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into
itself into the soft aerated concrete Letter boxes the aerated concrete with a positive t
with a positive t, thus ensuring a Signs during the installation process.
secure hold. Motion sensors Suitable for wood and metric screws
Setting with the FTP EK setting tool Cable and pipe clamps with diameter 4 to 10 mm.
requires only a small amount of force. Stand-o installations Use a low torque when installing.
For a convenient installation.
The special geometry allows for an
almost expansion-force-free anchoring.
This allows for small edge and spacing
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.

296
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth diameter tration tration
do h1 l ds M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M4 35 60 25
FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5-6 M5-6 40 60 25
FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7-8 M8 45 70 25
FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm or higher.

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FTP EK for FTP K (nylon)

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1
FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1
FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1

LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specied diameter.
Type FTP K4 FTP K6 FTP K8 FTP K10

Screw diameter [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10


Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 ( 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 ( 5,0 N/mm2) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50
Plaster wall [kN] - - 0,29 0,54
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

297
General xings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete

Motion detectors Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Allen key chuck makes it possible Pictures The FTP M is suitable for pre-posi-
to set the FTP M without the need for Lighting tioned installation.
a special setting tool. This allows for a Shelves The aircrete anchor taps itself into the
simple installation. Mirror cabinets aerated concrete with a positive t
The FTP M achieves a very high load- Curtain rails during the installation process.
bearing capacity in aerated concrete Cable and pipe clamps Suitable for metric screws with diam-
for increased safety. Stand-o installations eter 6 to 10 mm.
The spiral-shaped outer thread taps Radiators For installation with an Allen key:
itself into the aerated concrete with a TV consoles Allen key size corresponds to screw
positive t. This means that it can be diameter, e.g. FTP M6 is installed with
set without the need for much force. Allen key size 6.
The special geometry allows for an For installation with cordless screw-
almost expansion-force-free anchoring. driver: use a low torque and use the
This allows for small edge and spacing correct 6-kt bit FTP EM.
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.

298
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration tration
do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M6 15 20 25
FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M8 20 25 25
FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm or higher.

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FTP EM for FTP M (metal)

Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1
FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1
FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1

LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specied diameter.
Type FTP M6 FTP M8 FTP M10

Thread M M6 M8 M10
Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 ( 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 ( 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70
Aerated concrete PP6; PB6 ( 7,5 N/mm 2) 0,70 0,80 0,90
Plaster wall [kN] - 0,45 0,65
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

299
General xings Brass xing PA 4

The brass xing for thin board building materials

Furniture ttings Furniture hinges

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wooden board building materials
Plastic boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The short brass xing PA 4 only Handles The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned
requires a very low anchorage depth Angle brackets installation.
and is therefore the solution for thin Furniture ttings Turning in the metric screw causes
board building materials. the front part of the brass xing to
The special surface structure of the expand, thus securely anchoring it in
PA4 prevents the xing from rotat- the substrate.
ing in the drill hole. This provides Calculating screw length for ush x-
increased installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length +xture
The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length
of standard metric screws and ena-
bles the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

300
Brass xing PA 4

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Brass xing PA4

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Eect. anchoring Sales unit
depth depth
do h1 l M s hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M6 7,5 7,5 200
PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M6 10,5 10,5 100
PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M6 13,5 13,5 100
PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M8 25 25 50
PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25
1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm.

LOADS
Brass xing PA4
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25

Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - -
Deal wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - -
Beechwood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - -
Plastics [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - -
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

301
Balcony cladding xing P9K

For the rear-ventilated stand-o fastening of balcony cladding


General xings

to hollow proles

Balcony cladding

BUILDING MATERIALS
For xing onto hollow metal proles

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The wide collar of the P9K plug xes Balcony cladding Turning in the screw causes the plug
the balcony cladding to the hollow Fittings to expand in the hollow prole, thus
prole with a spacing. This avoids the Electrical switches ensuring a load-bearing connection.
formation of rot. The wide collar prevents direct contact
The expansion within the railing post between the xture and the hollow
means that no second drilling on the prole.
opposite side of the post is necessary.
This allows for a practically invisible
xing of the balcony cladding.
The material quality of the P9K creates
an elastic yet load-bearing connec-
tion. This allows for the absorption of
thermal stresses, thus increasing the
lifespan of the cladding.
The short expansion element means
that the balcony cladding xing only
requires a very small cavity. It is there-
fore suitable for narrow hollow proles.

302
Balcony cladding xing P9K

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Plug P 9 K

Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit
do ds SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
P9K 059395 9 5 5 15 50

LOADS
Balcony board xing P9K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type P9K

Screw diameter [mm] 5


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27
Wall thickness of hollow profile 3 mm [kN] 0,29
Wall thickness of hollow profile 4 mm [kN] 0,31
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

303
General xings Stair-tread xing TB / TBB

To x wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures

Stair treads on steel stair stringers Stair treads on concrete stair stringers

BUILDING MATERIALS
TB for xing in:
Hollow steel proles
TBB for xing in:
Concrete
Solid building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The elastic shaft geometry allows for Wooden step treads The plastic expansion plugs are suit-
the absorption of vibrations, prevents able for anchoring wooden step treads
creaking, and thus increases comfort. and wooden boards >30 mm to steel
The stair-tread xing for steel sub- proles (TB) or in solid building materi-
structures (TB) only requires a very als (TBB).
small cavity due to the short expan- The ideal retention forces are only
sion element. Thus it is suitable even achieved when using cold wood glue.
for narrow steel proles. The plastic washers included with the
TBB allow you to level out any uneven-
ness in the substrate.

TECHNICAL DATA

Stair-tread xing TB for installation Stair-tread xing TBB for installation Stair-tread xing TBZ 2 for centre-marking
on steel staircase stringers on concrete staircase stringers the stair-tread holes
Drill-hole in stair Drill-hole in steel Drill-hole in Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit
thread staircase stringer concrete
ds x ls SW
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [ mm] [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TB 060580 14 x 25 9 5 5 x 40 15 50
TBB 060583 14 x 25 8 x 55 5,5 x 70 50
TBZ 2 060584 TB and TBB 10

304
Repair pad FIX.it

General xings
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes

Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Vertically perforated brick made from
lightweight concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Using FIX.it means that you can avoid To repair over-sized or damaged drill The pad, which is covered with a spe-
having to drill another hole, and makes holes in combination with plastic cial mortar, hardens in the drill hole,
it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill plugs. thus anchoring the plug securely in
hole. the damaged or over-sized drill hole.
The repair pad FIX.it can be used as a Wet the pad with water, wrap it
single layer or as multiple layers, and around the plug and push it into the
thus can be exibly adapted to suit damaged drill hole.
various drill hole sizes and shapes. After about three minutes the special
The pad, which is covered with a pad will harden and the xture can
special mortar, hardens after only then be attached.
approx. three minutes in the drill hole. Use several pads for larger tolerances.
This allows for a fast installation of the The curing time for the rst pad is
xture. approx. three minutes. Add an addi-
tional minute for each additional pad
used.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIX.it 092507 card with 10 FIX.it pads 20

305
General xings Doorstop TS

The installation-friendly doorstop

Door stop

BUILDING MATARIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Floor screed

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The extended plug shaft makes it pos- Doorstop with exible positioning The doorstop TS is suitable for pre-
sible to attach the doorstop directly, positioned installation.
thus simplifying installation. When turning in the screw, the plug
The invisible xing ensures visual expands and anchors itself in the
appeal. building material.
The TS contains all the components The plug must be pushed into the drill
required for installation and is there- hole up to the point where the plug
fore a convenient complete solution. shaft thickens.
The doorstop is available in a range of It can be removed by removing the
colours to suit every oor covering and doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and
individual design wishes. pulling out the plug.

306
Doorstop TS

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Door stop TS Doorstop assortment TS-SORT


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit
depth
do h1
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey 10
TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white 10
TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black 10
TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown 10
TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige 10
TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1

307
308
Cavity xings
Cavity xings
Cavity xings

Metal cavity xing HM ................................................................................................ 310


Gravity toggle/spring toggle K, KD, KDH, KM ................................................... 312
Board xing PD .............................................................................................................. 315
Plasterboard xing GK ................................................................................................ 317
Plasterboard xing metal GKM ................................................................................ 319

309
Cavity xings Metal cavity xing HM

The versatile metal cavity xing with metric screws

Curtain rails Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Cavity oor slabs
Light building boards made of wood
wool
Chipboard
Plywood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to the extensive range, the HM Pictures The metal cavity xing HM is suitable
is suitable for board building materi- Lighting for pre-positioned installation.
als with a thickness of 3-50 mm and Shelves The xing should be selected based
thus suitable for a number of dierent Towel rails on the thickness of the board building
applications. Mirror cabinets material, to allow the very best expan-
The metric internal thread allows the Curtain rails sion in the cavity.
attachment to be removed and retted TV consoles During installation, the expanding
several times, thus oering the best Sub-structures arms swing open and press onto the
possible exibility. reverse side of the board.
The HMs expanding arms ensure a The HM can be installed using installa-
large supporting surface, thus allowing tion pliers. If using a battery operated
a high load-bearing capacity. screwdriver or screwdriver for installa-
The claws around the edge of the x- tion, the pre-assembled screws must
ing penetrate the board building mate- be removed rst. When screwing in
rial, preventing the xing from rotating, and expanding the xing, the attach-
thus ensuring a secure installation. ment, or a max. 6 mm plate, needs to
be used as a turning stop.

310
Metal cavity xing HM

Cavity xings
TECHNICAL DATA

HM-S with metric screw HM-SS with hexagon headed screw HM-H with angle hook
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Max. panel Max. xture Sales unit
depth thickness thickness
do h1 l ds x ls dp t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HM 4 x 32 S 062306 8 42 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 16 50
HM 4 x 46 S 062307 8 56 46 M 4 x 52 5 - 18 23 50
HM 4 x 59 S 062308 8 69 59 M 4 x 66 35 - 42 16 50
HM 5 x 37 S 062310 10 47 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 19 50
HM 5 x 52 S 062311 10 62 52 M 5 x 60 7 - 21 24 50
HM 5 x 65 S 062312 10 75 65 M 5 x 73 20 - 34 24 50
HM 6 x 37 S 062314 12 47 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 14 50
HM 6 x 52 S 062315 12 62 52 M 6 x 60 10 - 21 24 50
HM 6 x 65 S 062328 12 75 65 M 6 x 70 20 - 34 24 50
HM 6 x 80 S 062316 12 90 80 M 6 x 88 38 - 50 24 50
HM 8 x 55 SS 062329 1) 12 65 55 M 8 x 60 10 - 21 24 50
HM 4 x 32 H 062318 8 42 32 3 - 13 50
HM 5 x 65 H 062326 10 75 65 20 - 34 50
1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1

ACCESSORIES

HM Z 1 - the professional instal-


HM Z 2 - the DIY installation tool
lation tool

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
HM Z 1 062320 1
HM Z 2 062321 1

LOADS
Metal cavity xing HM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
4 x 32 S 4 x 46 S 5 x 37 S 5 x 52 S 5 x 65 S 6 x 37 S 6 x 52 S 6 x 65 S 8 x 55 SS
Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 0,20 - 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - - - 0,25 - - 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,30 - - 0,30 -
Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,50 - - 0,50 -
Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05
Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 -
Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
1)
Includes the safety factor 3. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

311
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

The cavity xing for dierent board thicknesses and large


Cavity xings

usage lengths

Ceiling lamps Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
Chipboard
Plywood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The long threaded rod of the toggle Pictures The gravity and spring toggle are suit-
xings KD and KDH allows for use Lighting able for pre-positioned installation.
with dierent board thicknesses and Light shelves When placed in the drill hole, the bear-
thick attachments, and oers maxi- Towel rails ing elements of the gravity and spring
mum exibility. Mirror cabinets toggles independently swing open
An integrated tension spring causes Light cabinets behind the board.
the catch elements of the spring tog- Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) The KM10 is specially suited to xing
gles KD3+4 and KDH3+4 to open wash basins and urinals into installa-
independently, thus allowing for a tion and cavity walls.
simple installation. No special installation tool required.
The wide transition beams ensure a For a fast and convenient installation.
good load distribution. This achieves a
high load-bearing capacity.
The nylon gravity toggle K54 allows
for the use of standard wood and
chipboard screws.

312
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

Cavity xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Nylon toggle K 54

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Spring toggle KD 3 + 4

Spring toggle KDH 3 + 4

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50
KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25
KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10
KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25
KDH 4 080184 14 35 34 95 M 4 x 70 25
KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10

313
Cavity xings Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8

Gravity toggle KDH 5 + 6 + 8

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25
KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20
KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25
KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20
KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20
KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit
do dp a l ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 90 140 240 M 10 x 180 25

LOADS
Toggle xing KD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8

Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M8 M10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Max. possible recommended load3) [kN] 0,35 0,50 1,50 1,90 3,20 0,05 0,10 0,17 0,32 1,00
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25
Oriented strand board 15 mm [kN] 0,35 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 - - - - -
Oriented strand board 22 mm [kN] - - - 0,80 1,20 - - - - -
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 3)
If the failure of the base material is not possible.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

314
Board xing PD

The expansion plug for xings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum

Cavity xings
breboard and wooden panels

Towel rails Small shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Wooden boards
MDF boards
Multiplex boards
OSB boards
Plywood boards
Chipboard
Wood core plywood boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The operating principle of the xing Pictures The board xing PD is suitable for pre-
allows for use in various board thick- Lighting positioned installation.
nesses, including in low cavity depths. Shelves Use rotary drilling to create the drill
This provides great exibility. Towel rails hole.
The special xing geometry with a Mirror cabinets When the screw is tightened, the
nylon cone ensures a high tightening Curtain rails plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve
torque that can be identied immedi- and expands the xing.
ately. This oers a high level of installa- Use full-thread screws, or alternatively,
tion safety. the part of the screw without thread
The longitudinal ribs prevent the xing may not be longer than the thickness
from rotating in the drill hole, thus of the item being attached.
allowing for a reliable installation. Do not use screws with double-start
The board xing PD can be used with threads.
the most wide-ranging screws, hooks
and eye screws. This allows for a
broad range of applications.

315
Cavity xings Board xing PD

TECHNICAL DATA

Board xing PD

Board xing PD S - with chipboard screw

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. xture Sales unit
depth thickness thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 100
PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 100
PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 50
PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50
PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50
PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25
1) PD-S with chipboard screw.

LOADS
Board xing PD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameter.
Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12

Chipboard screw [mm] 4 5 6


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

316
Plasterboard xing GK

Cavity xings
The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Wall lamps in series installation Wall lamps

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The included setting tool combines Pictures The gypsum plasterboard xing GK is
the drilling and xing setting functions. Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation.
It thus allows for a fast and simple Electrical installations The GK is screwed ush into the
installation. Fitting accessories gypsum plasterboard using the setting
The sharp, self-tapping thread of the Ideal for: tool provided. Overtightening the
GK enables a secure, positive t xing. Series installations xing should be avoided. Therefore,
This achieves a high load-bearing the installation torque should be
capacity. limited when using a battery operated
The short xing length means that screwdriver.
only a small amount of space is Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
required behind the board. As a result, chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0mm
the GK can also be used in the case of diameter.
unknown board thickness and cavity For board thicknesses greater than
depth. 15mm, drill a hole rst by using the
The cross-drive recess in the head of setting tool.
the xing means that the GK can also Not suitable for gypsum breboard
be screwed out like a screw without a and tiled plasterboard.
setting tool.
The GK can be used with the most
wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye
screws. This allows for a broad range
of applications.

317
Cavity xings Plasterboard xing GK

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard xing GK

Plasterboard xing GKS

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. xture thick- Screw Actuation Sales unit
rst supporting layer ness
l t t x ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK 052389 1) 22 25 4,5 - 5,0 x LS 100
GKS 052390 2) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50
1) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool GKW

Sales unit
Item [pcs]
GKW 052393 10

LOADS
Plasterboard xing GK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameters.
Type GK

Chipboard screw [mm] 4,0 - 5,0


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

318
Plasterboard xing metal GKM

The self-tapping metal xing for gypsum plasterboard and

Cavity xings
gypsum breboard

Wall lamps Speaker cabinets

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum breboard
Gypsum plasterboard

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to its material properties, the Pictures The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned
GKM can be used in gypsum plaster- Lighting installation.
board and gypsum breboard, and can Electrical installations The self-tapping metal xing GKM
be used with the most wide-ranging Fitting accessories taps itself into the plasterboard with a
screws, hooks and eye screws. This positive t.
allows for a broad range of applica- Flush installation in the board building
tions. material. Overtightening the xing
The sharp, self-tapping thread enables should be avoided. Therefore, the
a secure, positive t xing. This installation torque should be limited
achieves a high load-bearing capacity. when using a battery operated screw-
The cross-drive recess means that driver.
a standard screwdriver or bit can Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
be used. No special setting tool is chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0mm
required. diameter.
The short xing length means that Pre-drill with a 8mm drill bit when
only a small amount of space is using gypsum breboard and double-
required behind the board. As a result, planked gypsum plasterboard.
the GKM can also be used in the case Not suitable for tiled plasterboard.
of unknown board thickness and cav-
ity depth.

319
Cavity xings Plasterboard xing metal GKM

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard xing metal GKM

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. xture thick- Screw Actuation Sales unit
rst supporting layer ness
l t t x ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GKM 024556 31 35 4,5 - 5,0 x LS 100
GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100
GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100
1) Supplied with plasterboard screws with pan head.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screws with countersunk head.

LOADS
Plasterboard xing metal GKM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameters.
Type GKM

Chipboard screw [mm] 4,0 - 5,0


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

320
321
Cavity xings
322
Electrical xings
Electrical xings
Electrical xings

ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS ................................................................................................ 324


ClipFix plus SD ............................................................................................................... 326
Cable clasp KB ............................................................................................................... 328
Cable harness SHA ...................................................................................................... 330
Pipe clip RC ..................................................................................................................... 332
Pipe clip FC ..................................................................................................................... 334
Saddle clip SCH............................................................................................................. 336
Nail clip NS / MNS ...................................................................................................... 338
Nail disc NSB .................................................................................................................. 340
Spacer pipe clamp AM ............................................................................................... 342
Conduit clip BSM .......................................................................................................... 344
Impact nail ED ................................................................................................................ 346
Cable tie BN / UBN...................................................................................................... 348
Wireclip ............................................................................................................................ 350

323
Electrical xings ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

The user-friendly clip xing for pipes and conduits

Cable xing Fixing exible pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The complete element combines For xing of: The clip xing is set into the drill hole
anchor, screw and clamp. This saves Individual electric cables without the need for any additional
materials, allows for one-handed instal- Cable bundles screws and xes the pipe directly to
lation, and reduces assembly time. Flexible pipes the base material.
The slimline geometry of the xing Rigid plastic pipes The clamping force of the locking
element only protrudes slightly, thus catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
saving space. the drill hole.
The three dierent sizes of each of Place the clasp of the cable strap LS
the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and into the drill hole so that it is level and
single clamp ES cover a range of cable the teeth grip.
diameters, thus reducing storage. Recommended loads (safety factor 4):
The long-lasting nylon material is cable strap LS up to 6kg, twin clamp
ame resistant, halogen- and silicone- ZS and single clamp ES up to 11kg
free, can be used all year round, Temperature resistance once installed
including during a frost. This ensures a from -20C to +80C.
high level of safety.

324
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Clip x plus cable strap SF plus LS

Clip x plus single clamp SF plus ES

ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit


depth
d0 h1 D
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100
SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100
SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100
SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100
SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100
SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100
SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75

325
Electrical xings ClipFix plus SD

The user-friendly clip xing for cable ducts and cable clasps

Fixing cable ducts Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor For xing of: To x, manually place the ClipFix plus
and screw. This saves on materials Cable channels SD directly into the drill hole. No addi-
and makes it easier to ax cable ducts Cable clasps tional screws are needed.
that are dicult to access without the Installation base cable harness The clamping force of the locking
need for additional tools. Flat building components catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
The simple clip xing reduces installa- the drill hole.
tion time. Recommended loads (safety factor4):
The extended shank of the clip xing SD up to 11kg
FSplusSD40 allows bridging of non- Temperature resistance once installed
bearing plaster layers, as well as the from -20C to +80C.
xing of thicker attachments.
The long-lasting nylon material is
ame resistant, halogen- and silicone-
free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.

326
ClipFix plus SD

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

scher ClipFix plus clip xing SF plus SD

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Usable length Sales unit


depth
d0 h1 tx
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200
SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100

327
Electrical xings Cable clasp KB

The at cable clasp for space-saving cable xing

Fixing cable harnesses Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using ClipFix SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The at design of the KB cable clasp For the xing of several individual The cables are clamped under the
allows for a space-saving cable xing, cables clasps. Additional cables can be easily
and simplies subsequent cable- laid even after installation.
laying. The cable clasp KB is adapted to be
The combination of cable clasp KB xed either with xing SD or with
and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed Hammerx N6.
installation, thus enabling a exible Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and economic installation. directly into the drill hole. No addi-
The long-lasting nylon material is halo- tional screws are needed.
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used The Hammerx N is expanded when
all year round, including during a frost. the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
This ensures a high level of safety. tion in the drill hole.
Temperature resistance once installed
from -20C to +80C.

328
Cable clasp KB

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

SFplus KB 8

SFplus KB 16

Cable clasp KB 8

Cable clasp KB 16

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb BxL
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
KB 8 058135 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB 16 058136 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50

329
Electrical xings Cable harness SHA

The adaptable cable harness for xing cable bundles

Fixing cable bundles Fixing cable bundels

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using clip xing SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The seal of the cable harness SHA For xing of: Cable bundles can be laid in the cable
makes it easy to lay cables at a later Electric cables, loose and bundled harness SHA. The seal makes it easy
date, thus ensuring high user-friend- to lay cables at a later date.
liness. The cable harness SHA can either be
Combining several SHA cable har- axed with ClipFix plus, installation
nesses allows for a cost-eective xing base MS or with plugs and screws.
of cables to just one MS installation Several SHA cable harnesses can be
base. combined below one another.
The MS installation base allows for The SHA cable harnesses can also be
various xing options, and allows for lined up adjacent to one another with
great exibility for the installation. the connection piece SHAKP.
The long-lasting nylon material is halo- The maximum installation distance of
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used 80cm must not be exceeded.
all year round, including during a frost. Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -20C to +80C.

330
Cable harness SHA

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Cable harness SHA

Installation base SHA MS

Steckx plus installation base SF plus MS

Connection piece SHA KP

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SHA 15 058139 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA 30 058140 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA MS 058141 41 x 27 connection piece 50
SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50
SHA KP 058142 installation base 50

331
Electrical xings Pipe clip RC

The convenient pipe xing

Fixing plastic insulation pipes Fixing plastic insulation pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using clip xing SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pipe clipRC can be used with For xing of: Plastic insulation pipes are laid into
pre-installed clip xingSD, with Ham- Plastic insulation pipes the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the
merx N6 or in 11mm C-shaped pipe clip holds the pipes securely.
prole-rails, and thus allows for a ex- The pipe clipRC is adapted to be xed
ible and cost-eective installation. with either clip xingSD or Hammer-
The 6mm-long hole allows for the x N6.
optimal alignment of the pipe xing Manually place the ClipFix plusSD
and ensures a more user-friendly directly into the drill hole. No addi-
installation. tional screws are needed.
Two additional pipe clips can be The HammerxN is expanded when
added to the sides of a pre-xed pipe the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
clip. This saves assembly time and tion in the drill hole.
materials. Temperature resistance once installed
The long-lasting nylon material is halo- from -20C to +80C.
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used
all year round, including during a frost.
This ensures a high level of safety.

332
Pipe clip RC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Clipx plus pipe clip RC

Pipe clip RC PG

Drill-hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 D BxL
Item [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25
SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25
RC IEC 12 058194 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
RC IEC 16 058120 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
RC IEC 20 058122 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
RC IEC 25 058198 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
RC IEC 32 058199 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 40 058200 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 50 079194 1) 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20
RC IEC 63 079196 1) 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15
1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side.

333
Electrical xings Pipe clip FC

The exible pipe clip for various diameters

Cable xing Fixing plastic insulating conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using Hammerx N:
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The exible pipe clip socket ensures a For xing of: The cable or pipe is laid in the pipe
secure hold for various cable and pipe Electric cables clipFC. The pre-tensioning of the pipe
diameters, and reduces the number of Flexible and rigid plastic pipes clip holds the cables or pipes securely.
products required. The pipe clipFC is adapted to be xed
The pipe clipFC can be installed with with N5 Hammerxes.
both N5 Hammerxes and 11mm- The HammerxN is expanded when
C-shaped prole-rails, and thus oers the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
great exibility. tion in the drill hole.
Two additional pipe clips can be Temperature resistance once installed
added to the sides of a pre-xed clip from -40C to +80C.
clamp. This saves assembly time and
materials.
The long-lasting nylon material is
halogen-free. It can be used all year
round, including during a frost. This
ensures a high level of safety.

334
Pipe clip FC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Pipe clip FC

Clamping range Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6-9 100
FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100
FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50
FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25

335
Electrical xings Saddle clip SCH

The exible cable clamp for various diameters

Fixing cable harnesses Cable xing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using Hammerx N:
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle For xing of: The cables or pipes are laid in the sad-
clipSCH can bear dierent cable Electric cables dle clipSCH and xed by inserting the
diameters. This increases exibility Flexible and rigid plastic pipes locking latch.
and reduces the number of products The internal tabs adapt to t various
required. cable or pipe diameters.
Additional clips can be added to the The saddle clipSCH is adapted to be
sides of a pre-xed clip. This saves xed with N5 Hammerxes.
installation time and materials. The HammerxN is expanded when
The long-lasting nylon material is halo- the nail is driven in, and is held in
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used place by friction in the drill hole.
all year round, including during a frost. Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -40C to +80C.

336
Saddle clip SCH

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent

Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035

Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit

Nylon Grey D
Item transparent RAL 7035 [mm] [pcs]
SCH 812 060012 068012 8 - 12 6x1-8x1 100
SCH 1216 060016 068016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50
SCH 1619 069019 068019 16 - 19 50
SCH 1623 060023 068023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50
SCH 2332 060032 068032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
SCH 3242 060042 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25

337
Electrical xings Nail clip NS / MNS

The fast xing for electric cables

Cable xing Cable xing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Hardboard
Wood
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Plywood
Solid gypsum panels and other plas-
tered substrates

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The nail clip features a pre-assembled To x electric cables with varying Position the nail clip with the laid
nail, allowing for a fast xing, thus diameters cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled
reducing assembly time. nail with a hammer.
The small space required for xing
simplies installation in narrow spaces.
The nail clip MNS covers cable diam-
eters from 4 mm to 14 mm with just
3 sizes.

338
Nail clip NS / MNS

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Nail clip NS

Nail clip MNS

For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit


D L
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100
NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100
NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100
NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100
NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100
MNS 4-7 094673 4-7 25 100
MNS 7-11 094674 7 - 11 25 100
MNS 10-14 094675 10 - 14 30 100

339
Electrical xings Nail disc NSB

The secure cable xing in wall slots

Cable xing Cable xing in slits

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wall slots
Also suitable for:
Hardboard
Wood
Chipboard
Plywood
Solid gypsum panels

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The nail disc NSB allows for use in two For xing cables in wall slots Align the nail disc with either dimen-
slot widths, thus oering high exibil- sions 27 mm or 34 mm, depending
ity for the installation. on the slot width, and hit the nail in
The vaulted structure of the nail disc with the hammer.
ensures an optimal contact pressure The disc xes the cable in the wall slot.
and, as such, for a secure hold.
The at nail disc only protrudes
slightly, and can thus be easily plas-
tered over.
The nail disc NSB is made from high-
strength polypropylene. The nail is
made from hardened, galvanised steel.
The tried and tested material combina-
tion for in-wall installation.

340
Nail disc NSB

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Nail disc NSB

Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit


axb bxl
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200
NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100
NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100

341
Electrical xings Spacer pipe clamp AM

The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes

Fixing steel armoured conduits Fixing conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using nail anchor FNAII:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs
When using HammerxN:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The fast-locking latch ensures easy For xing of: The spacer clampAM with M6 thread
opening and closing without com- Steel conduits can either be axed with scher nail
pletely removing the screw, and allows Electric cables anchor FNAII6x30M6x43, stud
for a simple and fast installation. screw STST6x60 and STST6x80 or
The pre-tted combination screw with with Hammerx N6x40 M6.
conventional slotted or recessed screw
head allows for the use of dierent
screwdrivers, thus allowing for a sim-
ple installation.

342
Spacer pipe clamp AM

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM

Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
AM 8 060185 8 50
AM 10 060186 10 50
AM 12 060187 12 12 50
AM 14 060188 14 50
AM 15/16 060189 16 15 - 16 50
AM 18 060190 18 50
AM 20 060191 20 20 50
AM 22 060192 22 50
AM 24 060193 24 50
AM 25/26 060194 25 25 - 26 50
AM 28 060195 28 50
AM 30 060196 30 50
AM 32 060209 32 32 25
AM 34 060210 34 25
AM 37 060211 37 37 20
AM 40 090849 40 40 15
AM 50 090850 50 50 10
AM 63 090851 63 63 10

343
Electrical xings Conduit clip BSM

The at metal clip for cables and pipes

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing armoured conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using impact nail ED:
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for For xing of: Depending on your requirements, use
the post-installation xing of conduits. Electrical conduits a conduit clip with 1 or 2 xing points,
The conduit clip allows for a direct x- Flexible and rigid plastic insulating or a twin clamp.
ing with impact nails and is, therefore, Steel conduits The conduits or pipes are laid in the
quick and easy to install. conduit clip. Assembling the clip xes
Two conduits or pipes can be xed the conduits / pipes.
with just one xing point with the twin Our recommendation for xtures on
clamp BSMZ. concrete: Impact nail ED15, 18, 22.

344
Conduit clip BSM

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Conduit clip BSM

Conduit clip BSMD

Conduit clip BSMZ

Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item BSM BSMD BSMZ [mm] [pcs]
6 015014 6 100
8 015015 8 100
10 015016 10 100
10 015068 10 50
12 015017 015069 12 50
14 015018 015070 14 50
15 015093 15 50
16 060149 060169 16 16 50
18 060150 060170 18 50
20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50
22 060152 060172 22 50
24 060153 079536 24 50
25 090839 090844 25 25 50
26 096958 015076 26 50
28 060175 28 25
28 060155 079537 28 50
30 015019 30 50
32 090840 32 32 50
32 090845 32 32 25
37 060158 060178 37 25
40 090841 090846 40 40 25
42 015081 42 20
42 015021 42 25
47 512699 015082 47 20
50 090842 50 50 20
50 090847 50 50 15
63 090848 63 63 10
63 090843 63 63 15

345
Electrical xings Impact nail ED

Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing perforated tapes

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The stable impact nail ED can be set For xing of: The impact nail ED is set in the setting
in concrete with the impact nail set- Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, tool SZE.
ting tool SZE without pre-drilling. This BSMZ The bracket in the setting tool holds
allows for a fast installation. Perforated band such as LBK, LBV the nail securely in place during the
The setting tool SZEs impact protec- installation procedure.
tion provides the best protection for The nail can then be directly hit into
your hand, thus ensuring a safe instal- the concrete.
lation.

346
Impact nail ED

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail ED

Length Diameter Sales unit


l D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ED 15 048212 15 4 200
ED 18 079815 18 4 200
ED 22 014570 22 4 200

TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail setting tool SZE Toolset for SZE


Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


SZE 079820 1
Toolset for SZE 043365 4

347
Electrical xings Cable tie BN / UBN

For the simple bundling of cables and pipes

Cable xing Bundling electric cables

CHARACTERISTICS

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The long-lasting nylon material is halo- For bundling of Lie the cable tie around the object to
gen- and silicone-free. Electric cables be xed, and pull the band through
The cable tie UBN (black) is made Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the head of the cable tie. The cable tie
from UV-stabilised material, and is pipes can no longer be opened due to the
therefore particularly suited to use in Steel conduits latching of the tab in the teeth.
exterior areas. Temperature resistance once installed
from -40C to +80C
Recommended processing tempera-
ture up to -25C

348
Cable tie BN / UBN

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA
Cable tie BN, colour: transparent

Cable tie UBN, colour: black

Colour: Colour: Dimensions Sales unit Outer carton


transparent black
bxl
[mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item
BN/UBN 2,5 x 100 087478 087488 2,5 x 100 100 20000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087479 087489 2,5 x 120 100 15000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 200 087480 087490 2,5 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 150 087481 087491 3,6 x 150 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 019802 037573 3,6 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 037490 069364 3,6 x 300 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,6 x 200 087484 087494 4,6 x 200 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 037582 069367 4,8 x 250 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 280 087485 087495 4,8 x 280 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 037653 069368 4,8 x 350 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 037583 069369 4,8 x 370 100 8000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 037708 069370 4,8 x 430 100 5000
BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087487 087497 7,6 x 350 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 037996 069374 7,6 x 450 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 037997 069375 7,6 x 550 100 2000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 037998 069376 8,8 x 760 100 1800
BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 038000 069377 8,8 x 810 100 1500
BN/UBN 8,8 x 1168 038002 069379 8,8 x 1168 100 800

349
Electrical xings Wireclip WIC

Innitely variable xing of wire suspensions

Suspension of signs Suspensions for trade show exhibits

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNUNCTIONING


The simple system, comprising wire For suspension of: Loops are formed from the wire, which
and Wireclip, guarantees ease of use. Lighting strips can be threaded through the Wire-
The Wireclips simple closing mecha- Cable trays clips. This allows objects to be hung.
nism means that no tools are needed. Bus bars The Wireclips can be adjusted at any
This allows for a cost-eective instal- Ventilation ducts time.
lation. Pipes The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for
The reclosable Wireclips make it pos- Signs xing the wire.
sible to adjust the length at any time. Cooling ceilings Note:
This guarantees the greatest exibility. Do not apply paint or any other coat-
ing.
Do not apply lubricant.
Do not use for lifting loads.
Remove damaged wire ends using the
wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing
wires into the Wireclip.

350
Wireclip WIC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4


Wire- Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]


WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20
WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20
WIC 4 VE10 044563 3-4 10
WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100
WIC 3 VE100 044562 2,5 - 3,5 100
WIC 4 VE50 044564 3-4 50

TECHNICAL DATA

WIS cable set with eyelet Wire cutter WIZ


Cable length Wire- Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs]


WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10
WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10
WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10
WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10
WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10
WI 2 mm 044565 2 1
WI 2.5 mm 044566 2,5 1
WI 3 mm 044567 3 1
WI 4 mm 044568 4 1
WIZ 044721 1

LOADS
Wireclip
Highest recommended loads1) for each Wireclip.
Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load

[mm] [kN]
WIS complete system2) 2 0,5
WIC 22) 2 0,6
WIC 22) 2,5 1,0
WIC 32) 3 1,2
WIC 42) 4 2,3
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Only in combination with fischer wire cable.

351
352
Sanitary xings
Sanitary xings
Sanitary xings

Sanitary xings for board materials ....................................................................... 354


Ceramic xings .............................................................................................................. 356
Wash basin and urinal xings .................................................................................. 358

353
Sanitary xings for board materials

Complete xing sets for wash basins and urinals in board


Sanitary xings

building materials and plumbing walls

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Chipboard

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


With their special geometries, KM and Wash basins KM is suitable for push-through instal-
WDP are the specialists for xings in Urinals lation.
plumbing and hollow walls. When placed in the drill hole, the wide
The wide transition beams of the transition beam of the KM independ-
KM and the large base plate of the ently swings open behind the board.
WDP ensure a good load distribution, WDP is set into the plumbing walls
thus allowing for a high load-bearing during wall installation.
capacity.

354
Sanitary xings for board materials

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WDP - Wash basin and urinal xing

Thread Length Sales unit


x length l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
WDP 10 x 170 014320 M 10 170 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel Screw Sales unit
thickness
do l a dp ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 240 140 90 M 10 x 180 25

355
Sanitary xings Ceramic xings

Complete xing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets

Free-standing toilets Bidets

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Complete xing sets including brass Free-standing toilets S8RD is suitable for push-through
screws allow for quick and easy instal- Bidets installation.
lation. Ceramic shelves WCN and S8D are suitable for both
A pronounced rim prevents contact Mirrors pre-positioned and push-through
between the screw and ceramics, installation.
thus ensuring nothing gets damaged The WB5Ns assembly bracket is ex-
during xing. ibly positioned on the base using the
The WB5Ns assembly bracket with long hole. The ceramics are then xed
pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a to the bracket via the rows of holes.
exible xing with two directions. These counterbalance any height
The WCN is also suitable for xing dierences in the ceramic assembly
ceramic shelves and mirrors, and holes.
can thus be used for a wide range of
applications.

356
Ceramic xings

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA
WCN

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50

TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 D 70 WCR

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white,
S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 50
2 snap-fit sleeves

TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 RD WCR
Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 5,5 x 65 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50

TECHNICAL DATA

WC xing WB 5N

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


2 S plugs UX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm,
WB 5N 018652 50
2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom

357
Wash basin and urinal xings

Complete xing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary


Sanitary xings

installations

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Complete xing sets allow for quick Wash basins The rimless UX is suitable for pre-posi-
and easy installation. Urinals tioned and push-through installation.
The universal plug UX can be used in Built-in toilets Screwing in the screw causes the UX
all solid, hollow and board materials, Boilers to expand in the solid building material
thus oering a high level of exibility. Gas heaters and to knot within the cavity.
Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made Cisterns Maximum load-bearing capacity is
of high-strength nylon are resistant to only achieved when the screw is
ageing and chemicals, and guarantee screwed in so far that the spanner at
a long-lasting xing that will not dam- lies on the plug rim.
age the ceramics. Tiles and plaster are not classed as
Cover caps with a high-quality chrome load-bearing base materials.
nish ensure the xture remains visu-
ally attractive for a long period of time.

358
Wash basin and urinal xings

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WD - Wash basin and urinal xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8,
WD 8 x 90 080659 50
installation instructions
WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10,
WD 10 x 120 080655 50
installation instructions
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10,
WD 10 x 140 080656 50
2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions

TECHNICAL DATA

BO - Boiler xing set

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M 10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M 10 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Wash basin xing WST

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10,
WST 10 x 140 080660 50
2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 150 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 150 080661 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 180 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 180 080662 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12

TECHNICAL DATA

UST 8 x 110 - Urinal xing UST 10 x 120 - Urinal xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125,
UST 8 x 110 083578 50
2 plastic washer 8.4 x 20 x 1.5, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M 10,
UST 10 x 120 080668 10
2 cover caps AKM 10 CR

TECHNICAL DATA

WL - WC- and sanitary xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


WL 7 x 60 080651 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 8 x 70 080652 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 10 x 70 080650 2 wall plugs UX 12, 2 screws 10 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50

359
Sanitary xings Wash basin and urinal xings

ACCESSORIES

BUM Flanged nut

Thread Width across nut Washer Fits Sales unit


x length SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BU M 8 MH 060200 M8 17 40 STST M8 25
BU M 10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STST M10 25
BU M 12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M 12 25

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AKM

Colour Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20
AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100
AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool HED

Thread Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


HED 079831 M 6, M 8, M 10, M 12 1

360
361
Sanitary xings
362
Scaold and eye screw xings
Scaold and eye screw xings
Scaold and eye screw xings

Scaold anchoring S 14 ROE / S 16 HR + GS 12 ........................................ 364


Scaold anchoring FI G .............................................................................................. 366
Eye screw GS.................................................................................................................. 368
Ring nut RI ....................................................................................................................... 370

363
Scaold and eye screw xings Scaold anchoring GS 12 + plug

The standard scaold anchoring

Scaold xing Faade scaolds

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


S 14 ROE + GS 12 suitable for:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick
S 16 HR + GS 12 suitable for:
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the scaold Faade scaolds In order to achieve the maximum load-
eyebolt and plug allows for a high Ropes bearing capacity, nylon plugs should
load-bearing capacity, thus providing Chains only be used once.
increased safety. Climbing scaolds We recommend use with frame xing
The high-quality weld stops the eye Lighting S16H-R in perforated brick and aer-
from opening. Clothes lines ated concrete.
The large diameter of the cover caps Hanging baskets The screw-in markings provide a visual
(available separately) covers drill holes control during assembly, and thus
completely and discreetly, even those allow for a simple and problem-free
with slightly broken edges. installation.
Pre-drill into wood when not using
plugs. The drill bit diameter should
equal the core diameter of the screw.
Suitable cover caps AD12x40 (see
page 367) for closing o remaining
drill holes for S14ROE.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

364
Scaold anchoring GS 12 + plug

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Scaold eyebolt GS 12

Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye- Fits Sales unit
non-bearing layer
ds L
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 23 23 S 14 ROE 70 25
GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 23 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25
GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 23 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25
GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 14 ROE

Plug S 16 H R

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. thickness of Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for through depth non-bearing layer tration
xings
do h2 hef l l+5
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 75 25
S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25
S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25
S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25
S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50
S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50
S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50
1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12.

LOADS
Scaold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12
Average failure loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12

Average failure load in the respective base material F2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 13,0 -
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V2 [kN] 3,0 -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] 3,5 5,0
Vertically perforated brick Hlz12 [kN] 3,5 3,5
1)
The determination of the permissible load follows national regulations. If national regulations are missing we recommend to use a safety factor 7.
2)
Valid for short term tensile load.

365
Scaold and eye screw xings Scaold anchoring FI G

The scaold anchoring with metric thread M12

Scaold xing Faade scaolds

BUILDING MATERIALS
When combined with internal
threaded anchor:
Concrete C20/25 - C50/60:
Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V
Internal threaded anchor
RG 18x125 M12 I
Art. no. 50562 (see page 104)

Masonry:
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K
Art. no. 41904 (see page 114)
Internal threaded anchor
FIS E 15x85 M12
Art. no. 43634 (see page 108)

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When used together with an internal Faade scaolds The scaold anchoring FIG should be
threaded anchor or a steel xture with Climbing scaolds used with an internal threaded anchor.
internal thread M12, the scaold Tensioning ropes Detailed information about its functio-
screw FIG allows for repeated installa- Chains ning can be found in the Chemical
tion and removal using the same xing Lighting xings chapter.
point. Clothes lines Not suitable for swings, hammocks
The high-quality weld stops the Hanging baskets etc.
eye from opening, thus providing
increased safety.

366
Scaold anchoring FI G

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Scaold eyebolt FI G 12

Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye- Sales unit
non-bearing layer
M LG ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20
FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AD 12 x 40

Colour Length Head height Sales unit


l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 100
AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 100

367
Eye screw GS

The universal eye screw for use with scher frame xings or for
Scaold and eye screw xings

direct use in wood

Hanging baskets Trellis

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


S 12 R + GS 10 suitable for:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick
S 14 HR + GS 10 suitable for:
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
GS 10 suitable for:
Wood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the eye screw Ropes Pre-drill when using with wood. The
and plug allows for a high load-bearing Chains drill bit diameter should equal the core
capacity, thus providing increased Climbing scaolds diameter of the screw.
safety. Lighting The maximum load-bearing capacity
The high-quality weld stops the eye Clothes lines is achieved when combined with the
from opening. Hanging baskets plugs recommended by scher (see
table Technical Data). The nylon plug
must only be used once.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

368
Eye screw GS

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Eye screw GS

Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Fits Eye- Sales unit
ds L s
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 8 x 50 502620 8 50 50 S 10 / SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 080918 8 80 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 100 080919 8 100 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 120 080920 8 120 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
S 12R, S 14H-R,
GS 10 x 160 080929 10 160 30 20
GB 14

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 12 R

Plug S 14 HR

Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole depth Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture thick- Sales unit
for through xings depth ness
do h2 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 12 R 100 050177 12 110 60 100 40 100
S 12 R 135 050178 12 145 60 135 75 100
S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 110 90 100 10 50
S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 145 90 135 45 50

LOADS
Eye screw GS
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 10 + GS 8 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H-R + GS 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,67 1,03 -
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,63 1,00 -
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,57 0,84 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V4 [kN] 0,26 0,29 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] - 0,30 0,34
Vertically perforated brick Hlz12 [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 7.
2)
Valid for axial load.

369
Scaold and eye screw xings Ring nut RI

The ring nut for all xings with threaded studs

Hanging baskets

BUILDING MATERIALS
In line with the anchor used:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Solid and hollow building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metric internal thread gives the Ropes The ring nut is to be used with an
ring nut RI exibility and means it can Chains anchor with threaded studs.
be used with a range of steel anchors Climbing scaolds Detailed information about its func-
or threaded rods; e.g. FHII, FHBII-A, Lighting tioning can be found in the High
RGM, FZA, FAZII, FISA. Clothes lines Performance Steel Anchors and Che-
Hanging baskets mical Fixings chapters. The following
anchors, for example, can be used:
FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

TECHNICAL DATA

Ring nut RI

Fits Eye- Total height Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


RI M 8 080840 M8 20 36 20
RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10
RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10

370
371
Scaold and eye screw xings
372
Insulation xings / Faade xings
Insulation xings / Faade xings
Insulation xings / Faade xings

Insulation
Insu
Insulation
In
nsuula
lati
tion
ti
tionsupport
n ssupport
upport
up poDHK DHK ..............................................................................................
....................................... ..................................................................... ........374
..............................................................................................
........ . 37
374
374
Insulation
In t osupport
Insulation
nsu
sulaati
sula n sup
support
uppo
up port
po DHM
rt DHM
DHM .............................................................................................
M .............................................................................................
...................................................... .. ...................... .......................
.. ................37637
76
376
Render
Re
Render
R end derxing
xingnDIPK
xing
in g DIPK
DIPK
DI P.......................................................................................................
.............................................................378
K .......................................................................................................
................................................................. 37
78
378
Render
Re
Render
R nder
nd erxing
er xing
xingFIF-K
g FIF-K
FIF-
FI F.......................................................................................................
-K................. .................................................................................................................380
....................................................................................................... 38
80
380
Render
Re
Render
R nder
nder
nd erxing
xing FIF-S
g FIF-S
FIIF-
F -S ........................ ..........................................................................................................382
F.......................................................................................................
....................................................................................................... 38
382
82
Insulation
In
Insulation
nsu
su
ula
laati
t ondiscs
on d discs
iscs
is ..............................................................................................................
cs ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................... ........ 3838484
384
Holding
Ho
Holding
H ldinnclamp
g clam
cclamp
lam mDVN DV.....................................................................................................
p DVN
DV ...........................................................................................................................386
..................................................................................................... 386
386
38
Retaining
Re
Retaining
R tainninndisc
gd disc
iscwith w
with screw
ith
it h scscre
screw
rew
re DHT DHT S ...........................................................................
...........................................................387
S ............................................................................
............................................ 3
38
3877
Insulation
In
Insulation
nsu
sulaati
sula onxing
tion xing
xxin nFID
in FI.....................................................................................................
g FID D .....................................................................................................
...................................................................... .........................................................................389
..... . 38
3
3899
Insulation
In
Insulation
nsulaattiio disc
onnd dis
discissFATB
c FA
FATB
ATB .....................................................................................................
B.....................................................................................................
............................. ..................................................................................................
.. .............391 . 391
391
Fibre
Fi
Fibre
F brecement
cement
ceme
ce ment
men npanel
t panel
pan nscrew
el sscr
el screw
crew
cr ew FAFZ FAF
F
FAFZAF
A FHZ.........................................................................
H..........................................................................
................................................................................... ...393
. 39
93
393

373
Insulation support DHK

The cost-eective plastic insulation support for all conventional


Insulation xings / Faade xings

insulating boards

Insulating materials in rear-ventilated faades Insulating materials in rear-ventilated faades

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry of the expan- To x soft and pressure-resistant The DHK is set in push-through instal-
sion section ensures a low anchorage insulating materials in rear-ventilated lation using a hammer.
depth and reduces the amount of faades, such as: The plate size of the insulation sup-
drilling required. Mineral / glass wool port is to be selected in line with the
Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to PU panels compressive strength of the insulat-
the insulating material, and ensure a Light building boards made of wood ing material: DHK 45 for pressure-
sustained contact pressure. wool resistant; DHK 90 for soft insulating
The simple hammerset installation Cork boards / coir matting materials.
allows for a quick installation process Polystyrene The expansion of the ribs in the drill
and thus reduces workload. Foam glass boards hole gives the DHK an ideal contact
The colouring of the DHK 90 means pressure.
that it does not stand out on black Temperature range when installed:
clad insulating material in rear-venti- -40C to +80C.
lated faades.
The DHK 45 is suitable for use in
pressure-resistant insulating boards
and reveals.

374
Insulation support DHK

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support DHK 45, Insulation support DHK,


plate- 45 mm plate- 90 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250
DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200
DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200
DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100
DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100
DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100
DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100
DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHK

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,03
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,02
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

375
Insulation support DHM

The re-protection-tested metal insulation support for re-


Insulation xings / Faade xings

resistant insulating boards

Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain


undersides faades

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metal insulation support achieves To x re-resistant soft or pressure- The insulation support is set in push-
re resistance F 120. This means that resistant insulating materials, such through installation using a hammer.
it can be used where there are re as: The spring steel expands when ham-
resistance requirements. Mineral / glass wool mered into the base material.
The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating Light building boards made of wood Use the DTM 80 plate (available sepa-
materials (available separately) simpli- wool rately) to x soft insulating materials.
es storage and minimises costs. Foam glass boards
The simple hammerset installation Also suitable for:
allows for a quick installation process Polystyrene boards
and thus reduces workload. Coir matting
The shaft geometry allows setting in
aerated concrete without pre-drilling,
thus saving a stage of installation.

376
Insulation support DHM

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support metal DHM, Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80,
washer- 35 mm washer- 85 mm, inside- 14 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHM 30 088801 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 088802 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 088803 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 061581 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 135 503131 1) 8 60 50 185 120 - 135 250
DHM 150 061582 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250
DHM 30 INOX 506135 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 INOX 506136 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 INOX 506137 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 INOX 506138 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 150 INOX 506140 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250
DTM 80 088806 250
DTM 80 INOX 506141 250
1) Fixing tapped into aerated concrete G2/G4 without pre-drilling.

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG
Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit
D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250
DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250
DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHM
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)
Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,25
Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,10
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

377
Insulation xings / Faade xings Render xing DIPK

The cost-eective drive anchor with plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-


ing

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The glass-bre-reinforced plastic nail To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmis- materials in faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
sion and prevents marks on the plaster Polystyrene boards in the anchors useful length.
surface. Light building boards made of wood The DIPK is set in push-through instal-
The simple hammerset installation wool lation using a hammer.
allows for a quick installation process Cork boards / coir matting In solid materials the GRP nail needs
and thus reduces workload. PU panels to be shortened at the predetermined
The well-proven design with low breaking point.
anchorage depth reduces the amount Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
of drilling required, thus achieving a causes the DIPK to expand in the base
high level of eciency. material.
The DIPK can be used universally in
rear-ventilated curtain faades, as well
as in plaster faades.

378
Render xing DIPK

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing DIPK

Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Nail length Fixing length Sales unit
depth depth
do tx h1 hef l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200
DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200
DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200
DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200
1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package.

379
Insulation xings / Faade xings Render xing FIF-K

The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-


ing

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pre-assembled xing element To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
simplies installation and saves time. materials in plaster faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
The simple hammerset installation Polystyrene boards in the FIF-Ks useful length.
allows for a quick installation process Mineral wool boards The FIF-K is set in push-through instal-
and thus reduces workload. Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
The geometry of the expansion sec- wool Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
tion ensures a low anchorage depth Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-K to expand in the base
and reduces the amount of drilling PU panels material.
required. Temperature range when installed:
The integrated hammer-in stop -40C to +80C.
prevents the xing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic nail
reduces the heat transmission and
prevents marks on the plaster surface.

380
Render xing FIF-K

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing FIF-K

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Disk Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIS-K 8/60 511771 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIS-K 8/80 511772 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIS-K 8/100 511773 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIS-K 8/120 511774 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIS-K 8/140 511775 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIS-K 8/160 511776 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIS-K 8/180 511777 8 45 35 228 190 58 100

LOADS
Render xing FIF-K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type FIF-K

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,07
Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,09
Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,09
Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,06
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,06
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

381
Render xing FIF-S

The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative


Insulation xings / Faade xings

steel-plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-


Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination
ing

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The innovative plastic nail with steel To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
tip allows for high load-bearing materials in plaster faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
capacities. This reduces the number of Polystyrene boards in the FIF-Ss useful length.
anchors required per m. Mineral wool boards The FIF-S is set in push-through instal-
The long plastic nail breaks up the Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
heat transmission. This in turn pre- wool Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
vents marks on the plaster surface. Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-S to expand in the base
The pre-assembled xing element sim- PU panels material.
plies installation and thus saves time. Temperature range when installed:
The simple hammerset installation -40C to +80C.
allows for a quick installation process
and thus reduces workload.
The geometry of the expansion sec-
tion ensures a low anchorage depth
and reduces the amount of drilling
required.
The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the xing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.

382
Render xing FIF-S

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing FIF-S

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Max. xture Disk Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-S 8/60 511810 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-S 8/80 511811 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-S 8/100 511812 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-S 8/120 511813 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-S 8/140 511814 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-S 8/160 511815 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-S 8/180 511816 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
FIF-S 8/200 511817 8 45 35 248 210 58 100
FIF-S 8/220 511818 8 45 35 268 230 58 100
FIF-S 8/240 511819 8 45 35 288 250 58 100
FIF-S 8/260 511820 8 45 35 308 270 58 100
FIF-S 8/280 511821 8 45 35 328 290 58 100
FIF-S 8/300 511822 8 45 35 348 310 58 100
FIF-S 8/320 511823 8 45 35 368 330 58 100
FIF-S 8/340 511824 8 45 35 388 350 58 100

LOADS
Render xing FIF-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type FIF-S

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,13
Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,13
Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,13
Solid block of normal weight concrete Vbn [kN] 0,11
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,11
Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,08
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl [kN] 0,08
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl [kN] 0,08
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC [kN] 0,08
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

383
Insulation xings / Faade xings Insulation discs

Discs for combining nail and frame xings, as well as screws

Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The various disc diameters allow for To x soft and pressure-resistant insu- The disc size is to be selected in line
individual adaptation to various insula- lation materials. with the compressive strength of the
tion materials and requirements and DT90/4 on VB wall tie insulating material.
oer the greatest exibility with wide- DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and DTM To be combined with anchors, screws
ranging applications. 70/10 in combination with 10mm or nails corresponding to the available
The exible pins in the DT 90 ensure frame xing base material.
sustained pressure on the insulation, DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 DT90/4 is suitable for pushing on to
thus providing a secure hold. in combination with 8mm hammerx scher wall tie VB.
The DTM 60 made of stainless steel HV and HK 36 with 5mm screws
A4 makes it possible to use a frame
xing, and allows for a secure xing
of the insulation material in faade
construction in cases of high require-
ments.

384
Insulation discs

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90


Disk Disc height Through hole Steel sheet Sales unit
thickness
df
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HK 36 plastic 004283 36 3 5 100
HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3 5 100
ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 100
DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10,5 0,5 50
DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100
DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 50
DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 7 4 250
DT 90/8 080958 90 7 8 250
1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie.

385
Insulation xings / Faade xings Holding clamp DVN

The installation-friendly insulation clamp

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling


constructions undersides

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wooden materials
Wooden panel materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The holding clamp DVN allows for a To x pressure-resistant insulation The holding clamp is xed with the
hidden installation for a homogeneous materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, supplied nails on the wooden sub-
surface. glass foam boards) onto timber strate with a hammer.
The complete xing system, compris- sub-structures, predominantly in the The points of the holding clamp
ing the clamp and zinc-plated nails, ceiling area. DVN are pushed into the slot side of
allows for an immediate installation in the insulating board until it is held
line with building requirements. securely.
The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw
allows for durable use for the secure
anchoring of pressure-resistant insula-
tion materials.

TECHNICAL DATA

Clamp DVN

For insulation Sales unit


thickness

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]


DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250
DVN 30 047243 from 80 250

386
Retaining disc with screw DHT S

The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel

Insulation xings / Faade xings


building materials

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber


undersides constructions

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Wood and wooden materials
Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The DHT-S screw allows setting with- To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
out pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of materials in plaster faade, such as: are to be included in the useful length.
installation. Polystyrene The retaining disc with screw is set in
The plug reduces the heat transmis- PU panels push-through installation with a cord-
sion and prevents marks on the plaster Light building boards made of wood less screwdriver.
surface. wool A PH2 bit is required for installation.
The extremely thin disc construc- Cork boards / coir matting After installation, seal the screw hole
tion allows for use with thin layers of with the enclosed plug.
plaster and reinforcements and oers
maximum exibility.

387
Insulation xings / Faade xings Retaining disc with screw DHT S

TECHNICAL DATA

Retaining disc with screw DHT S

Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Eect. anchoring Disk Sales unit
depth
tx L ls hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500
DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500
DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500
DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500
DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500
DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500
DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500

388
Insulation xing FID

Insulation xings / Faade xings


The xing for anchoring in insulation

Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS

BUILDING MATERIALS
Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Since the anchor is set exclusively in To x lightweight xtures in plas- The FID can be set in the insulating
the insulation itself, xtures can be tered and non-plastered insulating board with a cordless screwdriver or
installed without thermal bridges. boards. by hand.
The geometry of the FID allows for The areas of application are: The special spiral thread taps itself in
a simple installation in thin layers of Faade construction (ETICS) the insulating board.
plaster, without the need for pre-drill- Insulating construction Fixtures are xed with a4.5mm
ing, thus saving a stage of installation. Electric construction screw for the FID50, and with a
The FID 50 is used in thin insulating Refrigerated and climate construction 6mm screw for the FID90.
boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is Acoustic construction Water ingress in the insulation can be
used in thicker insulating boards, and prevented by sealing the plug collar
can bear higher loads. with a suitable sealant after successful
The bit mounting allows for setting pre-positioned installation.
with standard tools, thus allowing for a
fast and economic installation.

389
Insulation xings / Faade xings Insulation xing FID

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation xing FID 50 Insulation xing FID 90


Anchor length Min. bolt pene- Wood and chip- Actuation Sales unit
tration board screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5,0 TX40 50
FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25

LOADS
Insulation xing FID
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID 50 FID 90

Screw diameter [mm] 4,5- 5,0 6


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,05 0,08
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,09 0,14
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

390
Insulation disc FATB

Insulation xings / Faade xings


The roong membrane xer with steel nail

Pressure-resistant at roof insulating materials

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The extensive range allows for the real- To x pressure-resistant insulation Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
isation of large parts layer thicknesses materials (e.g. Polystyrene,PU panels, are to be included in the anchors use-
up to 275mm for a wide range of mineral wool,glass wool, foam glass ful length.
applications. boards) and waterproof sheetings to The anchor is set in push-through
The geometry of the expansion sec- at roofs. installation using a hammer.
tion ensures a low anchorage depth Use only impact drilling (not hammer
and reduces the amount of drilling drilling) for concrete cassette panels.
required. Use only rotary drilling for aerated
The simple hammerset installation concrete.
allows for a quick installation process A 35mm deeper drill hole and anchor-
and thus reduces workload. age depth is needed in aerated con-
crete. This is to be taken into account
when calculating useful length.

391
Insulation xings / Faade xings Insulation disc FATB

TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation disc FATB, plate- 50 mm

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchoring Anchor length Usable length Disk Sales unit
depth depth
do h1 hef l tx
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FATB 50/40 048342 8 45 35 75 21 - 40 50 250
FATB 50/60 048343 8 45 35 95 41 - 60 50 250
FATB 50/80 048344 8 45 35 115 61 - 80 50 250
FATB 50/100 048345 8 45 35 135 81 - 100 50 250
FATB 50/120 048346 8 45 35 155 101 - 120 50 250
FATB 50/140 048347 8 45 35 175 121 - 140 50 250
FATB 50/160 048348 8 45 35 195 141 - 160 50 250
FATB 50/180 048349 8 45 35 215 161 - 180 50 250
FATB 50/215 048360 8 45 35 250 181 - 215 50 250
FATB 50/245 048361 8 45 35 280 216 - 245 50 250
FATB 50/275 048362 8 45 35 310 246 - 275 50 250

392
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

Insulation xings / Faade xings


The pre-assembled bre cement panel screw

Corrugated root tiles made of bre cement

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wood
Panel building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The screw is pre-tted with a seal For xing of: The screw is set in push-through instal-
washer. This provides a complete x- Fibre cement panels lation using a cordless screwdriver. No
ing set for a simple installation. Undulating roof tiles pre-drilling of the bre cement panel
The screw is protected against corro- is required.
sion and thus withstands the stresses
of weather when used outside.

TECHNICAL DATA

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

Diameter x length Min. bolt pene- Sales unit


tration
l2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FAFZH 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100

393
394
Foams, Sealants
Foams, Sealants
Foams, sealants

One-component gun foam PUP B2 ....................................................................... 396


One-component gun foam PUP G B2 .................................................................. 397
One-component gun foam PUBS B2 .................................................................... 398
One-component gun foam PUP B3 ....................................................................... 399
One-component gun foam PUFS B1 .................................................................... 400
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 ................................................................ 401
One-component rapid installation foam PU1 .................................................... 402
2-component rapid foam PU2................................................................................. 403
2-component xing foam .......................................................................................... 404
Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 405
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA ............................................................................ 407
Sanitary silicone DSSI ................................................................................................. 408
Multi-silicone DMS ....................................................................................................... 409
Premium high temperature silicone DHS ............................................................ 410
Premium construction silicone DBSA ................................................................... 411
Roof and wall silicone DBSI ...................................................................................... 412
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS .............................................................. 413
Premium B1 silicone DFS ......................................................................................... 414
Premium painting acrylic DMA ............................................................................... 415
Acrylic sealant DA ........................................................................................................ 416
Premium structured acrylic DSA ............................................................................ 417
Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK ................................................................. 418
Premium all-weather sealant DDK ......................................................................... 419
Roof sealing compound DD ..................................................................................... 420
Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 421
Sealant selection matrix and colour boards ....................................................... 422

395
One-component gun foam PUP B2

The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well
Foams, Sealants

as increased foam yield

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Proven joint soundproong
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
Wood Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone) Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Masonry ness of a<0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The thermal protection and proven Insulating and lling window connec- 1-component PU foam
reduction of air permeability full the tion joints, around window sills and Building material class B2
high standards for modern thermal shutter boxes Beige in colour
protection. Insulating and lling in roong work Foam yield of extruded foam 55 l
The proven 61dB sound insulation and dry construction Processing temperature +5C to
fulls the standards of modern sound Insulating and lling nished ele- +35C
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- Non-tacky after approx. 25 minutes
The high yield of up to 55 l reduces tions and cavities Can be cut after approx. 1 hour
the number of cans needed, thus Insulating and lling pipe penetrations Cures within 5 to 8 hours
ensuring maximum economic e- and ventilation ducts Temperature resistant from -40C to
ciency. +90C
The low level of foam expansion dur- Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
ing the curing period avoids rework- several layers and then dampen
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and Fresh foam stains can be removed
time-saving application. immediately with scher PU cleaner.
The solid valve prevents adhesion
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
canister (free foaming)
Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]
PUP 750 B2 (D) 053084 825 55 yellow 12

396
One-component gun foam PUP G B2

Foams, Sealants
The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield

Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Proven joint soundproong
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
Wood Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone) Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Masonry ness of a<0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The compact, handy can allows for Insulating and lling component joints, 1-component PU foam
use in dicult to access areas, and wall connections and wall penetra- Building material class B2
achieves a high degree of emptying tions Concrete-grey in colour
without premature loss of gas. Insulating and lling in roong work Foam yield of extruded foam 43 l
The grey colour of the foam is ideally and dry construction (e.g. in the ceil- For use at ambient and base material
suited to concrete substrates and ing area) temperatures of -5C to +35C (can
allows for an inconspicuous lling of Insulating and lling window connec- temperature +5C to +20C)
joints. tion joints, around window sills and Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
The proven thermal protection and shutter boxes Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
reduction of air permeability full the Insulating and lling pipe penetrations Cures within 5 to 8 hours
high standards for modern thermal and ventilation ducts Temperature resistant from -40C to
protection. +90C
The proven 61dB sound insulation Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
fulls the standards of modern sound several layers and then dampen.
insulation and helps to reduce noise. Fresh foam stains can be removed
The solid valve prevents adhesion immediately with scher PU cleaner.
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP 500 G B2 (D) 503259 500 43 grey 12

397
Foams, Sealants One-component gun foam PUBS B2

The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure

Sealing concrete manhole rings Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar
Anodised layer for the adhesion of manhole rings
Fibre cement Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Gypsum plasterboard heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Wood Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Sand-lime brick ness of a < 0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals
Plaster
Stone

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


External testing of watertightness To quickly ll joints between hinged One-component PU foam
when used in connection with hinged manhole rings Building material class B2
manhole rings fulls the requirements To seal and bind well shafts, manhole Beige in colour
for a well foam. shafts, domestic sewage treatment Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
The special foam is ready and easy to plants and cisterns Processing temperature +5C to
use, and replaces the time- and work- To insulate and ll wall penetrations, +30C
intensive application of mortar. cavities, wall connections and nished Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes
The high resistance to dilute chemi- elements Bind manholes together before skin
cals and mineral oil, the resistance to formation.
acids and bacteria found in soil, and Do not cut or spread foam coming
the resistance to rot all guarantee a from the hinge
lasting function. Hardened after approx. 24 hours
PUBS is graded as normally inam- Temperature resistant from -40C to
mable as per the B2 test and can, +90C
therefore, also be used above ground. Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
This oers the highest level of ex- several layers and then dampen
ibility. Fresh foam stains can be removed
The easy dosage allows for a con- immediately with scher PU cleaner.
trolled lling and sealing, and en-sures
that the correct amount is used.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUBS 750 B2 (D/GB) 513763 750 45 beige 12

398
One-component gun foam PUP B3

Foams, Sealants
The gun foam with the perfect dosage

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials Proven joint soundproong
such as: R(ST,w)=60 dB in line with ISO EN
Concrete 717-1
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
FUNCTIONING
The low level of foam expansion dur- Insulating and lling in roong work
1-component PU foam
ing the curing period avoids rework- and dry construction
Building material class B3
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and Insulating and lling window connec-
Beige in colour
time-saving application. tion joints, around window sills and
Foam yield of extruded foam 41 l
The easy dosage allows for a control- shutter boxes
Processing temperature +10C to
led lling and sealing, and ensures Insulating and lling nished ele-
+30C
that the correct amount is used. ments, wall connections, wall penetra-
Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
The proven 60dB sound insulation tions and cavities
Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
fulls the standards of modern sound Insulating and lling pipe penetrations
Cures within 5 to 8 hours
insulation and helps to reduce noise. and ventilation ducts
Temperature resistant from -40C to
The perfect-t connection between
+90C
the can and the gun means that work
Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
can be interrupted for as long as you
several layers and then dampen.
like, and thus guarantees long-lasting
Fresh foam stains can be removed
functionality.
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)
Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]
PUP 750 B3 (GB) 058501 750 41 12

399
Foams, Sealants One-component gun foam PUFS B1

The hardly ammable B1 gun foam

Filling cavities in the insulation Foaming steel door frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-620
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The PUFS is hardly ammable in line High-eciency thermal insulation on 1-component PU foam
with the B1 test and can therefore be faades Building material class B1
used between solid, mineral or metal Insulating and lling in roong work Concrete-grey in colour
building materials. Thus it provides the Insulating and lling window connec- Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
highest level of safety. tion joints, around window sills and Processing temperature +10C to
The high-quality solid valve prevents shutter boxes +25C
adhesion when being stored horizon- Insulating and lling nished ele- Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
tally or during long interruptions of ments, wall connections, wall penetra- Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
work, thus guaranteeing long-lasting tions and cavities Cures within 5 to 8 hours
functionality. Temperature resistant from -40C to
The easy dosage allows for a control- +90C
led lling and sealing, and ensures Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
that the correct amount is used. several layers and then dampen.
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUFS 750 (D/GB) 045300 750 45 12

400
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2

Foams, Sealants
The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards

Bonding perimeter insulation boards Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Concrete General test certicate from building
Bitumen coatings authorities P-NDS04-772
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Cold bitumen sheeting
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high foam yield allows for the Bonding expanded polystyrene panels 1-component PU foam
bonding of approx. 13 m of wall Insulating and lling wall penetrations Building material class B2
space, and is therefore especially Foaming in electrical installations Concrete-grey in colour
economical. Filling joints and cavities in all internal Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
The use of the can/gun system constructions Processing temperature +10C to
provides a time saving of approx. 30% Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings +25C
and thus guarantees ecient work. Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
The special PU foam formulation Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ensures the best adhesion to concrete Temperature resistant from -40C to
and bituminous substrates, and allows +90C
for the long-term xing of insulation Low heat conductivity
boards. Applications comparable to conven-
The very low level of post-expansion tional gun foams
avoids the formation of cavities and Fresh foam stains can be removed
guarantees a long-lasting insulation. immediately with scher PU cleaner.
Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes
per board, vertically from bottom
to top on the external wall (spacing
approx. 30 cm). The bottom board
should be on xed ground as protec-
tion from later slipping. After approx.
10 minutes apply the boards onto the
holding surface and press hard.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP P 750 G B2 (D) 506671 750 45 12

401
One-component rapid installation foam PU1

The high-quality installation foam with reusable x adapter


Foams, Sealants

system

Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2
Concrete Proven joint soundproong for B2:
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1 for B2
Wood Test for watertightness for the adhe-
Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The reclosable x adapter allows for Bonding and sealing manhole rings 1-component PU foam
immediate use and for the reuse of Insulating and lling in roong work Building material class B2 or B3
opened cans, thus guaranteeing long- and dry construction Beige in colour
lasting functionality. Insulating and lling window connec- Solid valve prevents adhesion when
The rapid installation foam has been tion joints, around window sills and being stored horizontally
approved as watertight by an external shutter boxes Foam yield of extruded foam 750 ml:
inspection and is thus suitable for use Insulating and lling nished ele- 45 l (500 ml: 30 l)
in wet conditions. It fulls the require- ments, wall connections and wall Processing temperature +5C to
ments of a well foam. penetrations +35C
The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in Non-tacky after approx. 20 minutes
the hand and allows for easy use. Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
Cures within 5 to 8 hours
Temperature resistant from -40C to
+90C
Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
several layers and then dampen.
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 1/500 B2 050426 500 30 12
PU 1/500 B3 (GB/E/F) 058500 500 28 12
PU 1/500 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016260 500 28 12
PU 1/750 B2 053080 750 45 12
PU 1/750 B3 (GB/E) 050427 750 41 12
PU 1/750 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016396 750 41 12

402
2-component rapid foam PU2

The high-quality 2-component rapid foam for secure xing with

Foams, Sealants
pull activation

Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-666
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The humidity-independent system Installation of door frames (install 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing with- Filling and insulating of cavities in Light blue in colour
out repressing. walls and ceilings Solid valve minimises premature loss
The pull mechanism allows for a sim- Foaming in windows, bath tubs and of gas
ple, safe activation of the components. showers Foam yield of extruded foam 13 l
The extremely uniform and ne-pore Fixing insulating elements, wooden Processing temperature +15C to
foam structure provides high strength cladding, sheet metal panels, control +25C
values and oers a maximum of boxes Non-tacky after approx. 6 minutes
functionality. Can be cut after approx. 10 minutes
The high foam yield allows for the set- Cures after approx. 30 minutes
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the Temperature resistant from -40C to
foam is particularly economical. +90C
The high resistance to rotting and Fresh foam stains can be removed
ageing ensures consistent quality and immediately with scher PU cleaner.
guarantees a long-lasting xing.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 2/402 (D) 053081 400 13 12

403
2-component xing foam

The 2-component xing foam for secure xing with rotation


Foams, Sealants

activation

Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-666
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The humidity-independent system Installation of door frames (install 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing. Filling and insulating of cavities in Light green in colour
The ideal foam yield allows for the set- walls and ceilings Activation via rotary disc on the bot-
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the Foaming in windows, bath tubs and tom of the can
foam is particularly economical. showers Foam yield of extruded foam 11 l (suf-
The high resistance to rotting and Fixing insulating elements, wooden cient for up to 3 door frames)
ageing ensures consistent quality and cladding, sheet metal panels, control Processing temperature +10C to
guarantees a long-lasting xing. boxes +25C
Non-tacky after 7 to 9 minutes
Can be cut after 9 to 11 minutes
Cures after approx. 30 minutes
Temperature resistant from -40C to
+80C
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
canister (free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 2/403 (D) 053089 400 11 12

404
Accessories

PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M2

Foams, Sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
The light construction facilitates use The PUP M3 meets the tough require- The Teon adapter prevents the adhe-
on construction sites and allows for ments of a construction site and thus sion of leftover foam, thus guarantee-
fatigue-free work. oers a long lifespan. ing trouble-free use and changing of
The impact-requiring control prevents The ergonomic handle allows for an cans.
the unintentional unscrewing of the ideal position of centre of gravity, and The foam ows solely in metal parts.
regulating screw, and is therefore therefore precise handling. This increases the lifespan and oers
particularly user-friendly. The innitely variable control of the maximum economic eciency.
The gun adapter is suitable for all foam expulsion allows for a control- The innitely variable control of the
standard systems and enables univer- led lling and insulating, and enables foam expulsion allows for a control-
sal application. application-orientated work. led lling and insulating, and enables
Opened cans can remain screwed Opened cans can remain screwed application-orientated work.
onto the gun during interruptions of onto the gun during interruptions of Opened cans can remain screwed
work without curing. work without curing. onto the gun during interruptions of
work without curing.

PUP M4 BLACK
ADVANTAGES
The complete PTFE coating reduces
cleaning to a minimum.
Non-return ball and basket are coated
with PTFE. This prevents bonding and
guarantees a long-lasting function.
The perfect combination of the
ergonomically shaped handle and
trigger makes handling particularly
user-friendly.
The tubes included with the 19 cm
long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it
can be individually lengthened for use
in the narrowest joints, thus oering a
high degree of exibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


PUP K2 062400 1
PUP M3 033208 1
PUP M2 019522 1
PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1

405
Accessories

PU-cleaner
Foams, Sealants

ADVANTAGES
The active components ensure a high
cleaning eect, making the cleaner
ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU
foam.
The gun adapter is suitable for all
standard systems and enables univer-
sal application.
The separate spray head allows for the
cleaning of external surfaces, making
the product extremely versatile.
The highly active cleaner can etch
sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles,
plastics). Thus you should always
conduct preliminary tests.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


PUR 150 (D) 053083 150 12
PUR 500 (D/GB) 053085 500 12

406
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA

Foams, Sealants
The high-quality premium sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS
Chrome Glazed surfaces
Stainless steel Wood (with primer)
Anodised layer H-PVC
Enamel Ceramics
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Sanitary acrylic
Glass

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high-quality formulation allows for Corner, movement and connection Chemical base: 1-component silicone
easy application and smoothing, and joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, acetate
ensures ecient work. bath tubs, expansion joints between Permanently elastic
The 25% elasticity means that DSSA tiles etc.) With fungicide
is ideal for high-stress expansion joints. Connection joints in the kitchen Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. Window and glass sealings Processing temperature: +5C to
The very good hold on smooth sur- Seal welds for display cabinets and +35C
faces prevents damp from forming in glass blocks Temperature resistance: -50C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window +200C
functioning. bars) Permitted overall deformation: 25%
The high wear resistance gives the Good chemical resistance
surface a high level of protection when Very good resistance to weather, age-
cleaning. Together with the fungicidal ing and UV
properties, an ideal jointing can be Compatible with paint
achieved that will last over the long Not paintable
term. Free of MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSSA TP (D/GB) 053100 transparent 310 12
DSSA W (D/GB) 053101 white 310 12
DSSA GR (D/GB) 053102 grey 310 12
DSSA BG (D/GB) 053103 bahama beige 310 12
DSSA DG (D/GB) 053105 dark grey 310 12
DSSA SW (D/GB) 053120 black 310 12
DSSA SG (D/GB) 058530 silver grey 310 12
DSSA FUG (D/GB) 512208 joint grey 310 12
DSSA SAG (D/GB) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12
DSSA MA (D/GB) 512210 manhattan 310 12
DSSA AN (D/GB) 512211 anthracite 310 12

407
Foams, Sealants Sanitary silicone DSSI

The standard sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS
Stainless steel Glass
Anodised layer H-PVC
Epoxy Ceramics
Tiles Painted wood
Glazed surfaces Polyester

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The 25% elasticity means that DSSI Joints in sinks and toilets Chemical base: 1-component silicone
is ideal for expansion and connection Expansion joints between oor and acetate
joints. This guarantees long-lasting wall tiles Permanently elastic
jointing. Joints around enamel and plastic With fungicide
The very good hold on smooth sur- showers and bath tubs Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
faces, e.g. tiles, prevents damp form- Connection joints between timber and Processing temperature: +5C to
ing in the substrate and guarantees tiles +30C
reliable functioning. Connection joints in the kitchen Temperature resistance: -50C to
The fungicidal properties ensure a Seal welds for display cabinets and +120C
clean look over the long term. glass blocks Permitted overall deformation: 25%
Good chemical resistance
Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSSI TP (GB/E) 058515 transparent 280 12
DSSI W (GB/E) 058516 white 280 12

408
Multi-silicone DMS

The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and

Foams, Sealants
external applications

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS
Stainless steel Glass
Anodised layer H-PVC
Epoxy Ceramics
Tiles Painted wood
Glazed surfaces Polyester

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to the practical elasticity of Bathrooms, showers and toilets Chemical base: 1-component silicone
25%, DMS is ideally suited to con- Connection joints to sinks acetate
nection joints with expansion. This Expansion joints between tiles Permanently elastic
guarantees long-lasting jointing. Connection joints in the kitchen With fungicide
The fungicidal properties ensure a Joints between timber and tiles Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
clean look over the long term. Glazing wood and aluminium win- Processing temperature: +5C to
The very good hold on smooth sur- dows +40C
faces prevents damp from forming in Seal welds for display cabinets and Temperature resistance: -50C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable glass blocks +120C
functioning. Permitted overall deformation: 25%
The good resistance to UV, weathering Very good resistance to weather, age-
and ageing means that DMS can be ing and UV
used both indoors and outdoors, and Not paintable
oers a high level of security over the Selection table for substrates - refer to
long term. page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DMS TP (GB/E) 040385 transparent 280 24
DMS W (GB/E) 040386 white 280 24
DMS GR (GB/E) 040389 grey 280 24
DMS SW (GB/E) 504413 black 280 24

409
Foams, Sealants Premium high temperature silicone DHS

The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements

Sealing replaces Sealing cookers

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium (with primer) Glass
Chrome Glazed surfaces
Stainless steel Ceramics
Anodised layer Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces such
Enamel as non ferrous heavy metal, sheet zinc
Tiles etc.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high temperature resistance of up Sealing of joints around cookers, Chemical base: 1-component silicone
to +300C means that DHS can be ovens and replaces acetate
used for joints with increased thermal Sealing of joints around boilers and Permanently elastic
load. industrial furnaces Skin formation time: approx. 15
Meanwhile, the high resistance to Sealing of joints around pipes and minutes
chemicals also allows for use in areas channels subjected to high tempera- Processing temperature: +5C to
subjected to chemical loads, thus tures +40C
oering a high level of application Sealing of ventilation grilles Temperature resistance: -60C to
safety. Sealing of air conditioning units +280C(short term to +300C)
The very good adhesion to smooth Very good resistance to chemicals
surfaces allows for the components to Very good resistance to weather, age-
be completely sealed. This allows for ing and UV
reliable functioning. Not paintable
DHS is easy to apply and smooth out. Free of MDI and solvents
This allows for ecient work, and Selection table for substrates - refer to
helps to guarantee a simple and time- page 422
saving application.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DHS RB (D/GB) 053125 reddish brown 310 12

410
Premium construction silicone DBSA

The low-odour premium construction silicone with high

Foams, Sealants
adhesive spectrum

External connection joints Fixing mirrors

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete H-PVC
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy PMMA, PC
Tiles Polyester
Glass, glazed surfaces Steel
Wood (with primer) Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high-quality, neutral silicone seal- Connection and expansion joints in Chemical base: 1-component silicone
ant with a very low volume shrinkage the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral alkoxy
is suitable for demanding applications dows, doors, faades, light domes) Fulls DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25
in construction and the industrial sec- Window glazing Permanently elastic
tor, and guarantees a high degree of Movement and connection joints in Low-odour
functional safety. kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- With fungicide
DBSA is low-odour and is therefore tions Skin formation time: approx. 10 min
ideal for use in conned spaces. Fixing mirrors (transparent version) Processing temperature: +5C to
The silicone is easy to apply and Sealing machines, containers and +35C
smooth out, thus allowing for ecient building apparatus Temperature resistance: -40C to
work and a simple and time-saving +120C
jointing. Permitted overall deformation: 25%
The high wear resistance gives the Non-corrosive
surface a high level of protection when Very good resistance to weather, age-
cleaning and thus ensures a perfect ing and UV
look over a long period. Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Resistant to wear and streak-free
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DBSA TP (D/GB) 053090 transparent 310 12
DBSA W (D/GB) 053091 white 310 12
DBSA GR (D/GB) 053092 concrete grey 310 12
DBSA BR (D/GB) 053093 brown 310 12
DBSA SW (D/GB) 053094 black 310 12
DBSA BG (D/GB) 053095 beige 310 12
DBSA K (D/GB) 053096 pine 310 12
DBSA E (D/GB) 053097 oak 310 12
DBSA B (D/GB) 020050 beech 310 12
DBSA ZEG (D/GB) 512212 cement grey 310 12
DBSA AN (D/GB) 512213 anthracite 310 12

411
Foams, Sealants Roof and wall silicone DBSI

The versatile construction silicone

External connection joints Joints between buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete H-PVC
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Sanitary acrylic
Glass Steel
Glazed surfaces Zinc
Wood (with primer)

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The neutral silicone sealant is suitable Connection and expansion joints in Chemical base: 1-component silicone
for various applications in construc- the construction industry neutral oxime
tion and the industrial sector, and thus Connection joints on windows and Permanently elastic
oers a high level of exibility. doors With fungicide
The 25% elasticity means that DBSI is Sealing faades, curtain walling panels Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ideal for expansion joints. This guaran- and metal structures Processing temperature: +5C to
tees long-lasting jointing. Movement and connection joints in +30C
DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- Temperature resistance: -40C to
well suited to copper and zinc-plated tions +120C
surfaces. Thus it can be used without Permitted overall deformation: 25%
problems in the metal processing Non-corrosive
industry. Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DBSI W (D/GB) 094416 transparent 310 12
DBSI TP (D/GB) 094417 white 310 12
DBSI SW (D/GB) 506413 black 310 12

412
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS

The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural

Foams, Sealants
stone

Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble


Joints on natural stone panels
panels

BUILDING MATERIALS
Marble Wood (with primer)
Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, H-PVC
quartzite, sandstone) Ceramics
Also suitable for: Copper
Concrete Masonry
Stainless steel PMMA, PC
Anodised layer Sanitary acrylic
Tiles Steel
Glass Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The specially adapted formulation Sealing and jointing marble and natu- Chemical base: 1-component silicone
prevents edge soiling and gives a last- ral stone for internal and external use neutral alkoxy
ing clean look, particularly for natural Joints in sanitary areas Permanently elastic
stone and marble. Joints in faade construction Low-odour
DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus Corner joints in oors and walls With fungicide
allowing for ecient work. This guar- Movement-compensating adhesion Skin formation time 10 to 15 minutes
antees a fast and simple jointing. of natural stone onto metal structures Processing temperature: +5C to
The neutral interlacing silicone with an (e.g. stair treads) +40C
alkoxy base is low-odour and is there- Temperature resistance: -40C to
fore ideal for use in conned spaces. +120C
Permitted overall deformation: 25%
Non-corrosive
Good chemical resistance
Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DNS TP (D/GB) 053121 transparent 310 12

413
Foams, Sealants Premium B1 silicone DFS

The hardly ammable silicone sealant

Joints on re protection doors Sealings in public buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Glazed surfaces
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Steel
Glass Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The good re-inhibiting properties Sealing connection and expansion Chemical base: 1-component silicone
provide maximum safety for the seal- joints that are required to have a re- neutral alkoxy
ing of solid, mineral or metal building resistant eect against the spreading Hardly ammable material (building
materials. of re, water, smoke and poisonous material class DIN 4102-B1) in line
Non-corrosive, thus can be used on fumes. with DIN 4102-1
aluminium, copper and zinc-plated Sealing components that have Permanently elastic
surfaces. This guarantees problem- increased requirements concerning Low-odour
free use within the metal processing their properties in the case of re. Skin formation time: approx. 25
industry. minutes
The neutral interlacing silicone with Processing temperature: +5C to
an alkoxy base is extremely low-odour +40C
and is therefore ideal for use in con- Temperature resistance: -40C to
ned spaces. +120C
Permitted overall deformation: 25%
Non-corrosive
Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DFS GR (D/GB) 053131 grey 310 12

414
Premium painting acrylic DMA

The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications

Foams, Sealants
with immediate rain resistance

Joints in the roof area Internal expansion joints

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Fibre cement Metal
Gypsum Aerated concrete
Gypsum plasterboard Plaster
Wood Brick
H-PVC Zinc
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The immediate rain resistance allows For internal and external application Chemical base: 1-component disper-
for external application in all weather Internal connection joints between sion acrylic
conditions, thus avoiding interruption wood, plastic and metal windows and Elasto-plastic
of work. walls Low-odour
The 20% elasticity means that DMA is Joints in dry and internal construction Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ideal for expansion joints. This guaran- Joints between stairs and walls, ceil- Processing temperature: +5C to
tees long-lasting jointing. ings and walls +40C
The optimised formulation ensures Connection joints for shutter boxes Temperature resistance: -20C to
that strongly absorbent substrates do and window sills +75C
not cause splitting in the joints. This Renovation work (split jointing) Permitted overall deformation: 20%
increases functional safety. Non-corrosive
The water-based acrylate sealant has a Very good resistance to weather, age-
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ing and UV
use in conned spaces. Compatible with paint
Can be painted and plastered
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DMA W (D/GB) 512186 white 310 12

415
Foams, Sealants Acrylic sealant DA

The acrylic sealant for internal joints

Sealing door frames Closing internal masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Sand-lime brick
Anodised layer Clinker brick
Gypsum Masonry
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The good hold on absorbent sub- Fractures in masonry and other solid Chemical base: 1-component disper-
strates guarantees a secure sealing building materials in internal areas sion acrylic
and thus allows for a reliable and Connection joints with low movement Elasto-plastic
economic application. Joints in window sill connections Low-odour
The sealant can be painted and plas- Connection joints inside buildings Skin formation time: approx. 20
tered and allows for a good hold of between windows, doors, stairs, ceil- minutes
standard paints/plasters on the seal- ings and walls Processing temperature: +5C to
ant, thus guaranteeing a non-critical +40C
post-treatment. Temperature resistance: -20C to
The water-based acrylate sealant has a +75C
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for Permitted overall deformation: 10%
use in conned spaces. Non-corrosive
Compatible with paint
Can be painted and plastered
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DA W (E/F) 058512 white 310 12
DA W (D/GB) 053110 white 310 12
DA GR (D/GB) 053111 grey 310 12
DA BR (D/GB) 053112 brown 310 12

416
Premium structured acrylic DSA

Foams, Sealants
The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls

Joints in the roof area Closing external masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Gypsum Polystyrene
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pitted structure is ideal for coarse Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces Chemical base: 1-component disper-
surfaces, and ensures a perfect on internal and external walls sion acrylic
appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. Connection joints with low movement Elasto-plastic
The sealant can be painted and plas- Joints in dry and internal construction Low-odour
tered and allows for an outstanding Joints between walls and ceilings Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
hold of standard paints/plasters on Joints on window and shutter connec- Processing temperature: +5C to
the sealant, thus guaranteeing a non- tions +40C
critical post-treatment. Temperature resistance: -20C to
The good resistance to UV, weather +75C (rain-resistant once cured)
and ageing allows for use both indoors Non-corrosive
and outdoors. This guarantees versa- Very good resistance to weather, age-
tile and long-lasting jointing. ing and UV
Compatible with paint
Paintable
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSA W (D/GB) 512185 white 310 12

417
Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK

The approved sealant for use in ventilation and air conditioning


Foams, Sealants

systems

Sealing ventilation ducts Sealing ventilation ducts

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium Ceramics
Concrete Copper
Chrome Masonry
Stainless steel Brass
Anodised layer PC
Epoxy PMMA
Tiles Polyester
Glass Steel
Glazed surfaces Zinc
H-PVC

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The fungicidal properties guarantee a Sealings in ventilation ducts, system Chemical base: 1-component MS
proven antibacterial inertia over a long and machine construction polymer
period. Sealing exhaust fans, e.g. in large Certied in accordance with DIN EN
DLK is non-corrosive, and thus can be kitchens and halls ISO 846
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- Closing joints and seams in climate Permanently elastic
plated surfaces. This oers maximum constructions Low-odour
exibility. Connection and expansion joints in With fungicide
Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, the construction industry (e.g. metal/ Skin formation time: approx. 10
DLK is ideally suited to high-stress plastic faades, light domes) minutes
expansion joints. This guarantees long- General joint sealings in construction Processing temperature: +5C to
lasting sealing. +40C
DLK is low-odour and therefore ideal Temperature resistance: -40C to
for use in conned spaces. +90C
Permitted overall deformation: 25%
Non-corrosive
High resistance to chemicals
Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
Compatible with paint and can be
painted
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DLK GR (D/GB) 512189 grey 290 12

418
Premium all-weather sealant DDK

The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all

Foams, Sealants
substrates

Chimney ashings Sealing gutters

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium Clinker brick
Concrete Copper
Bitumen sheeting Masonry
Roong felt Metal
Stainless steel Brick
Wood Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, Sealing of roong membranes Chemical base: 1-component syn-
DDK is ideally suited to high-stress Grouting roof penetrations such as thetic rubber
expansion joints. This guarantees long- chimneys or light domes, as well as Permanently elastic
lasting jointing. edge connections Highly transparent formulation
DDK holds without a base coat, Sealing of metal and plastic gutters Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes
including on moist and bituminous Sealings around antennas and ventila- Processing temperature: +5C to
substrates, and is therefore suitable for tion ducts +40C
all applications in the roong area. For Sealing of chimney ashings Temperature resistance: -25C to
a high degree of economy. Sealant for metal structures +100C
The immediate rain resistance allows Permitted overall deformation: 25%
for external application in all weather Allows for emergency roof repairs
conditions, thus avoiding interruption Non-corrosive
of work. Very good resistance to weather, age-
DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be ing and UV
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- Compatible with paint
plated surfaces. This oers maximum Paintable
exibility. Frost-protected in the cartridge
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DDK TR (D/GB) 049103 transparent 310 12

419
Foams, Sealants Roof sealing compound DD

The special sealant to ll joints between bitumen sheeting

Sealings around skylights Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium Copper
Concrete Plastics
Bitumen sheeting Masonry
Roong felt Metal
Stainless steel Brick
Wood Zinc
Clinker brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special bitumen-based formula- Sealing roong membranes and roof- Chemical base: 1-component bitumen
tion seals roong membranes and ing felt Plastic
roong felt securely. This guarantees Bonding bitumen shingle Skin formation time > 15 hours
long-lasting functionality. Grouting roof penetrations such as Processing temperature: +5C to
DD also holds to moist substrates chimneys or light domes, as well as +40C
without a base layer. This makes edge connections Temperature resistance: -20C to
application largely independent of the Sealing of metal and plastic gutters +80C
weather and thus helps to avoid inter- Sealings around antennas and ventila- Non-corrosive
ruption of work. tion ducts Frost-protected in the cartridge
DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be Selection table for substrates - refer to
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- page 422
plated surfaces. This oers maximum
exibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DD SW (D/GB) 053127 black 310 12

420
Accessories sealants

KP M1 KP M2

Foams, Sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
The handy, robust solid metal con- The 17:1 transmission ratio makes
struction for standard cartridges up to extrusion rapid and energy-ecient
310 ml bears up against requirements even in the case of highly viscous
on the construction site and, as such, materials, thus guaranteeing stress-
is also suitable for professional use. free work.
The continuous in-feed allows for a The robust design with the special,
precise dosage, making it easy to use. hardened drive block meets the tough
The slim shape of the device allows for requirements of a construction site
an exact application, even in dicult and thus oers a long lifespan.
to reach spots, thus oering a high The rotating cartridge shells make it
level of exibility possible to perfectly align the extru-
sion nozzle, and guarantee application-
orientated work.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


KP M 1 053115 1
KP M 2 053117 1

421
Foams, Sealants Sealant selection matrix

SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX

Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass)


Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.)

Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard


Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic)
+ suitable

Natural stone / marble


T requires test

Brick / clinker brick


ABS / Polystyrene
- not suitable

Zinc / galvanizing
Sandblasted iron
Concrete block

Stainless steel
Chem. basis

Stoneware
Aluminium

Hard PVC

Polyester
Ceramics
Concrete

Bitumen

Aircrete

Resopal
Enamel

Plaster
Wood
Glass
Tiles
DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - -
DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T
DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone alkoxy + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T
DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + +
DLK Ventilation Duct Sealant MS polymer + + - + + + - + + + + + - + + + + T + + T + + + +
DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + +
DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + +
Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical
support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our pro-
ducts for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use.

SEALANT COLOUR BOARD


DSSA Premium sanitary silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120
transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black

DHS Premium high temperature silicone

Art.-No.
53125
reddish brown

DBSA Construction silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53090 53091 53095 53096 53097 20050 53092 512212 53093 512213 53094
transparent white beige pine oak beech concrete grey cement grey brown anthracite black

DFS Premium B1 silicone DA Acrylic sealant

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.


53131 53110 58512 53111 53112
grey white white grey brown

DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant

Art.-No.
512189
grey

422
Sealant selection matrix

Foams, Sealants
08 07 01 03 12
03 10 11 04
11 03
03 07
11 03 11 04
09 03
11

07
01
10
01 09
08 05
04 03
02 05 03 04
03 03 02
04 04
03
07 07
08 04
02 01

Example of use for sealants


01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 07 DMA Premium painting acrylic

02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 08 DA Acrylic sealant

03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 09 DSA Premium structured acrylic

04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 10 DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant

05 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 11 DDK Premium all-weather sealant

06 DFS Premium B1 silicone 12 DD Roof sealing compound

423
424
Adhesives
Adhesives
Adhesives

Assembly adhesive MK .............................................................................................. 426


Construction adhesive KK ......................................................................................... 427
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD .......................................................... 428
PVC adhesive.................................................................................................................. 429

425
Assembly adhesive MK

The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial


Adhesives

adhesion

Skirting Door stops

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Sand-lime brick
Pumice Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Fibre cement Metal
Gypsum Polystyrene hard foam
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The extremely high initial adhesion of Skirting Chemical base: One-component acr-
120 kg/m makes it possible to attach Timber sub-structures ylate dispersion
lots of components without the need Dcor, acoustic and insulating panels Creme white in colour
for additional xings, and thus reduces Cable ducts Processing temperature +5C to
the amount of time required. Window sills +35C
The components can be adjusted for Tiles Setting time approx. 15 minutes
a few minutes after they have been Door plates High initial adhesion of 120 kg/m
attached. This makes installation Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours
easier. Temperature resistance -20C to
The acrylate adhesive has a neutral +70C
odour and is therefore ideal for use in Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
conned spaces. Addresses uneven surfaces
The special recipe makes it compatible At least one of the components to be
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- bonded must be absorbent.
foam. MK is, therefore, suitable for a Reclosable nozzle
broad range of applications. Free from solvents, silicone and MDI
Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
MK-310 (D) 053128 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (GB) 046903 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (E/P) 514857 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (H/RO) 040179 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12

426
Construction adhesive KK

Adhesives
The fast-curing building adhesive for interior and exterior use

Signs Bonding in interior construction

BUILDING MATERIALS
ABS Ceramics
Concrete Clinker brick
Pumice Masonry
Anodised layer Metal
Fibre cement Natural stone
Gypsum Polystyrene hard foam
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wooden materials Plaster
H-PVC Brick
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The polyurethane adhesive is resistant Gluing timber sub-structures Chemical base: One-component PUR
to moisture and thus can be used in Stair construction and stair renova- adhesive
exterior areas. tions Beige in colour
The extremely quick hardening Laminate cladding Processing temperature 0C to +35C
shortens the pressing and joining Skirting Setting time approx. 3 minutes
times. Thus subsequent work can be Dcor, acoustic and insulating panels Fully functional after approx. 10 min-
completed more quickly. Professional modelling utes (for invisible joints)
The optimised recipe achieves a high Door plates Temperature resistance -40C to
adhesion, including in the case of high Cable ducts +110C
temperatures, for high security. General repair and installation bond- Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
The special recipe makes it compatible ings Lightly foaming / bridges gaps; x
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- where necessary
foam. Thus, KK is suitable for a broad Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
range of applications. components
Very high ultimate strength
Reclosable nozzle
Free from solvents and silicone
Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
KK-310 (D) 059014 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (GB) 046911 1) 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (GB) 046910 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (HU/RO) 040180 310 Cartridge beige 12
1) Product supplied without gloves in line with Appendix XVII of EC regulation no. 1907/2006 (REACH). For sale in non-EEA countries only.

427
Adhesives All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD

The exible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use

Sheet metal coverings Bonding and sealing aluminium proles

BUILDING MATERIALS
ABS Plastics
Concrete Copper
Pumice Masonry
Anodised layer Metals
Gypsum plasterboard Natural stone (coloured variants)
Glass Polycarbonate and PMMA
Wooden materials Polystyrene hard foam
H-PVC Aerated concrete
Ceramics Plaster
Clinker brick Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The MS polymer allows for an elastic Stress-compensating bonding and sealing Chemical base: One-component
adhesion for vibration-dampening and of: hybrid polymer
stress-compensating connections for Standard mirrors (coloured variant) Colours: white, grey, black, crystal
demanding applications. Vibrating constructions clear
The extremely high initial adhesion of Metal proles Processing temperature +5C to
110 kg/m (coloured variant) makes it Joints and seams in climate and venti- +35C
possible to attach lots of components lated constructions Setting time 5 to 10 minutes
without the need for additional xing, Kitchens and built-in furniture High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m or
and thus reduces the amount of time Stair treads and window sills 50 kg/m for the crystal clear variant
required. Floor joints, connection joints in car Fully functional after 1 to 3 days
The transparent variant is ideal for body and vehicle construction Temperature resistance: -40C to
inconspicuous gluing and sealing, and +90C
guarantees an ideal appearance. Also bonds on a moist base material
and is water resistant
Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
components (see TDS)
Can be painted (see TDS)
Free from solvents, MDI and silicone
Very good resistance to weather, age
and UV

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 crystal clear
503317 290 Cartridge crystal clear 12
(D)
KD-290 white (D) 059389 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 grey (D) 503318 290 Cartridge grey 12
KD-290 black (D) 503319 290 Cartridge black 12
KD-290 (I) 046917 290 Cartridge white 12

428
PVC adhesive

Adhesives
The UV and weather-proof PVC special adhesive

Pressurised water pipes up to 1.5bar Rainwater downpipes made of PVC

BUILDING MATERIALS
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Not suitable for PE, PP, PTFE, silicone
and bitumen

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The eective resistance to weather- Weatherboarding, guttering, rabbet Chemical base: One-component PVC
ing and exceptional resistance to UV ledges and shutter strips in window adhesive
rays allows for long-lasting adhesion in construction The PVC adhesive uses the principle of
exterior areas. Removal systems, pipes pressurised cold welding; in other words, the adhe-
The quick hardening shortens the up to 1.5 bar, bushing and ttings in sive partially dissolves the surfaces so
pressing and joining times. Thus sanitary areas that, once inserted, the components
subsequent work can be completed Gutters are as good as welded in place.
more quickly. Moulded pieces Transparent in colour
Panels Processing temperature +5C to
PVC pond foils +35C
Setting time approx. 3 minutes
Fully functional after 5 to 15 minutes
Temperature resistance -15C to
+70C
Max. gap lling capacity < 0.6 mm
Apply across the entire area on both
sides
Non-drip
For pipes pressurised up to 1.5 bar
Water-resistant
Resistant to weathering and UV rays

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Colour Type of packaging Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
PVC-125 (D/F) 046395 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25
PVC-125 (GB/I) 046926 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25

429
430
Drills and bits
Drills and bits

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric .................................................................. 432


Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer ...................................................................... 434
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV ........................................................ 437
Chisel ................................................................................................................................. 439
Pro-bit FPB .................................................................................................................... 440
Diamond bit FDB .......................................................................................................... 443
Stainless steel bit FSB ................................................................................................. 446
Bit holder FBH ................................................................................................................ 448

431
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric

The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The one-piece cutting element made To create approval-compliant drill
from solid carbide guarantees a low holes in:
vibration run which results in quiet Concrete
drilling. Masonry
The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
The quadruple ute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
The distinctive centring tip allows
for simple and high-precision drilling
and thus oers increased installation
safety.
The PGM-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-t drill holes and
satises the highest safety require-
ments.

432
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: top of drill Detail: top of drill


Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric
6 - 16 mm from 18 mm
Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

lges
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 504123 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6/100/160 504124 6 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6/150/210 504131 6 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6,5/250/310 506521 6,5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 8/50/110 504132 8 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/100/160 504133 8 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/150/210 504134 8 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/250/310 506524 8 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/400/460 508123 8 460 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 10/50/110 504137 10 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/100/160 504140 10 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/150/210 504141 10 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/250/310 504143 10 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/400/450 506525 10 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 12/100/160 504144 12 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/150/210 504145 12 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/250/310 504150 12 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/400/450 506527 12 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 14/100/160 504152 14 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/150/210 504153 14 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/250/310 504154 14 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/400/450 506530 14 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 15/100/160 512609 15 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 15/150/210 512610 15 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/100/160 506532 16 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/150/210 506533 16 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/250/310 506535 16 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/400/450 506536 16 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 18/200/250 504162 18 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 18/400/450 504163 18 450 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 20/200/250 504164 20 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 20/400/450 504167 20 450 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 DP 508104 6 110 50 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 6/100/160 DP 508105 6 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 6/150/210 DP 508106 6 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 8/100/160 DP 508107 8 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 8/150/210 DP 508108 8 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 10/100/160 DP 508109 10 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 10/150/210 DP 508110 10 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 12/100/160 DP 508111 12 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 12/150/210 DP 508112 12 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1

433
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

The 2-cutter for the fastest drilling progress

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The distinctive chisel-shaped drill To create approval-compliant drill
bit head ensures the fastest drilling holes in:
progress. Concrete
The large-volume ute quickly trans- Masonry
ports the drilling dust from the drill Also suitable for:
hole, thus reducing wear. Natural stone
The core-reinforced ute places more
impact energy on the carbide cutting
edge for the greatest stability and
transfer of force.
The distinctive centring tip allows
for simple and high-precision drilling
and thus oers increased installation
safety.
The PGM-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-t drill holes and
satises the highest safety require-
ments.

434
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

TECHNICAL DATA

SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill


Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

lges
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 503877 4 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 5/50/110 503879 5 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 5/100/160 503883 5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 5/250/310 503885 5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5,5/100/160 503887 5,5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6/50/110 503899 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6/100/160 503900 6 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6/150/210 503901 6 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6/200/260 503902 6 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6/250/310 503904 6 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6,5/50/110 503909 6,5 110 50 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/200/260 503912 6,5 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 6,5/250/310 503913 6 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 7/100/160 503921 7 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 8/50/110 503924 8 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 8/100/160 503931 8 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 8/150/210 503932 8 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 8/200/260 503933 8 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 8/350/400 503935 8 400 350 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 503936 8 460 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 9/100/160 503938 9 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/50/110 503942 10 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/100/160 503943 10 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/150/210 503944 10 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/200/260 503955 10 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/250/310 503957 10 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 10/400/450 503973 10 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 11/100/160 503998 11 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 12/100/160 504002 12 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 12/150/210 504003 12 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 12/200/260 504004 12 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 12/400/450 504007 12 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 13/100/160 504010 13 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 14/100/160 504014 14 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 14/150/210 504015 14 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 14/200/260 504016 14 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 14/400/450 504018 14 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 14/550/600 504019 14 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 15/100/160 504024 15 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 15/200/260 504026 15 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 16/150/210 504031 16 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/200/260 504032 16 260 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/250/310 504037 16 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 16/400/450 504038 16 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/150/200 504070 18 200 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 18/400/450 504074 18 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/150/200 504088 20 200 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/250/300 504089 20 300 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 20/400/450 504093 20 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/200/250 504097 22 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/400/450 504101 22 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 22/550/600 504102 22 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 24/200/250 504111 24 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1

435
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer

TECHNICAL DATA

SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill


Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

lges
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 24/400/450 504112 24 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 25/200/250 504113 25 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 25/400/450 504114 25 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 26/400/450 504122 26 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 QP 508079 4 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 5/50/110 QP 508080 5 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 5/100/160 QP 508085 5 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6/50/110 QP 508086 6 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6/100/160 QP 508087 6 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6/150/210 QP 508088 6 210 150 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6/200/260 QP 508089 6 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/200/260 QP 508090 6,5 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/50/110 QP 508091 8 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/100/160 QP 508092 8 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/150/210 QP 508093 8 210 150 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 8/200/260 QP 508094 8 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/100/160 QP 508095 10 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/150/210 QP 508096 10 210 150 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/200/260 QP 508097 10 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 10/250/310 QP 508098 10 310 250 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/100/160 QP 508099 12 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/150/210 QP 508100 12 210 150 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 12/200/260 QP 508101 12 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 14/100/160 QP 508102 14 160 100 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 14/150/210 QP 508103 14 210 150 Plastic tube 10 1

436
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The SDS Max drill chuck ensures opti- To create approval-compliant drill
mum transfer of force and allows for holes in:
rapid drilling progress for large volume Concrete
drill holes. Masonry
The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
The quadruple ute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
The core-reinforced ute ensures maxi-
mum transfer of energy, and guaran-
tees a low-vibration drilling.
The PGM-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-t drill holes and
satises the highest safety require-
ments.

437
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: top of drill SDS Max II Detail: top of drill SDS Max IV
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV
12 - 15 mm from 16 mm
Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
do l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/400/540 504189 12 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/800/920 098278 12 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/200/340 504192 14 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/400/540 504194 14 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1120 1000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 15/200/340 504196 15 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/200/340 504198 16 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/400/540 504199 16 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/800/920 504200 16 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/1200/1320 504206 16 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/200/340 504207 18 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/400/540 504208 18 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/800/920 504209 18 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/1200/1320 504213 18 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/200/320 504214 20 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/400/520 504217 20 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/800/920 504222 20 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/1200/1320 504223 20 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/200/320 504224 22 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/400/520 504225 22 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/800/920 504226 22 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 24/200/320 504228 24 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 24/400/520 504229 24 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/200/320 504235 25 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/400/520 504236 25 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/800/920 504237 25 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/1200/1320 504238 25 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 1) 25 1940 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/250/370 504240 28 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/450/570 504241 28 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/550/670 504242 28 670 550 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/250/370 504245 30 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/450/570 504246 30 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/800/920 057779 1) 30 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1230/1350 040187 1) 30 1350 1210 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1620/1740 040188 1) 30 1740 1620 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/2020/2140 040189 1) 30 2140 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/450/570 504248 32 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/800/920 504249 32 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/250/370 504251 35 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/450/570 504256 35 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/550/670 504257 35 670 550 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/800/920 504258 35 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1200/1320 504259 35 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1620/1740 040191 1) 35 1740 1620 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/2020/2140 040192 1) 35 2140 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 38/450/570 504268 38 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/250/370 504269 40 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/450/570 504270 40 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/800/920 504271 40 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
1) Delivery time approximately 1 week.

438
Chisel

High-performance chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max drill


chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck Suitable for creating holes, slots and
for the chisel allow for use with profes- installation paths in:
sional hammer drilling machines, and Concrete
ensure a proven and safe transfer of Masonry
force. Natural stone
The use of a high quality, specially
hardened steel with surface protection
increases the life span of the tools.
The high oscillation endurance allows
for high work comfort and contributes
to the achievement of clean results.

TECHNICAL DATA

Pointed Flat Scaling

Hollow Canal Tile scaling

with glides Slotting


Type Length Width Contents Sales unit

l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 1 1
SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1
SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 400 504282 Pointed 400 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 600 504283 Pointed 600 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/400 504286 Flat 400 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/600 504287 Flat 600 25 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 80/300 504290 Scaling 300 80 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 115/350 504291 Scaling 350 115 1 1
SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1
SDS Max Canal 32/300 504294 Canal 300 32 1 1
SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max with Glides 35/380 504296 with glides 380 35 1 1
SDS Max Slotting 32/300 504301 Slotting 300 32 1 1

439
Drills and bits Pro-bit FPB

The economical bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The bit made from special steel with a Number of internal drives in various pro-
high hardness grade (s2 mod.) guaran- le sizes, such as:
tees the greatest service life and oers PH, PZ cross-slot
maximum cost-eectiveness. TX star recess
The high dimensional accuracy allows Hexagon socket
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and Slot
a long life span are achieved. Suitable for drives
The prole shape ensures ideal trans-
fer of force and prevents damages to
the screw heads, even in the case of
high torques.
Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 and 31
parts, including a bit holder

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Slot SL Allen HEX Cross drive PH Dry Walling

Pro-bit FPB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX8/2 507701 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX10/2 507702 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX15/2 507703 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX20/2 507704 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX25/2 507705 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX27/2 507706 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX30/2 507707 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX40/2 507708 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX50/1 508131 TX star recess Plastic box 25 1 12
FPB PH1/2 507709 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH2/2 507710 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH2C/1 507711 PH2 + dry walling attachment Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH3/2 507712 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 1 12
FPB PZ1/2 507713 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ2/2 507714 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ3/2 507715 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ4/1 507716 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 32 1 12
FPB PH1 50mm/1 507717 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PH2 50mm/1 507718 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PH3 50mm/1 507719 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ1 50mm/1 507720 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ2 50mm/1 507721 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ3 50mm/1 507722 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB SL 0,8-1-1,2/3 507723 Slot set 0,5 x 4,0 ; 1,0 x 5,5; 1,2 x 6,5 Plastic box 25 3 12
FPB HEX 4-5-6/3 507724 Allen set 4-5-6 Plastic box 25 3 12

440
Pro-bit FPB

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Pro-Bit FPB in storage box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX10/10 507725 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX15/10 507726 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX20/10 507727 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX25/10 507728 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX30/10 507729 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH1/10 507730 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH2/10 507731 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH3/10 507732 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1/10 507733 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ2/10 507734 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ3/10 507735 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1 50mm/5 507736 Cross drive PZ Storage box 50 10 6
FPB PZ2 50mm/5 507737 Cross drive PZ Storage box 50 10 6
FPB PZ3 50mm/5 507738 Cross drive PZ Storage box 50 10 6

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Pro-Bit FPB in polybag


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX 10/B10 508471 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 15/B10 508472 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX20/B10 508473 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 25/B10 508474 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 27/B10 508475 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 30/B10 508476 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 40/B10 508477 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 50/B5 508478 TX star recess Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH1/B10 508479 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH2/B10 508480 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH3/B10 508481 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ1/B10 508482 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ2/B10 508483 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ3/B10 508484 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ4/B5 508485 Cross drive PZ Polybag 32 5 1

441
Drills and bits Pro-bit FPB

TECHNICAL DATA

FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Pro FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs
Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi 507783 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 und 1 x FBH UVH
je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display 507781 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2
je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs 507782 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2

442
Diamond bit FDB

The non-slip bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The diamond particles ensure the best Number of internal drives in various pro-
possible transfer of force and prevent le sizes, such as:
the bit tip from slipping out of the PH, PZ cross-slot
screw head. TX star recess
The diamond-coated bit with a high Suitable for drives
hardness grade (s2 mod.) guarantees
the greatest service life and oers
maximum cost-eectiveness.
The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section oer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for a more eortless installation.
The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 parts,
including a bit holder

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/2 507739 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX15/2 507740 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX20/2 507741 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX25/2 507742 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX27/2 507743 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX30/2 507744 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX40/2 507745 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH1/2 507746 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH2/2 507747 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH3 /2 507748 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ1 /2 507749 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ2 /2 507750 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ3 /2 507751 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12

443
Drills and bits Diamond bit FDB

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in storage box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/10 507752 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX15/10 507753 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX20/10 507754 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX25/10 507755 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX30/10 507756 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH1 /10 507757 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH2 /10 507758 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH3/10 507759 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ1/10 507760 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ2/10 507761 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ3/10 507762 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in polybag


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/10 508486 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX15/10 508487 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX20/10 508488 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX25/10 508489 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX30/10 508490 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX40/10 508491 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH1/10 508492 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH2/10 508493 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH3/10 508494 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ1/10 508495 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ2/10 508496 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ3/10 508497 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1

444
Diamond bit FDB

TECHNICAL DATA

FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond


Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond 507784 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 and 1 x FBH UVH

445
Drills and bits Stainless steel bit FSB

The anti-rust bit for stainless steel screws

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The special stainless steel with a high Number of internal drives in various pro-
hardness grade guarantees the great- le sizes, such as:
est service life and oers maximum PH, PZ cross-slot
cost-eectiveness. TX star recess
The stainless steel bit FSB eectively Suitable for drives
prevents the formation of extraneous
rust on stainless steel screws, thus
guaranteeing rust-free surfaces.
The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section oer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for more eortless installation.
Ideal in combination with scher
Power-Fast screws made from stain-
less steel
Also available as a 13-part bit set

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PZ

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FSB TX10/2 507763 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX15/2 507764 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX20/2 507765 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX25/2 507766 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX30/2 507767 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX40/2 508132 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX50/1 508133 TX star recess Plastic box 25 1 1
FSB PZ1/2 507768 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB PZ2/2 507769 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1

446
Stainless steel bit FSB

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PZ

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in
storage box
Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FSB TX10/10 507770 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX15/10 507771 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX20/10 507772 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX25/10 507773 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX30/10 507774 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ1/10 507775 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ2/10 507776 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1

TECHNICAL DATA

FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless


Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+3, TX10+15+30+40, je 2xPZ2,
FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless 507785 25 1
TX20+25 and 1x FBH UVH

447
Drills and bits Bit holder FBH

The bit holder for rapid bit exchange

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The bit holder family for bits with The bit holders FBH, UVH and FBH
magnetic insert hold the bit securely Quick for use with cylinder drill chucks
in the drill chuck and oer a smooth The bit holder FBH SDS for use with
installation procedure. SDS-Plus drill chucks
The rapid bit exchange of the bit
holder FBH Quick and FBH SDS allows
for a rapid exchange of the bit while
oering the best hold.

TECHNICAL DATA

FBH UVH FBH Quick FBH SDS


Version Length Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FBH UVH 507777 magnetic 50 1
FBH QUICK 507779 magnetic 50 1
FBH SDS 507780 magnetic 80 1

448
449
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Fundamentals

Building materials
Concrete The substrate and its quality is decisive for selection of the xing: The building
material and anchor base. A dierentiation is made between concrete, masonry
and panel building materials.
Concrete is made from a mixture of cement, additives and water. The main properties
of concrete are:
High compressive strength, but only low tensile strength ( 10% of the
Concrete compressive strength).
Insertion of reinforcement steel (individual bars or mats) increases the tensile
strength (steel + concrete = reinforced concrete)
Easily reproducible, because regulated by standards and thus it represents an ideal
anchor base.
Concrete is mainly divided into two categories:
standard concrete and lightweight concrete: While standard concrete contains gravel,
lightweight concrete comprises additives like pumice, expanded clay or Styropore, usually
with lower compressive strength. Among other things, this leads to unfavourable conditions
for anchoring xings.
The magnitude of the performance of a heavy-load xing depends, among other
things, on the compressive and tensile strength of the concrete. This is indicated by the
numbers in the abbreviations: e. g., the most frequently occurring concrete strength is C
20/25 for a cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm.

Concrete strength classes in dierent countries


Country Specimen Dimensions1) Concrete strength class Unit Standard
[cm]
China Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm2 GBJ 10-89
Denmark Cylinder 15 x 30 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 N/mm2 DS 411
C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Germany Cube 15 x 15 x 15 N/mm2 DIN 1045-1
C40/50, C45/55, C50/60
C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50,
France Cylinder 16 x 32 N/mm2
C45/55, C50/60
BS 1881:
Great Britain Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C25/10 N/mm2
Part 116
15 x 15 x 15
Italy Cube 16 x 16 x 16 C12/15, C20/25, C30/37, C40/50, C50/60 N/mm2 ENV 206
20 x 20 x 20
Japan Cylinder 10 x 20 15 N/mm2 JIS A 1108
Korea Cylinder 10 x 20 C 180, C 210, C 240, C 270, C 300 kg/cm2 KS F 2405
The Netherlands Cube 15 x 15 x 15 B15, B25, B35, B45, B55, B65 N/mm2 NEN 6720
B5/B80, B10/B120, B15/B160,
N/mm2 /
Austria Cube 20 x 20 x 20 B20/B225, B25/B300, B30/350, N B 4200
kp/cm2
B40/B500, B50/B600, B60/B700
K8, K12, K16, K20, K25, K30, K35,
Sweden Cube 15 x 15 x 15 N/mm2 BBK 79
K40, K45, K50, K55, K60, K70, K80
B25/15, B30/20, B35/25, B40/30, B45/35,
Switzerland Cube 20 x 20 x 20 N/mm2 SIA 162
B50/40
non-reinforced:
HM-20, HM-25, HM-30,
HM-35, HM-40, HM-45, HM-50
reinforced concrete:
Spain Cylinder 15 x 30 HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, N/mm2 EHE
HA-40, HA-45, HA-50
Prestressed concrete:
HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45,
HP-50
USA Cylinder 15 x 30 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000 PSI ACI 318
1)
Conversion: fCylinder = 0.85 x fCube, 20x20x20; fCube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x fCube, 20x20x20

450
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Expert tip

Standard concrete qualities:


C12/15 to C 50/60, even higher qualities are available for special applications.
The anchors that are mainly approved for concrete may be used from a concrete
quality of C 20/25 up to a max. of C 50/60.
C 20/25 means:
C = Concrete
20 = Compressive strength fck or fck,cyl of a concrete test cylinder
( 150mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm2
25 = Compressive strength fck, cube of a concrete test cube (edge length
150mm) in N/mm2
Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength after
28 days. Only then can the xing be applied, in compliance with the approval.
Fresh concrete: still processible up to an hour after laying.
Green concrete: up to 4 hours old, hardening, no longer processible.
New concrete: 4 hours to 28 days old, hardening, minimum
compressive strength not yet reached.
Hard concrete: older than 28 days, hardened, nominal strength reached.
Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for it or may be loaded only
after reaching the minimum compressive strength.
Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, burdening)
In cracked concrete, crack-suitable anchors must be used, which must be able
to expand for opening of cracks (expansion anchor, e.g. FAZ II), anchor via form
lock (undercut anchor e.g. FZA) or the adhesive bond must be suitable for the
tensile area (injection, e.g. FIS EM).
Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted.
In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the
responsible structural engineer (diamond coring).
The concrete must be load-bearing along the entire length of the drill hole
(nohoneycombs or cavities).

451
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Building materials
Masonry
Masonry shows a larger variety in contrast to the anchoring base concrete. The
width of dierent bricks that are joined together using dierent mortars into a single
masonry compound is very large.
1 2 The division of masonry can take place as per:
1. Solid sand-lime brick The used brick (e.g. natural stone, bricks, lime stone or cellular concrete masonry).
2. Solid blocks, also known as brick or clinker brick The constructive structure (e.g. single or double layer).
The strength class and gross density of the brick.
Generally, four groups of masonry blocks are dierentiated:
1 2 Solid blocks with dense structure are building materials that are very resistant
to compressive loads without cavities or with only a low percentage of hole sur-
1. Horizontal coring brick and vertical perforated brick
faces (up to max. 15%, e. g. as grip-hole). They are very well suited for anchoring
are often described as perforated bricks or honeycomb
bricks. xings.
2. Perforated sand-lime brick Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated and hollow
checker bricks) These are mostly manufactured from the same compressive
strength materials as the solid blocks but are provided with cavities. If higher
loads are introduced into these building materials, special xings should be used
1 2 (e. g. injection anchorings), like those which bridge or ll out the cavities.
Solid blocks with porous structure usually have a very large number of pores
1. Brick made of simple concrete, expanded clay,
and low compressive strength. Therefore, special xings should be used for
2. Aircrete
optimal fastening, e. g. xings with long expansion zone and xings that engage
with the material.
Perforated bricks with porous structure (light perforated bricks) have many
cavities and pores and thus usually low compressive strength. In this case, special
care is needed in selection and installation of the correct xing. Suitable xings
Light concrete hollow blocks, e. g. of pumice or expan- include those with a long expansion zone or injection anchors with a form locking
ding clay anchorage especially with light concrete hollow blocks, with cavities that can be
lled with polystyrene.

Expert tip

Before xing in masonry nd out about exactly, which stone (description, dimensions,
perforation, material, compressive strength) and which mortar (mortar category) is involved.
For safety-relevant anchoring in unknown or old masonry, loading trials can be carried out
on site after consultation with the planner or the construction engineer.
For xings close to the edge it is of relevance whether a load lies on the masonry (e.g. roof
truss). The load prevents the stones from sliding out of the masonry compound.
Even the so-called full bricks can have holes (e.g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger grip-
holes in the centre of the brick. (Up to max. 15% cavity proportion per brick)
Always drill without hammering in ventilating and hollow bricks. Here special, well polished
drills with hard metal trimming are available.
Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing base.
The anchoring in the masonry joints must be avoided as far as possible due to the
inhomogeniety of joints. If the anchoring in a joint cannot be excluded (e.g. plaster on the
masonry), then it is recommended to reduce the load.
For construction-related permissible systems, the anchoring in joints (straight or horizontal
joints) is regulated in the approvals.
Lowering of xings in the masonry makes sense only if high loads have to be anchored.
Expansion xing that punctually induces a high load in the base is mostly not suitable for
anchoring in the masonry (Exception: frame xing for facade construction).
Injection anchoring achieves the highest loads in masonry materials.

452
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Building materials

Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have only low Panel building materials
strength - e.g. plasterboard like Rigips, Knauf, LaGyp, Norgips; Gypsum
breboard like Fermacell, Rigicell or chip board, hard bre boards, plywood,
among other things. Special xing must be selected for optimum reinforcement;
so-called cavity xing. These are xings of plastic or metal and expand on the
reverse side - xings engaging with form locking that can anchor directly on the
reverse side of the panel in the cavity.
Prestressed concrete hollow ceilings are concrete slabs that contain
standardised cavities and are reinforced with tensioning wires (steel wires) on
the rear side. The size of the cavities and the distance from one another as well
as the mirror thickness (thickness of the concrete of the ceiling bottom up to the
beginning of the cavity) are exactly prescribed. There are only a few anchors with
building authority approval for this base (e.g. FHY).

Expert tip

Use only those anchors in simple materials, boards or prestressed concrete


hollow slabs that are permissible or suitable for these substrates.
Contact your scher consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-relevant
loads in aforementioned substrates.

453
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Direct installation
without drilling The xing is hammered or screwed directly into the substrate.
This enables a quick installation.
Metal expansion xing FMD for use in porous concrete of certain quality.

Drilling
The building material is decives when drilling. Four methods are available:
Rotary drilling: Drilling in rotary mode without impact, with a sharply ground carbide
drill bit. For perforated bricks and materials with low strength, the drill hole does not
become too large with it and the bars in the perforated bricks do not break.
Carbide drill bits drill faster if they are ground sharp, similar to steel drill bits. There are
also special masonry drill bits available.
Rotary drilling Impact drilling: Rotation and a high number of light impacts with the impact drilling
machine, for solid building materials with dense structure.
Hammer drilling: Rotation and a small number of minor impacts with high impact
energy with the drilling hammer, also for solid building materials with dense structure.
Diamond or core drilling process: It is mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or
for highly reinforced components and/or if the volume or the vibrations have to be
Impact
adhered to while working.
drilling

Hammer
Standard Sharply ground
drilling carbide drill bits carbide drill bits

Expert tip
For almost all permissible xings, rotary drillings and hammer drillings are
prescribed in the approval or guideline.
Do not use drills with excessively worn out cutting edge width across corners
anymore (see rules of approval).
For certain xtures, special drills (e.g. drill bits) are prescribed in the approval. They
must be used.
Drill holes must be cleaned carefully (brushing and blowing out). Adhere to the
respective approval or manufacturer guidelines.
The drill hole depth is always specied exactly and based on a denite thickness of the
anchoring base. The following rule of thumb is followed for general applications without
approval: Necessary thickness of the anchoring base = drill hole depth + 30 mm.
For incorrect holes (reinforcement hits or wrong position), the position of the new drill
hole to be created is adjusted. Normally, a double hole depth of the incorrect hole must
be assumed as the distance to the incorrect hole. The wrong drill hole must be closed
(e.g. with FIS V).
Diamond coring is permissible only in exceptional cases or else the drill hole wall can
be too smooth for a xture (see adhesive bond) and the drill hole tolerances cannot be
adhered to.
Permanent moisture or dampness reduces the load-bearing capacity of chemical
xings and plastic anchors.
The danger of cutting through the load-bearing reinforcement steel must be taken
into consideration.
To avoid tilting of the xture, it must always be drilled perpendicular to the anchoring
base. Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approvals and/or the manufacturers
specications (approx. 3 - 5 is tolerable).

454
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Installation
Generally, the following aspects have to be considered during installation:
The edge distance and axial spacing, as well as the component thickness and
width, must be complied with properly if the xing is to hold the required load.
Otherwise it may lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For xing
without permission especially for plastic anchors, usually a necessary edge distance 2 x hef
(hef = anchoring depth) and a necessary axial distance of 4 x hef is normal. If the expansion
direction of the xing runs parallel to the component, the edge distance can be reduced
to 1 x hef.
The drill hole depth must - other than a few exceptions like injection technology - be
larger than the anchoring depth: that is because function safety is ensured only if the screw
has enough room to project beyond the tip of a plastic xing.
Drill hole cleaning after drilling, by blowing out, brushing or suction, is indispensable.
Ahole that is not cleaned reduces the holding forces. The drilling dust has a negative eect
on the load-bearing capacity of the xing in the drill hole.

Expert tip
Specications for component geometry, edge and axis distances must be adhered
to. Non-adherence can lead to reduction in the load-bearing capacity or damage to
components.
Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specications in the approvals and the
manufacturers specications must be adhered to.

Installation types
Dierentiate between three dierent methods:
1. Push through installation: Especially as installation relief for series installations or
for accessories with two or more xing points:
The holes in the accessory can be used as a drilling template if their hole diameters
are at least as large as the drill diameter in the construction material.
In addition to simplifying installation, a good t of the xing holes is achieved.
The xing is inserted into the drill hole through the item to be mounted and then fischer anchorbolt FAZ II fischer universal frame
expanded. E.g.: FAZ II, FBN II, FH II fixing FUR
2. Pre-positioned installation: The anchor is installed before the installation of the
accessory. In this installation, the anchor diameter and the drill hole diameter are not
identical.
The installation sequence:
Transfer the hole pattern of the accessory to the anchor base,
Clean drills, drill holes, x anchors and then screw on the accessory.
E.g.: plastic xings: S, SX, UX; Metal: FZA, EA II fischer zykon anchor FZA fischer aircrete
anchor GB
3. Stand-o installation: Makes it possible to attach accessories at a particular
distance from the anchoring base in a compression-proof manner and guaranteeing
tensile strength. For that, metal anchors with metric internal thread are used which
can assimilate screws or threaded bolts with lock nuts or injection technology with
threaded bolts.
Useful length and anchoring depth: Must be taken into consideration apart from the
installation type of the respective xing.
fischer bolt FBN II fischer Hhighbond
anchor FHB II

455
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Expert tip
The clearance holes of the attached item are specied for the respective anchor
size in the approvals and in the manufacturers specications.
For a stand-o installation with a cross load V of the anchor, an additional bending
moment occurs which is mostly standard.
The attached item must lie at on the base and may be lined with a compression-
proof levelling course of max. 3 mm or with half the diameter of the anchor. Otherwise,
the anchoring must be assessed as a stand-o installation with a lever arm.
The attached item must lie on the entire length of the clearance hole (= thickness of
the attached item) at the anchor/threaded bolt. Otherwise, the anchoring must be
assessed as a stand-o installation with a lever arm.
Comply with the maximum xing height tx in the manufacturers specications.
Thisdimension, also specied as the useful length, consists of:
tx = thickness of the attached item + non load-bearing layers up to the load-bearing
base.
Many of the ocially approved anchors must be tightened with a prescribed torque.
Acalibrated torque key must be used for this. The torque ensures the necessary
preload force as well as the correct installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors,
theprescribed hardening time must be allowed before a tightening torque or
service load may be applied.
Anchors must be mounted as units delivered in series. The exchange or removal of
parts is not permissible.

Loads
For the selection of an anchor, it is necessary to know the load on the total construction
and the resulting anchor cutting forces for every individual anchor.
The cutting forces can be distinguished according to:
Dimension
Direction
Type of load
Pickup point
There are various types of loads.
In the approvals, characteristic failure loads are generally given. In documents with
the manufacturers specications, anchors with approvals, so-called permissible
loads are given. For anchors without approval, a manufacturers recommendation
is given as recommended load.

456
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Expert tip
Decide the size, direction and the pickup point of the load. These
parameters determine the utilisation of the anchoring.
Characteristic failure loads (NRK or VRK) describe every load that
is reached or exceeded in 95% of all failures (5% fractile).
Permissible loads are working loads that already include an
appropriate material and installation safety factor. These apply only, Tension
if the approval conditions are complied with (Napp or Vapp).
Recommended loads or maximum working loads include an
adequate load safety factor. These apply only if the manufacturers
specications are complied with. (Frec valid for all load directions,
Nrec or Vrec)
The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure load
or characteristic loads by a safety factor. Compression
Recommended safety factor compared to the average failure
load.
Steel and bonded anchors 4
plastic anchor 7
Recommended safety factor compared to the characteristic
failure loads.
Steel and bonded anchors 3
Shear load
plastic anchor 5
The specied loads loads apply to individual anchors that are
placed away from the edge, i.e. there is no inuence of edges,
corners and other anchors.
The characteristic axis- and edge distances, labelled with Ccr,N
and Ccr,V, give the distances at which an anchor can have its max.
characteristic load in the material. Combined tension and shear
load
The specied minimum axis- and edge distances, labelled with
Smin and Cmin, give the distances where there is no failure of the
building material during the installation of the anchor. The loads
must be reduced in this case Adhere to the design methods.

Combined tension and shear


load at distance e

shear load at distance e

Type of loads

statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing shock earthquake

457
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Principles of function

There are various bearing mechanisms, which the forces, having an eect on the
xing, initiate in the component.
For friction locking, the expansion part of the anchor is pressed on the drill hole
wall: the outer tensile loads are held through friction.

Through anchor Plastic fixings

With form locking, the xing geometry matches the shape of the substrate and/or of
the drill hole.

Undercut anchor Injection fixing 1

With adhesive bond, a mortar binds the xing with the anchor base.

Injection fixing 2 Rebar

Expert tip
For many anchors, the anchoring takes place through a combination of the active
principles (e.g. friction locking and form lock in soft stone).

458
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Failure modes

With excess stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with inadequate load bearing
capacity, the following failure modes can occur:
Fracture of the anchor base due to
Tensile load N or shear load V too high
Steel failure tension Steel failure shearing Inadequate strength of anchor base
Setting depth too low

Component splits due to


Component dimensions too small
Deviation from the specied edge and axial spacings
Extraction Cracked concrete
Expansion pressure too high

Fixing pulls out due to


Failure of the frictional and bonded connection due to high load or
incorrect installation

Concrete edge Concrete column


Steel fracture due to
breaking breaking
Fixing and/or steel strength too low for the applied load

Expert tip
In most of the anchor approvals, the anchoring of the mainly static loads is regulated.
However, even ocially approved systems are available for anchoring of nonstatic
loads (dynamic, e.g. FHB dyn) as well as for unusual eects in the nuclear power plant
construction (FZA-K).
There are no anchor approvals in Europe for the shock or earthquake type of loads.
Theanchoring of such loads is however also possible due to existing guidelines or
with the help of test reports. At the moment, earthquakes loads are regulated in the
American documents. Anchors like FAZ II, FH II and the injection system FIS EM can
beassessed on this basis even for earthquake loads.
Main failure causes for anchors are overload, faulty installation or an
insucient load-bearing base.

459
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Cracks in concrete
components
Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time: factors involved in this are
loads like dead load, trac or wind loads, shrinkage and creeping of the concrete
or external inuences like earthquakes or ground motions resulting in tensions, defor-
mations and thus crack formation.
Example: in a bridge, bending occurs due to pressure forces applied to the bridge deck.
Acompressive zone will occur at the top of the bridge deck, while tensile forces and
strains will occur in the lower part of the bridge deck. Concrete is not able to support
tensile loads. Steel bars, the so-called reinforcements take over this task. However, while
steel bars are capable of bearing these tensile stresses, they are stretched as they do so.
innumerable cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked eye. This is called the
cracked tensile zone.

Druck

Tension Pressure
Cracked zone
V-shaped tensile zone
bending rack

Fixings suitable for cracks

With anchorings in concrete, it is almost always assumed that cracks are present
in the anchoring area that inuence the bearing capacity of the xings.
However it is very complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete
is cracked or non-cracked. For safety reasons, the use of xings suitable for
cracks is basically recommended to designers and tradesmen. Fixings with an
approval according to ETAG 001 for cracked concrete have proved their suitability in
cracks and may thus be used without restriction in the tensile and compressive zones
of the concrete. Crack suitable xings are also checked and approved on the basis of
American standards. These Evaluation reports are prepared according to ACI 318.

FZA FAZ II FHB II SXS

Due to safety reasons, always use crack suitable anchor systems such as FAZ
II, FH II, FHB II or FIS EM.

460
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Fire protection - Fundamentals

In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational re protection are


specied by the Fire protection standard DIN 4102, the Model Building Ordinance
(MBO), Regional Construction Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specic regulationss
from professional associations.
Thus the following applies, according to Parts 1 and 2 of DIN 4102:
Building materials like concrete, wood, stone, metal, etc. are divided into
ammable or non-ammable building material classes according to their behaviour.
In contrast, structural members consist of dierent combustible and non-combustible
building materials. They are not divided into re classes, rather they are evaluated as a
whole according to their re resistance duration.
The re resistance duration F is indicated in minutes and classied according to two
categories:
Components with a re resistance duration of F30 and F60 are re inhibiting.
Fire resistant, on the other hand, are all components with a re resistance of F90,
F120 and F180.
Tested systems like cable, ventilation or utility systems are tested not only for re
resistance, but also for function capability in the case of re (e.g. supply lines to sprinkler
systems). The re resistance duration of these systems is specied with e. g. E30
to E120 for electrical cable systems and/or with L30 to L120 for ventilation lines.
Thexings that are used to anchor these systems must have at least the same re
resistance duration.
The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and ISO 834 is based on a
simulation of actual re conditions and forms the evaluation basis that is valid worldwide
for determination of the re resistance duration. Besides that, there are other temperature
curves for special re exposures, e. g. the hydrocarbon curve for re causing with
combustible liquids or the RAB/ZTV tunnel curve (Germany) and/or the Rijkswaterstaat
tunnel curve (Netherlands), which describe tunnel res.
fire room temperature [C]

Duration of the fire [min.]

Temperature Curves: (ETK)


Hydrocarbon-curve
RABT/ZTV-Tunnelcurve
Rijkswaterstaat-Tunnelcurve

461
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Fire protection in the


fastening technology
Fastening technology is of critical importance in re protection: for example in
order to secure the functionality and structural stability of railings, utility systems or
ceiling elements. The assessment of the xing in case of re takes place according
to the technical rule TR020.
The identication and classication of anchors and xings consists of indication of
the respective re resistance duration e. g. R90. Before introduction of characteristic
load values for xings by the DIBt, the re resistance duration was not regulated by the
building authority approvals, but by re expert opinions from tests.
The safety concepts measure the failure load in case of re through assessment of
a so-called factor. Dierent safety concepts were applied in the building authority
approvals and the re expert opinions. Because of this, it is possible that the loads in
the re expert opinions determined in tests are larger than the permissible loads given
in the approvals. Naturally, in these cases, only the maximum loads according to the
building authority approval are valid. In the mean time, a new evaluation document from
the DIBt [German Institute of Construction Engineering] has been used for determining
the characteristic load values and the corresponding re resistance duration. These
new building authority approvals represent a design basis that can be tracked. All old
approvals will be converted to this new procedural method within a short time.
Tests have shown that approved frame xings made of polyamide (nylon) with
galvanised screws for facade fastening are generally more re-resistant than the
ventilated facade and the sub-structure made of aluminium or wood: The expansion
part of the plastic xing sleeve that is anchored in the building material remains re-
resistant for at least 90 minutes in the faade fastening.

462
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Corrosion - Fundamentals

Corrosion is a chemical reaction in which metal is decomposed. The less noble the
metal (electrochemical potential), the more intense is the material damage. In
this process it is either converted into aking rust or worn away in places. Dierent
appearance patterns are dierentiated here. The most frequent types of corrosion in
xings and anchors include:
Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively uniformly over the
entire surface or over a part of the surface. An example of this is the invisible rusting
due to condensation of a screw in the transition area from anchor plate to hole. The In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling of
result: The connection that appears completely intact from the outside fails abruptly. an indoor swimming pool collapsed in Uster,
Contact corrosion: If metals with a dierent nobility contact each other in a Switzerland. The ceiling attachments of
conductive medium, the less noble metal always corrodes (the anode). As a stainless steel exhibited no external defects
consequence, stainless steel is usually not endangered. What is decisive is the surface whatsoever, but inside were completely
ratios of the two types of metal: the greater the surface area of the most noble metal destroyed in some cases due to stress
in comparison to the less noble, the greater the corrosion becomes. For example, if corrosion cracking.
large stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, the screws will be
highly attacked within a very short time. In contrast, using stainless steel screws for
galvanised sheets is not critical.
Stress corrosion cracking: If lasting internal or external tensile stresses occur, there
can be strain and corrosion of the metal. In this process, a crack develops due to
mechanical stresses, which grows under increasing loads and thus prepares a path
for progressive corrosion. For example, it occurs with A4 steel in an atmosphere
containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools, etc.). Generally stress corrosion cracking
is not visible with xings and usually leads to sudden failure of the anchoring. Example of trans-crystalline stress corrosion
cracking on stainless steel 1.4401 with high
chloride concentration.

Corrosion protection
There are dierent methods for protecting fastenings from corrosion.
The most important are:
The galvanised zinc coating (or even electrolytic zinc coating) with subsequently
started passivation is to reach a corrosion protection with the usually applied process
in the metal renement. Layer thicknesses between 3 m and 10 m can be achieved.
Since the galvanising is worn o over time, it oers adequate corrosion protection only in
dry interior rooms.
Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by dipping it in molten
zinc (at approx. 450 C). Zinc layer thicknesses of 45-80 m oer an excellent corrosion
protection for moisture rooms and outside applications.
Stainless steel xings of the corrosion resistance class III e.g. A4 material no.
1.4401, 1.4362 are suitable for fastenings in damp rooms, in open air, in industrial
atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water). These steels are alloys with a
chrome content of at least 12% that forms a passive layer on the steel surface that protects
against corrosion.
Stainless steel xings of highly corrosion resistant steel of the corrosion resistance
class IV e. g. material no.1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments like
atmospheres containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools), in road tunnels or with direct
sea water contact. In this case, the chrome content of normal stainless steels drops
below 12%. The protective passive layer disappears and the anchor becomes susceptible
to corrosion. On the other hand, the special alloys are very corrosion resistant in these
highly aggressive media, due to their relatively high percentage of molybdenum. With
an alloy percentage of 50%, they clearly surpass the usual unalloyed, low alloyed or high
alloyed steels with maximum 30% alloy percentages. This means the steel 1.4529 alloyed
with chrome, molybdenum and nickel has an alloy percentage of 58%. The rest consists
of iron and carbon. Because of this high percentage of expensive alloy additives, the
manufacturing of these steel types are correspondingly costly.

463
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Dynamics
- predominantly The general building authority approvals by the German Institute of Construction
non-static loads in the xing Engineering in Berlin (DIBt) and the European Technical Approvals (ETA) are
technology generally exclusively for anchoring of predominantly static loads. However, in
contrast to these current permits, in practice a number of dynamic eects occur,
e. g. increasing and alternating stresses in swinging cranes, crane rails, guide rails in
elevator construction, machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnel construction.
This also includes anchorings for components susceptible to vibration like antennas and
masts.
statical strength
(statical capacity)

fatigue strength
Oscillating amplitude

(capacity in case of fatigue)

durable oscillation strength


(durable capacity in case of fatigue)

N = 2 106

1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000


Number of cycles N
Whler curve

Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause

Unbalances,
harmonic sinusoidal tumbling machines
period T

optional, Regularly abutting parts


periodic periodical (e.g. punching machines),
period TD rail- and road traffic

optional,
transient Earthquakes
nonperiodical

optional,
impulsive with very short Impact, explosion
time of influence

Dynamic effects

It is generally true that the anchoring of components with more than 10.000 load cycles
has to be carried out with xings, which are tested and approved for this. The regular,
sub-sequent anchoring of these dynamically loaded items to be mounted still caused the
planning engineer big problems, even recently. Generally, the approvals for xings only
apply for anchoring of predominantly static loads. The path through expert opinions and
approvals for individual cases was dicult and tedious. Besides that, higher costs than
necessary often occurred due to the general planning uncertainty, since the anchors were
often oversized.
The bonded anchors scher Highbond anchor FHB dyn and scher UMV multicone dyn
are approved for dynamic loads. The approvals apply to anchoring of dynamic loads
with unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads. In addition, the FHB
dyn is manufactured in anchor size M16 of highly corrosion-resistant steel, material no.
1.4529. Tests have shown that this material - in contrast to the usual standard stainless
steel types in the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4 - is suitable not only for use in humid
internal conditions and outside, but also for holding dynamic loads.

464
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Legal basis

The European Union (EU) essentially determines the legal foundations for the
approval of building products in Europe. It pursues the goal of making the European
Common Market a reality for all products, thus also for building products.
For this purpose, the Directive 89/106/EEC of the Council for Aligning the Legal
and Administrative Specications of the Member States Regarding Building
Products (BPR) was issued. This directive is implemented with the regulation regarding
the marketing of and free trade with building products.
The important requirements of buildings in the sense of the BPR include:
1. Mechanical strength and stability
2. Fire Protection
3. Hygiene, health and environmental protection
4. Safety in use
5. Sound protection
6. Energy savings and heat protection
On the basis of the BPR, standards and guidelines will be issued as basic documents
that regulate the approval of building products. The very rst basic document that was
developed in this context is the Guidelines for European Technical Approval (ETAG)
for Metal anchors for use in concrete, ETAG 001.
European standards have no special importance in connection with the BPR. A building
product can only be brought onto the market and freely traded if it is useful, i. e. have
proven conformity with the important requirements and therefore the CE mark is
applied. Usability and conformity will generally be proven by compliance with coordinated
and/or recognized standards. If corresponding standards are not available, the proof will
be given by a European Technical Approval (ETA). An important advantage is that
products with an ETA and/or a CE mark can be freely traded in the EU (see data sheet for
Directive for Building Products of the Bavarian State Ministry for Economy, Transport and
Technology).
In addition, evidences with a national approval can be provided e. g. in Germany with a
general building authority approval or in France with a so-called SOCOTECH.
The national approvals are however being increasingly replaced by European Technical
Approvals (ETA) which are recognised in all EU member states. European approvals are
issued by the members of the EOTA (European Organisation for Technical Approvals),
e. g. the German Association of Construction Engineering (DIBt). The DIBt also
issues the German approvals. In a coexistence phase, European and national approvals
will remain valid.

465
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Approval specications
for xings
Currently, according to the above-mentioned ETAG 001, Parts 1-6, approvals
for metal xings in concrete are possible for:
Torque-controlled expansion anchors
Undercut anchors
Deformation-controlled expansion anchors
Bonded anchors
Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications
The resulting approvals still contain only the characteristic values of the respective xing
type. Using the design resistance guidelines (ETAG 001, Annex C for steel anchors and
TR029 for bonded anchors) and the characteristic values for the load bearing capacity of
the respective xing type, it is possible to design any anchoring. Three design methods
(A,B and C) are available depending on the respective xing type.
The ETAG 001 divides possible approvals of metal xings in 12 options. Options 1-6
are for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete, options 7-12 are only for use in non-
cracked concrete. Approvals according to Option 1 give the most exibility of the xing
connections, those according to option 12 are most restricted. That means xings with
approvals according to option 1 are of the highest value and the value according to
option 12 is the lowest. It is possible to optimally utilise anchorings because of the type
and manner of design and the division of the approvals into dierent options.
Part 6 of the ETAG 001 regulates the use of metal xings in cracked and uncracked
concrete that are used as multiple xings of non-load-bearing systems. Non-load-bearing
systems include components that do not contribute to the stability of the construction.
These are for instance simple suspended ceilings and underceilings, pipelines as well as
facade claddings. These systems can be referred to as so-called redundant systems. In
case of failure of a xing point, the stability of the system is not aected.
For the use of anchors for multiple xings, it is assumed that in case of excessive slip or
failure of a xing point, the load is transferred to a neighbouring xing point (without
essential deviation of the requirements regarding the serviceability and the limit state of
the load bearing capacity at the component to be xed). Here, a xing point can consist
of one or more anchors.

Calculation of fastenings

According to ETAG 001, the eort for designing of anchorings by designers and users
is relatively high, since evidence has to be given of various failure modes.
The design method in ETAG 001 is based on the CC method of the DIBt from the
year 1993. It is based on the concept of partial safety factors.
With the method A already mentioned above, the characteristic resistances depend on
the load direction and take into consideration all conceivable failure modes (see
Failure Modes chapter).
With method B, a characteristic resistance is assumed to be independent of the load
direction and the inuence of reduced edge distances and spacings are taken into
consideration with factors. In principle, this method corresponds to the -method in the
older approvals..

466
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
With method C, a characteristic resistance is given. This characteristic resistance is valid for
all load directions and predetermined edge distances and spacings which cannot be reduced.
Method C corresponds to the older method for verifying the steel expansion anchors in non-
cracked concrete.
For daily use and for evidence of xings, scher has developed a simple, fast and eective
design software. The software makes it possible for designers and users to calculate xing
connections and xing multiple dimensioning using a convenient input. An easy-to-read status
line continuously shows the used capacity of the xing, which signicantly simplies the
selection of the technically and economically correct fastening system.

The 12 different options of the guideline for the European Technical Approvals for Metal fixing for anchoring in concrete,
ETAG 001
Approved option 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Approved for cracked and non-cracked concrete


Concrete

approved only for the pressure area

C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25


Better concrete qualities result in load increases to to to to to to
Concrete C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60
qualities
only only only only only only
No load increase due to better concrete quality
C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25

Optimal utilization due to


different loads for tensile and shear loads
Bearing
capacity
Only one load for all
loading directions

Reduction of spacings possible

Axial Reduction of the large base spacings1) possible (with


spacing simultaneous reduction in load)

Fixed, large base spacing

Reduction of the edge distances possible (with simultaneous


reduction in load)

Edge Reduction of the large base spacings2) possible (with


distance simultaneous reduction in load)

fixed, relatively large base- spacing

A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
Dimensioning methods B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2) B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2)
C 2) C 2) C 2) C 2)

1) Base spacing = 3 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 1.5 x anchoring depth
2) Base spacing = 4 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 2 x anchoring depth

467
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Approvals, markings and


their importance
In the following, excerpts of approvals that are currently issued in Europe and their
symbols will be given with their corresponding importance:

Please check wether your application is safety relevant.


An application is safety relevant when failure of anchorages would cause risk to human
life or serious injuries and/or lead to considerable economic consequences. In this case
please use anchors with a European Technical (ETA) or with a German Approval. You may
recognise these anchors by:

European Technical Approval General building authority


issued by a European approval aut- Z-21.2-1734 approval
hority (e.g. DIBt) on the basis of the German approval, issued by the
European Technical Approval -
Option 1 for cracked concrete guidelines for European technical DIBt, Berlin for anchorings in con-
approvals (ETAG) crete to be dimensioned according
ETA: European Technical Approval/ to Method A (CC method).
Options 112 Proof of compliance of the building
CE: European conformity mark con- product with the general building
firms the compliance of the building authority approval. confirmed by a
product (e.g. fixing) with the guide- material testing facility.
lines for European Technical Appro-
vals. Products with the CE mark can
be freely traded in the European
economic market.

See ICC-ES
CC = International Code Coun- General building authority
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org cil, formed from BOCA, ICBO approval
Inspection agency:
and SBCCI German approval, issued by the
ESR-2948 IEA (AA-707)
ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) DIBt, Berlin.
issues evaluation reports, in this Proof of compliance of the building
case for the above anchor based product with the general building
upon the Uniform Building CodeTM authority approval. confirmed by a
and related codes in the United material testing facility.
States of America.

FM Certificate Fire-tested fixing


Recognised for use in local water- The fixing was subjected to a fire
based fire extinguisger systems test. A Examination report regar-
(Factory Mutual Research Corporati- ding testing for fire behaviour (with
on for Property Conservation, Ame- F class) is available.
rican insurance company).

468
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Fixing of high-quality, aging-resistant Reference to fixing dimensioning
nylon (polyamide) The fixing can be dimensioned with
the fischer software on the basis of
the CC-method.

For Sprinkler Systems. Fixing that can be dynamically


Meets the requirements according to loaded
VdS CEA 4001. The fixing is suitable and approved
for anchoring of not predominantly
static (i.e. dynamic) loads.

Tested for flame resistance General building authority test


according to VDE P-NDS04-137 certificate

469
Worldwide Presence
Service

scher International Sales

her.de
w.sc
w w

Your advantages with the scher INTERNATIONAL SALES TEAM e-mail: export@scher.de
One-on-one assistance from multi lingual sta. fax: +49 7443 12-8726
Immediate information and individual solutions regarding the widest range of xings
and fasteners worldwide.
Contact to over 35 own subsidiaries and over 80 local partners worldwide.
Visit organization A-Z and training programs.
By implementing the scher process system (fps) we oer you the quickest most
ecient service.

470
Global Advice

Service
scher Technical Sales Support

her.de
w.sc
w w

Our Service e-mail: intsupport@scher.de


Technical advice and product recommendation
Support for engeneers, consultants and craftsmen
Special solutions in the scope of xing technology
Special seminars for engineers, consultants, architects

471
Training courses & seminars
Service

Attractive seminars in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre e


her.d
Tradespeople, engineers and specialist There is a wide range of seminars on
w.sc
dealers have been learning important oer. Numerous partners from various w w
and interesting information about lines of business make the most of the
xing technology in the scher opportunity.
ACADEMY for over 30 years. phone: +49 7443 12-4361
You can view the current range
All seminars are consistently based on of seminars on oer at the or +49 7641 456-3375
practice. scherACADEMY at
www.scher.de/Seminare
Developing solutions and direct
implementation in professionally You can also contact the sta at the
equipped practice rooms. scher ACADEMY directly if you
have any queries or wish to register.
The aim of the seminars is to enable
you to utilise the full benets of the
products always in line with the
demands of the approval.

472
Safety and economy The xing technology CompetenceCentres
Service
Be it in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre in These are professional training institutions, which give a
Tumlingen, the branch oces in Brehna/Leipzig, Bielefeld varity of tradespeople working with anchors and plugs an
and Lneburg, or at events held on your own premises: understanding of how to work safely and economically with
We address the individual and specic requirements of the xing systems. Here, tradespeople pass on their knowledge
participants from retail, trade and planning oces. In doing of xings to other tradespeople in line with the acknowledged
so, we value having a close connection to daily practice. rules of technology.
The scher ACADEMY works closely with the
CompetenceCentres, providing teaching materials, training
the instructors and organising meetings to share experiences.

473
Borderless Services
Service

fischer Subsidiaries

fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH


Weinhalde 14-18
72178 Waldachtal
GERMANY
Tel.: (0049) 744312-6000 fischer Cobemabel s.n.c.
Fax: (0049) 744312-4500 Schalinhoevedreef 20 D
www.fischer.de 2800 Mechelen fischer S.A.S.
E-Mail: info@fischer.de BELGIUM 12, rue Livio B. P. 10182
anwendungstechnik@fischer.de Tel.: (0032) 152847-00 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex
vertriebsinnendienst@fischer.de Fax: (0032) 152847-10 FRANCE
www.fischer.be Tel.: (0033) 38839-1867
E-Mail: info@fischerbelgium.be Fax: (0033) 38839-8044
fischer Argentina S.A.
www.fischer.fr
Armenia 3044
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
1605 Munro fischer Brasil Indstria e Comrcio Ltda. fischer international s.r.o.
Ra-PCIA: De Buenos Aires Estrada do Dende, 300 Ilha do Governador Prmyslov 1833
ARGENTINA BR-21920-001 Rio de Janeiro-RJ 25001 Brands nad Labem fischer fixings UK Limited
Tel.: (0054) 1147-622778 BRAZIL CZECH REPUBLIC Whitely Road
Fax: (0054) 1147-561311 Tel.: (0055) 21 24 67 87 96 Tel.: +(00420) 3269046-01 Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
www.fischer.com.ar Fax: (0055) 21 24 67 11 30 Fax: (00420) 3269046-00 OX 10 9AT
E-Mail: asistenciatecnica@fischer.com.ar www.fischerbrasil.com.br www.fischer-cz.cz GREAT BRITAIN
E-Mail: fischer@fischerbrasil.com.br E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.cz Tel.: (0044) 149 182 79-00
Fax: (0004) 149 182 79-53
fischer Australia Pty. Ltd.
www.fischer.co.uk
Unit 1, 61 Waterview Close fischer (Taicang) fixings Co., Ltd. fischer a/s
E-Mail: info@fischer.co.uk
Dandenong South Shanghai Rep. Office Sandvadsvej 17 A
VIC 3175 Rm 1503-1504, 4600 Kge
AUSTRALIA No. 63 Chifeng Road, DENMARK fischer Hellas
Tel.: (0061) 39799-2096 200092 Shanghai Tel.: (0045) 4632-0220 Emporiki EPE G, Papandreou 125
Fax: (0061) 39799-2696 CHINA Fax: (0045) 4632-5052 144 52 Metamorphosis, Athens
www.fischerfixings.com.au Tel.: (0086) 2151001668 www.fischerdanmark.dk GREECE
E-Mail: info@fischerfixings.com.au Fax: (0086) 2165979669 E-Mail: fidk@fischerdanmark.dk www.fischer.gr
www.fischer.com.cn
E-Mail: ficnsh@fischer.com.cn
fischer Austria GmbH fischer Finland fischer HUNGRIA Bt.
Wiener Strae 95 Suomalaistentie 7 B Szermi t 7.
2514 Traiskirchen fischer Hrvatska d.o.o. 02270 Espoo 1117 Budapest
AUSTRIA Nadinska 29 Velikopoje FINLAND HUNGARY
Tel.: (0043) 225253730-0 10010 Zagreb Tel.: (00358) 2074146-60 Tel.: (0036) 134797-55
Fax: (0043) 225253730-70 CROATIA Fax: (00358) 2074146-69 Fax: (0036) 134797-65
www.fischer.at www.fischer.ar www.fischer.de www.fischerhungary.hu
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: alen.dopsaj@fischer.at E-Mail: jorma.makkonen@fischerfinland.fi E-Mail: info@fischerhungary.hu

474
Service
fischer italia s.r.l.
Corso Stati Uniti, 25
Casella Postale 391 fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd.
35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 150 Kampong Ampat
fischer Metal Sanayi ve Ticaret
ITALY #04-03 KA Centre
Limited Sirketi
Tel.: (0039) 0498063-111 fischer Norge AS Singapore 368324
Yeni yol Sokak
Fax: (0039) 0498063-401 Oluf Onsumsvei 9 SINGAPORE ETAP Is Merkezi. A Blok
www.fischeritalia.it 0680 OSLO Tel.: (0065) 6285-2207 No: 16/9
E-Mail: sercli@fischeritalia.it NORWAY Fax: (0065) 6285-8310 34722 Hasanpasa / Kadikoy
Tel.: (0047) 232427-10 www.fischer.sg Istanbul
Fax: (0047) 232427-13 E-Mail: sales@fischer.sg Tel.: (0090) 216 326 0066
fischer Japan K.K.
www.fischernorge.no Fax: (0090) 216 326 0018
Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor
E-Mail: jmo@fischernorge.no
3-4-15 Kudan Minami fischer S. K. s. r. o.
Chiyoda-ku Vajnorsk 134/A fischer Sverige AB
Tokyo 102-0074 fischerpolska Sp. z o.o. 831 04 Bratislava Koppargatan 11
JAPAN ul..Albatrosow 2 SLOVAKIA 602 23 Norrkping
Tel.: (0081) 503675-7782 30-716 Krakw Tel.: (0421) 2 4920 6046 SWEDEN
Fax: (0081) 503675-7782 POLAND Fax: (0421) 2 4920 6044 Tel.: (0046) 1131-4450
www.fischerjapan.co.jp Tel.: (0048) 1229008-80 E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.sk Fax: (0046) 1131-1950
E-Mail: georg.lenz@fischerjapan.co.jp Fax: (0048) 1229008-88 www.fischer-sk.sk www.fischersverige.se
www.fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: gg@fischersverige.se
E-Mail: info@fischerpolska.pl
fischer Sistemas de fischer Korea Co. Ltd.
Fijacin, S.A. de C.V. #503 Dae-Ryung Techno Town 8th 481-11 fischer FZE
Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130 - 400B fischerwerke Portugal , Lda Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-Gu P. O. Box 261738
Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla Av. Casal da Serra , Lote I-4, Sala 5 153-775 SEOUL Jebel Ali Free Zone
Estado de Mexico, C.P. 54020 2625-085 Povoa de Santa Iria SOUTH KOREA Dubai
MEXICO PORTUGAL Tel.: (0082) 154489-55 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Tel.: (0052) 555572-0883 Tel.: (00351) 2195-37450 Fax: (0082) 154489-03 Tel.: (00971) 488374-77
Fax: (0052) 555572-1590 Fax: (00351) 2195-91390 www.fischerkorea.com Fax: (00971) 1488374-76
www.fischer.de www.fischer.pt E-Mail: info@fischerkorea.com www.fischer.ae
E-Mail: info@fischermex.com.mx E-Mail: fischerportugal.info@fischer.es E-Mail: fixings@fischer.ae
Fischer Ibrica S.A.
fischer Benelux B.V. 000 fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus Klaus Fischer 1 fischer fixings LLC
Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C l. Dokukina 16/1, Building 1 43300 Mont-Roig del Camp 62 Orange Ave
1411 AX Naarden 129226 Moscow Tarragona Suffern, NY 10901
NETHERLANDS RUSSIA SPAIN USA
Tel.: (0031) 3569566-66 Tel.: (007) 495 223-0334 Tel.: (0034) 9778387-11 Tel.: (001) 845-5045098
Fax: (0031) 3569566-99 Fax: (007) 495 223-0334 Fax: (0034) 9778387-70 Fax: (001) 845-6252666
www.fischer.nl www.fischerfixing.ru www.fischer.es www.fischerfixings.com
E-Mail: info@fischer.nl E-Mail: info@fischerfixing.ru E-Mail: tacos@fischer.es E-Mail: info@fischerfixingsusa.com

475
Borderless Services
Service

scher distribution partners


Algeria Colombia Guatemala Israel
Haddad Equipment Professionnel Ingenieria y Representaciones S.A. Fijaciones S.A. Ledico Ltd.
D6, Cit du Lyce Calle 41 Norte No. 1N-03 8A CALLE 6-62 - ZONA 4 31 Lazarov St.
16012 Rouiba Cali Guatemala Rishon Le Ziyon
Tel.: (00213) 21 8549 05 Tel.: (0057) 23 194020 Tel.: (00502) 23 607406 Tel.: (00972) 3963 0000
Fax: (00213) 21 8557 72 Fax: (0057) 24 482521 E-Mail: gustavo.herrera@edisa.com.gt Fax: (00972) 3963 0055
E-Mail: heprouiba@hotmail.com E-Mail: germanramirez@inresa.cc E-Mail: yoav@ledico.com
Honduras
Azerbaijan Costa Rica Importadora Ferretera S.A
Santral Elektrik LTD Distribuidora Arsa 17 Calle Circunvalacion 5 Y6 Jordan
Boyuk Shor Highway 11/2062 A.GUADALUPE 400MT.ES-475MT.SUR San Pedro Sula / Honduras C.A Izzat Marji Group
Baku, AZ1029 San Jose E-Mail: importaciones@imferra.com No. 10, Amer Bin Malek St. - Um Sumaq
Tel.: (00994) 12-514 40 48 Tel.: (00506) 28 54224 P.O. Box 1945
(00994) 12-514 40 50 E-Mail: lartavia@disarsa.com Amman 11821
INDUFESA Tel.: (00962) 655 20284
(00994) 50 312 54 06 mobile Calle Principal Col. San Jose del Pedregal, No. 401
Fax: (00994) 12-514 40 46 Fax: (00962) 655 20294
Cuba S 70123 Comayaguela, M.D.C. E-Mail: info@marji.jo
CI. Neginter del Caribe Ltda.
Bahrain Mirarmar Trade Center, Edificio Santa Clara Oficina 133, Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V
M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) Calle 3ra entre 76 y 78 1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes Kazakhstan
Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 Ciudad de La Habana Tegucigalpa M.D.C Zentr. Krepyoshnych Materialov (ZKM)
Salihiya, Block 356 Tel.: (0053) 72 044145 E-Mail: Importaciones@larachycia.com Satpaeva 90, 4 et, 24
Manama,Bahrain E-Mail: juancarlos@neginter.cu KZ - 480046 Almaty
Tel.: (00973) 17 40 80 90 Tel.: (007) 727 2777747
Hong Kong Fax: (007) 727 2777757
Fax: (00973) 17 40 43 23 Cyprus Infix (HK) LTD
E-Mail: almahroos@almahroos.com E-Mail: ck_ckm@ck.kz
Unicol Chemicals Ltd. 12 Ka Yip Street
www.almahroos.com 10.P.Demetrakopoulos Street Chai Wan
P.O. Box 25606 Tel.: (00852) 2898 26 68 Kazakhstan
Bangladesh 1090 Nicosia Fax: (00852) 2898 23 38 Lamed Ltd.
Abedin Equipment Ltd. Tel.: (00357) 22 663316 or +357 22 667073 E-Mail: barry@infix.com.hk Tazhibaevoi 155/1
B 52, Kemal Ataturk Avenue Fax: (00357) 22 667059 050060 Almaty
Banani, Dhaka - 1213 E-Mail: ioannis@unicolltd.com Tel.: (007) 7272 446400
Iceland E-Mail: lamed@ lamed.kz
Tel.: (00880) 28 81871819 info@unicolltd.com Byko Ltd.
Fax: (00880) 29 862340 Skemmuvegur 2a
E-Mail: info@abedinequipment.com Egypt 200 Kopavogur Kenya
ms.islam@abedinequipment.com Modern Machines & Materials Co. Tel.: (00354) 51 54000 Alibhai Shariff & Sons Limited
23 El Madina El Monawara St. Fax: (00354) 51 54199 P. O. Box 40382-00100
Barbados Mohandseen E-Mail: simi@byko.is Nairobi
D.B.W. Incorporated Cairo Tel.: (00254) 20 2219965
ST. MICHAEL / WEST INDIES Tel.: (0020) 23 3354771 (00254) 722 207622 mobile
India Fax: (00254) 20 311392 / 2218103
Tel.: (001246) 43 87651 Fax: (0020) 23 7612387 Bosch India Ltd.
Fax: (001246) 43 87654 E-Mail: mmm.egypt@hotmail.com E-Mail: ajay@alibhaishariff.com
RMB Complex, Power Tools
enayatazab@hotmail.com Hosur Road, Adugodi,
Bolivia Bangalore - 560030 Kuwait
WAKO IMPORTAC.Y REPRESENTAC. Estonia Tel.: (0091) 80 22992099 M/S SAFINA AL NAJJAT CO.
AV.PEDRO RIBERA NRO. 3550 Hekamerk O (0091) 98 45197313 mobile Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street
Santa Cruz Kadaka tee 185 Fax: (0091) 80 22213706 P.O.Box 20329, Safat 13064
Tel.: (00591) 3488929/3488921 12618 Tallinn E-Mail: Soma.Sundaram@in.bosch.com Tel.: (00965) 2481 8786 - 2482 5972
E-Mail: wako@wako.scz.com Tel.: (00372) 67 76304 Fax: (00965) 2481 83858
Fax: (00372) 67 76301 E-Mail: teampro@terra.net.lb
Indonesia
Botswana E-Mail: erkki@hekamerk.ee PT Bersama Bangun Persada
Prominent Paints Botswana (Pty.) Ltd. Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 Lebanon
P.O. Box 292 Gaborone Ethiopia Jl. Danau Sunter Selatan Team-Pro S.A.L.
Botswana Seif Tewfik Sherif Jakarta 14350, Indonesia Dora; Dora Trade Center
Tel.: (00267) 39 53327 Arada Sub City, Kebele 01/02 Tel.: (0062) 21-6583 7575 Beirut
Fax: (00267) 39 53509 Global Insurance building, 7th Floor Fax: (0062) 21-6583 5363 Tel.: (00961) 1249088
E-Mail: alan.phillips@prominentpaints.co.za P.O. Box 2525 E-Mail: hendrik@mrsafetygroup.com Fax: (00961) 1249098
Addis Ababa E-Mail: info@team-pro.info
Canada Tel.: (00251) 11-1558008 Iran
Wm. P. Somerville (1996) Ltd. Fax: (00251)-11-1558009 Abzarsara Co. Latvia
Fasteners For Construction E-Mail: seif@ethionet.et Arash Baghaie SIA Multifikss
3964 Kitchener Street 148 Sanai St. Artilerijas 65
Burnaby, BC V5C 3M2 Ecuador 15866 Teheran LV-1009 Riga
Tel.: (001) 60 42983622 Pino Aristata S.A. Tel.: (0098) 21 8 82 84 20 Tel.: (00371) 67455195
(001) 60 42985926 Luis Urdaneta Nr 1909 y Tulcan Fax: (0098) 21 8 30 14 86 (00371) 29212385
E-Mail: wmp1996@telus.net Apartado Postal Nr 09-04-500 E-Mail: Alireza.Ramzgooyan@abzarsara.com Fax: (00371) 67 612926
Guayaquil
Canada Tel.: (00593) 422 88000 Ireland Lithuania
Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. E-Mail: principal@pinoaristata.com Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. UAB Augrika
1180 De Louvain Ouest Unit 83 Savanoriu ave. 173
Montral, Quebec H4N 1G5 Georgia Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate 2028 Vilnius
Tel.: (001) 51 43813431 Caucasus 99 Ltd. Dublin 10 Tel.: (00370) 52640600
(001) 51 43819987 Tamara Schwili Str. 12 Tel.: (00353) 16 426700 Fax: (00370) 52640014
E-Mail: rbyford@ancragescanadiens.com 0102 Tiblissi Fax: (00353) 16 263493 E-Mail: info@augrika.lt
Tel.: (00995) 32 37 53 79 E-Mail: info@masonryfixings.ie
Chile Fax: (00995) 32 38 52 38 Maldives
American Screw de Chile Ltda E-Mail: admin@dewalt.ge Ireland M/S Sonee Hardware
CNO.A MELIPILLA 10338-C.1844 Chadwicks Ltd. (SaMontec) Sonee Building
Santiago Ghana Chadwicks Building Materials #7 Ibrahim Hassan Didi Magu
Tel.: (0056) 24 407000 Stegha Ltd. Walkinstown 20188 Mal
E-Mail: mauricio.penaloza@amscrew.cl East La Dadekotopon (Tseaddo) Dublin 12 Tel.: (00960) 33 36699
P.O. Box TF, 440 La Tel.: (00353) 14 197500 Fax: (00960) 33 20304
Accra Fax: (00353) 14 6501075 E-Mail: suhas@sonee.com.mv
Tel.: (00233) 24 4382522 E-Mail: finbarr.bennett@chadwicks.ie
E-Mail: sales@stegha.com

476
Service
Malta Philippines Switzerland Ukraine
NVC Trading E.C. Daughson, Inc SFS unimarket AG Elementary Mechanics UA Co. Ltd.
3 / 9 Dr. Nikola Zammit Street No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8 Befestigungstechnik Kurenevskaya str. 18
QRM 15 Quezon City Philippines 1106 Werkstrasse 4 04073 Kiev
Siggiewi Tel.: (0063) 29 27 35 70 CH-6020 Emmenbrcke Tel.: (00380) 442275220
Tel.: (00356) 21 465384 Fax: (0063) 29 27 35 67 Tel.: (0041) 41 2096500 E-Mail: elmechanics@ukr.net
Fax: (00356) 21 462337 E-Mail: emmanuel.lopez@ecdaughson.com Fax: (0041) 41 2096565
E-Mail: nicholas@nvctrading.com E-Mail: ferronorm@sfsunimarket.biz Ukraine
Romania TOW SMK Ukraina
Marocco SC Profix SRL Switzerland Promyshlennaja 31
Outipro Calea Baciului Nr. 179 SFS unimarket AG 65031 Odessa
53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud Cluj Napoca Befestigungstechnik Tel.: (00380) 487941616
Casablanca Tel.: (0040) 722319422 Blegi 14 E-Mail: cmk-ua@mail.ru
Tel.: (00212) 22 247721 Fax: (0040) 264403060 CH-6343 Rotkreuz
Fax: (00212) 22 408234 E-Mail: office@profix.com.ro Tel.: (0041) 41 7982525 Uruguay
E-Mail: miri.mounir@outipro.ma Fax: (0041) 41 7982555 Pampin y Cia
Qatar E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz Valparaiso 1199
Moldova TEAM PRO QATAR Montevideo
Altosan SRL Doha-Mouayzer-Saylia Road 250 Switzerland Tel.: (00598) 29 240608
Siusev str. 78 Doha,Qatar SFS unimarket SA E-Mail: apampin@pampin.com.uy
2023 Chisinau Tel.: (00974) 4 451 5976 Technique de fixation
Tel.: (00373) 22 222797 Fax: (00974) 4 451 5974 Rte de Grandcour Uruguay
E-Mail: serghei.motinga@altosan.md E-Mail: customerservice-qatar@team-pro.info CH-1530 Payerne Juan Goldfarb S.A.
Tel.: (0041) 26 6623636 Rio Negro 1617
Mongolia Rwanda Fax: (0041) 26 6623616 Montevideo
Mongolian Star Melchers / MSM/LLC Maltexx Ltd. E-Mail: techniquedefixation@sfsunimarket.biz Tel.: (00598) 29 022606
MSM Building (Sam Karema Epsylon Consulting S.A.R.L.) E-Mail: importaciones@goldfarb.com.uy
62/1 Chinggis Avenue, Khan-Uul District Rue Araucaria nord 106 Syria
C.P.O. Box 154 Gacuriro - Kigali Dallal Est. Uruguay
17070 Ulaanbaatar Tel.: (00250) 788 411422 P.O. Box 8303 LANDFOR S.A.
Tel.: (00976) 11 70148138, ext. 108 E-Mail: sam.karema@gmail.com Baron Street. ITUZAINGO SUR RINCON 531 ES302
(00976) 99 999454 mobile Aleppo-Syria ZONA FRANCA FLORIDA
Fax: (00976) 11 342175 Saudi Arabia Tel.: (00963) 93 3887722 Tel.: (00598) 29 027492
E-Mail: sergelen@msmco.net Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) E-Mail: rdallal@cyberia.net.lb E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy
Kilo 6, Madinah Road
Mozambique P.O. Box 1049 Taiwan Uruguay
Nova Vida Lda - Maputo Jeddah 21431, Saudi Arabia Seven Technology Co.Ltd. Record Tools S.A.
Rua Paulino Santos Gil No 94 Tel.: (00966) 2 66 72 222 Ext. 1527/1528 5 F, No. 25, Lane 38, Sec. 2, Jhongsiao Rd Paysandu 951
Maputo Fax: (00966) 2 66 76 308 Sanchong City County 241, Taipei Montevideo
Tel.: (00258) 21 327 370 E-Mail: roland@eajb.com.sa Tel.: (00886) 22999 2048 Tel.: (00598) 9161164-9157575
Fax: (00258) 21 327 371 Fax: (00886) 22999 6545 E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy
E-Mail: info@novavida.co.mz South Africa E-Mail: kentlo@livemail.tw
Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. Venezuela
Lekrom House Chong Fong Technology Co.Ltd. Impex
Namibia Cnr. 3rd & Miller Streets No. 1, 23 alley 91 lane, Sec. 1 Nei Hu Road
Werner Behnsen Enterprises cc Zona Industrial La Morita 1
New Doornfontein Taipei Av. Este Parcela 61, Galpn 02
PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz Johannesburg Tel.: (00886) 2 8992 2592
8 Kalie Roodt Street Maracay
Tel.: (0027) 11 624 6700 Fax: (00886) 2 8992 3797 Edo Aragua
Northern Industrial Fax: (0027) 11 624 6760 E-Mail: lgco.paul@gmail.com
Windhoek Tel.: (00582) 432696291
E-Mail: ideas@upat.co.za E-Mail: danielgigena@impex.net.ve
Tel.: (00264) 61234234 Perfect Link Co. Ltd.
Fax: (00264) 61225353 impex.net.ve
Sri Lanka 2 Fl. No 261, Siyuan Road
E-Mail: info@wtb-namibia.com 231 Taipei, Sindian City
Diesel & Motor Engineering Co. Ltd. Vietnam
65, Jetawana Road Tel.: (00886) 2 299 920 48 Huu Hong Machinery Joint Stock Company
Oman P.O. Box 339 Fax: (00886) 2 299 965 45
Technical Supplies International Co LLC 157-159 Xuan Hong Street Ward 12 Tan Binh District
Colombo 14 E-Mail: harvey@perfectlink.com.tw HoChiMinh City
Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman Tel.: (00941) 1 46 06 800
Post Box: 1827 Postal Code: 130 Tel.: (0084) 8 8117 454
Tel.: (00941) 613 627 / 28 Thailand Fax: (0084) 8 8116 338
Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 15 Tel.: (00941) 44 90 80 R F S International Co.,Ltd.
Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 20 E-Mail: fischer@huuhong.com.vn
E-Mail: Mahesh.Madawala@dimolanka.com 38, 40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchakarn Thi 9 Rd. Soi 33
E-Mail: venugopal@tecsintl.com E-Mail: Jaminda.mendis@dimolanka.com Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok 10250, Thailand
Tel.: (0066) 2 7473751 - 2
Pakistan Swaziland Fax: (0066) 2 7473754
H.S.AHMEDALLY Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty.) Ltd. E-Mail: vinai@ssm.in.th
Showroom=08,Serena Pride, P.O. Box 607
Plot= 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS, Matsapha M202 Tunisia
Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury Tel.: (00268) 251 86621 TEG Tunisienne quipement General
Karachi Fax: (00268) 251 86411 43, Av Hdi Chaker
Tel.: (0092) 21-34548345-47 E-Mail: sales@techtool.co.sz 1002 Tunis
Fax: (0092) 21-34548348 Tel.: (00216) 71800297
E-Mail: sghazanfar@hsahmedally.com Switzerland (00216) 71795531
SFS unimarket AG Fax: (00216) 71792739
Paraguay Befestigungstechnik E-Mail: habibsahnoun@tegnegoce.com
Ferreteria Americana Nefenstrasse 30
MCAL.ESTIGARRIBA 111 CH-9435 Heerbrugg
Tel.: (00595) 21-492021 Tel.: (0041) 71 7275200 UgandaMaltexx Ltd.
E-Mail: jcsosa@nuevaamericana.com.py Fax: (0041) 71 7275219 P.O. Box
E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz 35789 Kampala
Tel.: (00256) 788 075446
E-Mail: info@maltexx.com

477
Borderless Services
Service

478
The information in this catalogue is intended for general
guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional
information and advice on specic applications is available from
our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a pre-
cise description of your particular application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our xing
elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of
materials in use.
If no detailed performance specications are given for certain
articles and types, please contact our Technical Service
Department for advice.

scherwerke GmbH & Co. KG


72178 Waldachtal
Germany

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right


to make technical and range modications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
06/2012 International Catalogue

International Catalogue
Contacts

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG


Weinhalde 14 -18
72176 Waldachtal
Germany
Phone (0049) 7443 12-0
Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222
E-mail info@fischer.de
www.fischer.de

fischer fixings UK Ltd.


Whitely Road
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Great Britain
Phone (0044) 1491 827900
Fax (0044) 1491 827953
E-mail info@fischer.co.uk
www.fischer.co.uk

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.


150 Kampong Ampat
#04-03 KA Centre
Singapore 368324
Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07
Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10

088220 06/2012 V-MPS/MP Printed in Germany


E-mail sales@fischer.sg

Your dealer:

www.fischer.de

You might also like